TW201023852A - Cancer therapy - Google Patents
Cancer therapy Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201023852A TW201023852A TW098137952A TW98137952A TW201023852A TW 201023852 A TW201023852 A TW 201023852A TW 098137952 A TW098137952 A TW 098137952A TW 98137952 A TW98137952 A TW 98137952A TW 201023852 A TW201023852 A TW 201023852A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- tumor
- cancer
- igf
- bis
- egfr
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
- A61K31/05—Phenols
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
- A61K31/065—Diphenyl-substituted acyclic alcohols
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/075—Ethers or acetals
- A61K31/085—Ethers or acetals having an ether linkage to aromatic ring nuclear carbon
- A61K31/09—Ethers or acetals having an ether linkage to aromatic ring nuclear carbon having two or more such linkages
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
- A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
- A61K31/22—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acyclic acids, e.g. pravastatin
- A61K31/225—Polycarboxylic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
- C12Q1/6886—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/574—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
- G01N33/57484—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites
- G01N33/57492—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites involving compounds localized on the membrane of tumor or cancer cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/74—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving hormones or other non-cytokine intercellular protein regulatory factors such as growth factors, including receptors to hormones and growth factors
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201023852 六、發明說明: 本申請案主張2008年11月7曰申請之美國臨時申請案第 61/112,621號之權利,該案係以全文引用的方式併入本文 中〇 【先前技術】 增生性疾病為現代社會之嚴重威脅。癌性生長(包括惡 性癌性生長)由於其獨特特徵而對現代醫學造成嚴重挑 戰。其特徵包括不受控之細胞增殖(其造成例如不受調控 之惡性組織生長)’侵襲局部組織及甚至遠端組織之能 力,缺乏分化,缺乏可偵測症狀,及最顯著地缺乏有效治 療及預防。 癌症可在任何年齡任何器官之任何組織中產i。癌症之 病因並未明確闡釋’但諸如遺傳易感性、_色體斷裂病 症病毒冑境因素及免疫學病症之機制均與惡性細胞生 長及轉5L有關。癌症包涵影響全世界數百萬個體之多種醫 學病狀。癌細胞可在身體之幾乎任何器官及/或組織中產 生。癌症在一部分身體之細胞開始不受控地生長或分化時 產生二所有癌症類型均始於異常細胞之不受控生長。 、 ' 二可用主要療法為手術、輻射療法及化學療 _術、常為—種嚴厲措施且可能具有嚴重後果。舉例 ^ 巢癌之所有療法均可能導致不孕症。子宮頸癌及 2癌之-些療法可能導致不孕症及/或性功能障礙。漁 ^ +術程序可能導致部分或全部移除胰腺 ’其本 U顯著風險’對患者造成嚴重副作用。乳癌手徒 144535.doc 201023852 總涉及移除-部分或整個乳房。前列腺癌之—些手術程序 具有尿失禁及陽痿風險。肺癌患者之程序通常具有顯著術 後疼痛,因為必須切開肋骨以接近及移除癌性肺組織。另 外,患有肺癌與另一肺部疾病(諸如氣腫或慢性支氣管炎) 之患者通常在手術之後呼吸急促增加。 全世界每年超過1000萬人類診斷患有癌症,且據估計至 2020年此數目將變為每年15〇〇萬新病例。癌症每年造成全 世界六百萬死亡或死亡之12〇/〇。 【發明内容】 本文所揭示之實施例大體上係關於使用兒茶酚丁烷或其 衍生物治療疾病之方法。一些特定實施例係關於兒茶酚丁 烧正二氳癒創酸(NDGA)或其鹽、溶劑合物、異構體、互 變異構體、代謝物、類似物或前藥在治療增生性疾病中之 用途。 本文提供治療疾病之方法,其包含投與有效量之一種能 夠抑制胰島素樣生長因子-1受體(IGF-1R)及表皮生長因子 受體(EGFR)之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物(亦即雙重激 酶抑制劑)’其中該醫藥化合物為兒茶酚丁烷。 本文亦提供治療已對一或多種酪胺酸激酶抑制劑(例如 一或多種EGF-R抑制劑及/或一或多種IGF_1R抑制劑)產生 抗性之個體疾病的方法,其包含投與有效量之能夠抑制 IGF-1R與EGFR之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物(亦即為雙 重激酶抑制劑之單一化合物),其中該醫藥化合物為兒茶 酚丁烷。 144535.doc 201023852 欲使用本文所提供之方法治療之疾病為增生性疾病。 增生性疾病包括(但不限於)惡性、前惡性或良性癌症。 欲使用所揭示方法治療之癌症包括例如實體腫瘤、淋巴瘤 或白血病。在一實施例中’癌症可為例如腦腫瘤(例如惡 性、前惡性或良性腦腫瘤,諸如神經膠母細胞瘤、星形細 胞瘤腦脊髓膜瘤、神經管母細胞瘤或外周神經外胚層腫 瘤)、癌瘤(例如膽囊癌、支氣管癌、基底細胞癌(basal cell carcinoma)、腺癌、鱗狀細胞癌、小細胞癌、大細胞未分 化癌、腺瘤、囊腺瘤等)、基底細胞瘤(basaii〇rna)、畸胎 瘤、視網膜母細胞瘤、脈絡膜黑色素瘤、精原細胞瘤、肉 瘤(例如尤文氏肉瘤(Ewing sarcoma)、橫紋肌肉瘤、顧咽 管瘤、骨肉瘤、軟骨肉瘤、肌肉瘤、脂肪肉瘤、纖維肉 瘤、平滑肌肉瘤、阿斯金氏腫瘤(Askin's tumor)、淋巴肉 瘤、神經肉瘤、卡波西氏肉瘤(Kaposi’s sarcoma)、皮膚纖 維肉瘤、血管肉瘤等)、漿細胞瘤、頭頸腫瘤(例如口部、 喉部、鼻咽、食道等)、肝腫瘤、腎腫瘤、腎細胞腫瘤、 鱗狀細胞癌、子宮腫瘤、骨腫瘤、前列腺腫瘤、乳房腫瘤 (包括(但不限於)為Her2-及/或ER-及/或PR-腫瘤之乳房腫 瘤)、膀胱腫瘤、胰腺腫瘤、子宮内膜腫瘤、鱗狀細胞 癌、胃腫瘤、神經膠質瘤、結腸直腸腫瘤、睾丸腫瘤、結 腸腫瘤、直腸腫瘤、卵巢腫瘤、子宮頸腫瘤、眼腫瘤、中 枢神經系統腫瘤(例如原發性CNS淋巴瘤、脊軸腫瘤、腦幹 神經膠質瘤、垂體腺瘤等)、甲狀腺腫瘤、肺腫瘤(例如非 小細胞肺癌(NSCLC)或小細胞肺癌)、白血病或淋巴瘤(例 144535.doc 201023852 如皮膚T細胞淋巴瘤(CTCL)、非皮膚外周T細胞淋巴瘤、 與親人類Τ細胞淋巴病毒(human T-cell lymphotrophic virus,HTLV)有關之淋巴瘤(諸如成人T細胞白血病/淋巴瘤 (ATLL·))、B細胞淋巴瘤、急性非淋巴細胞性白皇病、慢性 淋巴細胞性白血病、慢性骨髓性白血病、急性骨髓性白血 病/淋巴瘤及多發性骨髓瘤、非霍奇金淋巴瘤(non-Hodgkin lymphoma)、急性淋巴細胞性白血病(ALL)、慢性淋巴細胞 性白血病(CLL)、霍奇金氏淋巴瘤(Hodgkin’s lymphoma)、 伯基特淋巴瘤(Burkitt lymphoma)、成人T細胞白血病/淋巴 瘤、急性骨髓性白血病(AML)、慢性骨髓性白血病(CML) 或肝細胞癌等)、多發性骨髓瘤、皮膚腫瘤(例如基底細胞 癌(basal cell carcinomas)、鱗狀細胞癌、黑色素瘤(諸如惡 性黑色素瘤、皮膚黑色素瘤或眼内黑色素瘤)、隆凸性皮 膚纖維肉瘤、梅克爾細胞癌(Merkel cell carcinoma)或卡波 西氏肉瘤)、婦科腫瘤(例如子宮肉瘤、輸卵管癌、子宮内 膜癌、子宮頸癌、陰道癌、陰門癌等)、霍奇金氏症 (Hodgkin’s disease)、小腸癌、内分泌系統癌症(例如曱狀 腺、副曱狀腺或腎上腺癌等)、間皮瘤、尿道癌、陰莖 癌、與戈林氏症候群(Gorlin’s syndrome)有關之踵瘤(例如 神經管母細胞瘤、腦脊髓膜瘤等)、未知來源之腫瘤;或 其中任一者之轉移瘤。 在另一實施例中,癌症為肺腫瘤、乳房腫瘤、結腸腫 瘤、結腸直腸腫瘤、頭頸腫瘤、肝腫瘤、前列腺腫瘤、神 經膠質瘤、多形性神經膠母細胞瘤、卵巢腫瘤或甲狀腺腫 144535.doc 201023852 瘤;或其中任一者之轉移瘤。 在另一實施例中,癌症為子宮内膜腫瘤、膀胱腫瘤、多 發性骨髓瘤、黑色素瘤、腎腫瘤、肉瘤、頸腫瘤、白血病 及神經母細胞瘤。 本文所提供之腫瘤可為原發性腫瘤或轉移瘤。 增生性疾病亦可為皮膚病症。 在一態樣中,皮膚病症為例如腫瘤、光化性角化病、粉 刺、牛皮癬、皮膚創傷、疣、細菌感染、真菌感染或病毒 感染。病毒感染包括(但不限於)HI V感染、HP V感染或 HSV感染。 本文提供治療惡性、前惡性或良性癌症之方法,其包含 投與有效量之能夠抑制IGF_1R與EGFR之酪胺酸激酶活性 的醫藥化合物(亦即為雙重激酶抑制劑之單一化合物),其 中該醫藥化合物為兒茶酚丁烷。 欲使用所揭示方法治療之癌症包括例如實體腫瘤、淋巴 瘤或白血病。在一實施例中,癌症可為例如腦腫瘤(例如 惡性、前惡性或良性腦腫瘤,諸如神經膠母細胞瘤、星形 細胞瘤、腦脊髓膜瘤、神經管母細胞瘤或外周神經外胚層 腫瘤)、癌瘤(例如膽囊癌、支氣管癌、基底細胞癌(basal cell carcinoma)、腺癌、鱗狀細胞癌、小細胞癌、大細胞 未分化癌、腺瘤、囊腺瘤等)、基底細胞瘤(basali〇ma)、畸 胎瘤、視網膜母細胞瘤、精原細胞瘤、肉瘤(例如尤文氏 肉瘤、橫紋肌肉瘤、顱咽管瘤、骨肉瘤、軟骨肉瘤、肌肉 瘤、脂肪肉瘤、纖維肉瘤、平滑肌肉瘤、阿斯金氏腫瘤、 144535.doc 201023852 淋巴肉瘤、神經㈣、卡波西氏肉瘤、皮膚纖維肉瘤、血 管肉瘤等)、漿細胞瘤、頭頸腫瘤(例如口部、喉部、鼻 咽、食道等)、肝腫瘤、腎腫瘤、腎細胞腫瘤、 鱗狀細胞 癌、子宮腫瘤、骨腫瘤、前列腺腫瘤、乳房腫瘤(包括(但 不限於)為Her2-及/或ER-及/或PR-腫瘤之乳房腫瘤)、膀胱 腫瘤、胰腺腫瘤、子宮内膜腫瘤、鱗狀細胞癌、胃腫瘤201023852 VI. INSTRUCTIONS: This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/112,621, filed on Nov. 7, 2008, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A serious threat to modern society. Cancerous growth (including malignant cancerous growth) poses a serious challenge to modern medicine due to its unique characteristics. Features include uncontrolled cell proliferation (which causes, for example, unregulated malignant tissue growth) 'the ability to invade local tissues and even distal tissues, lack of differentiation, lack of detectable symptoms, and most notably effective treatment and prevention. Cancer can be produced in any tissue of any organ of any age. The cause of cancer is not clearly explained, but mechanisms such as genetic susceptibility, chromosomal disruption, and immunological disorders are associated with malignant cell growth and 5L. Cancer encompasses a wide range of medical conditions affecting millions of individuals around the world. Cancer cells can be produced in almost any organ and/or tissue of the body. Cancer occurs when some cells of the body begin to grow or differentiate uncontrolled. All of the cancer types start with uncontrolled growth of abnormal cells. , 'The main available therapies for surgery, radiation therapy and chemotherapy _ surgery, often - severe measures and may have serious consequences. Example ^ All treatments for nest cancer can cause infertility. Cervical cancer and 2 cancers may cause infertility and/or sexual dysfunction. The fishery + procedure may result in partial or total removal of the pancreas 'a significant risk of its own' causing serious side effects to the patient. Breast cancer hand 144535.doc 201023852 Totally involved removal - part or whole breast. Prostate cancer - some surgical procedures have the risk of urinary incontinence and impotence. Procedures for lung cancer patients often have significant post-operative pain because the ribs must be cut to access and remove cancerous lung tissue. In addition, patients with lung cancer and another lung disease (such as emphysema or chronic bronchitis) usually have a rapid increase in breathing after surgery. More than 10 million humans worldwide diagnose cancer every year, and it is estimated that by 2020 this number will become 150,000 new cases per year. Cancer causes 12 〇/〇 of six million deaths or deaths worldwide each year. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The embodiments disclosed herein are generally directed to methods of treating diseases using catechol butane or a derivative thereof. Some specific embodiments relate to catechol butyl succinic acid (NDGA) or a salt, solvate, isomer, tautomer, metabolite, analog or prodrug thereof in the treatment of a proliferative disease Use. Provided herein is a method of treating a disease comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical compound capable of inhibiting the activity of the tyrosine kinase of the insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor (IGF-1R) and the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) (also That is, a dual kinase inhibitor) wherein the pharmaceutical compound is catechol butane. Also provided herein are methods of treating a disease in a subject having resistance to one or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (eg, one or more EGF-R inhibitors and/or one or more IGF_1R inhibitors) comprising administering an effective amount A pharmaceutical compound (i.e., a single compound of a dual kinase inhibitor) capable of inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase of IGF-1R and EGFR, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is catechol butane. 144535.doc 201023852 A disease to be treated using the methods provided herein is a proliferative disease. Proliferative diseases include, but are not limited to, malignant, premalignant or benign cancers. Cancers to be treated using the disclosed methods include, for example, solid tumors, lymphomas, or leukemias. In one embodiment, the 'cancer can be, for example, a brain tumor (eg, a malignant, pre-malignant or benign brain tumor, such as a glioblastoma, astrocytoma, meningioma, a neuroblastoma, or a peripheral neuroectodermal tumor). Carcinoma (eg gallbladder cancer, bronchial carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, large cell undifferentiated carcinoma, adenoma, cystadenoma, etc.), basal cells Tumor (basaii〇rna), teratoma, retinoblastoma, choroidal melanoma, seminoma, sarcoma (eg Ewing sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, pharyngeal tumor, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Muscle, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, Askin's tumor, lymphosarcoma, neurosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, cutaneous fibrosarcoma, angiosarcoma, etc., plasmacytoma , head and neck tumors (such as mouth, throat, nasopharynx, esophagus, etc.), liver tumors, kidney tumors, renal cell tumors, squamous cell carcinoma, uterine tumors, bone tumors , prostate tumors, breast tumors (including but not limited to breast tumors of Her2- and / or ER- and / or PR-tumor), bladder tumors, pancreatic tumors, endometrial tumors, squamous cell carcinoma, stomach tumors , glioma, colorectal tumor, testicular tumor, colon tumor, rectal tumor, ovarian tumor, cervical tumor, ocular tumor, central nervous system tumor (eg primary CNS lymphoma, spinal tumor, brain stem glioma) , pituitary adenomas, etc.), thyroid tumors, lung tumors (such as non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) or small cell lung cancer), leukemia or lymphoma (eg 144535.doc 201023852 such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), non-skin peripheral T-cell lymphoma, lymphoma associated with human T-cell lymphotrophic virus (HTLV) (such as adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATLL)), B-cell lymphoma, acute non-lymphocyte White king disease, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia/lymphoma and multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma non-Hodgkin lymphoma), acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), Hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, adult T-cell leukemia/ Lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) or hepatocellular carcinoma, etc., multiple myeloma, skin tumors (eg basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma) (such as malignant melanoma, cutaneous melanoma or intraocular melanoma), protuberous cutaneous fibrosarcoma, Merkel cell carcinoma or Kaposi's sarcoma, gynecological tumors (eg uterine sarcoma, fallopian tube cancer, Endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal cancer, vaginal cancer, etc.), Hodgkin's disease, small bowel cancer, endocrine cancer (such as sputum, parathyroid or adrenal cancer), Skin tumor, urethral cancer, penile cancer, tumor associated with Gorlin's syndrome (eg, neuroblastoma, cerebral ridge) Ependymoma, etc.), tumors of unknown origin; or either one of metastases. In another embodiment, the cancer is a lung tumor, a breast tumor, a colon tumor, a colorectal tumor, a head and neck tumor, a liver tumor, a prostate tumor, a glioma, a glioblastoma multiforme, an ovarian tumor or a goiter 144535 .doc 201023852 Tumor; or metastases of either. In another embodiment, the cancer is an endometrial tumor, a bladder tumor, multiple myeloma, melanoma, renal tumor, sarcoma, cervical tumor, leukemia, and neuroblastoma. The tumor provided herein can be a primary tumor or a metastatic tumor. Proliferative diseases can also be skin conditions. In one aspect, the skin condition is, for example, a tumor, actinic keratosis, acne, psoriasis, skin wounds, sputum, bacterial infection, fungal infection, or viral infection. Viral infections include, but are not limited to, HI V infection, HP V infection, or HSV infection. Provided herein are methods of treating malignant, pre-malignant or benign cancer comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical compound (i.e., a single compound that is a dual kinase inhibitor) capable of inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase of IGF_1R and EGFR, wherein the medicament The compound is catechol butane. Cancers to be treated using the disclosed methods include, for example, solid tumors, lymphomas, or leukemias. In one embodiment, the cancer can be, for example, a brain tumor (eg, a malignant, pre-malignant or benign brain tumor, such as a glioblastoma, astrocytoma, a meningomoma, a neuroblastoma, or a peripheral neuroectoderm) Tumor), carcinoma (eg gallbladder cancer, bronchial carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, large cell undifferentiated carcinoma, adenoma, cystadenoma, etc.), base Baccaroma (basali〇ma), teratoma, retinoblastoma, seminoma, sarcoma (eg Ewing's sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, craniopharyngioma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, myoma, liposarcoma, fiber Sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, Askin's tumor, 144535.doc 201023852 Lymphosarcoma, nerve (4), Kaposi's sarcoma, cutaneous fibrosarcoma, angiosarcoma, etc.), plasmacytoma, head and neck tumors (eg mouth, throat, Nasopharyngeal, esophageal, etc.), liver tumor, kidney tumor, renal cell tumor, squamous cell carcinoma, uterine tumor, bone tumor, prostate tumor, breast tumor (including but not limited to ) is Her2- and / or ER- and / or PR-tumor breast tumors), bladder tumors, pancreatic tumors, endometrial tumors, squamous cell carcinoma, stomach tumors
神經膠質瘤、結腸直腸腫瘤、睾丸腫瘤、結腸腫瘤、直腸 腫瘤、卵巢腫瘤、子宮頸腫瘤、眼腫瘤、中樞神經系統腫 瘤(例如原發性CNS淋巴瘤、脊軸腫瘤、腦幹神經膠質瘤、 垂體腺瘤等)、曱狀腺腫瘤、肺腫瘤(例如非小細胞肺癌 (NSCLC)或小細胞肺癌)、白血病或淋巴瘤(例如皮膚τ細胞 淋巴瘤(CTCL)、非皮膚外周τ細胞淋巴瘤、與親人類τ細 胞淋巴病毒(HTLV)有關之淋巴瘤(諸如成人τ細胞白血病/ 淋巴瘤(ATLL))、B細胞淋巴瘤、急性非淋巴細胞性白血 病、慢性淋巴細胞性白血病、慢性骨髓性白血病、急性骨 髓性白血病/淋巴瘤及多發性骨髄瘤、非霍奇金淋巴瘤、 急性淋巴細胞性白血病(all)、慢性淋巴細胞性白企病 (CLL)、霍奇金氏淋巴瘤、伯基特淋巴瘤、成人τ細胞白血 病/淋巴瘤、急性骨髓性白血病(AML)、慢性骨髓性白血病 (CML)或肝細胞癌等)、多發性骨髓瘤、皮膚腫瘤(例如基 底細胞癌(basal cell carcinomas)、鱗狀細胞癌、黑色素瘤 (諸如惡性黑色素瘤、脈絡膜黑色素瘤、皮膚黑色素瘤或 眼内黑色素瘤)、隆凸性皮膚纖維肉瘤、梅克爾細胞癌 (Merkel cell carcinoma)或卡波西氏肉瘤)、婦科踵瘤(例如 144535.doc 201023852 子宮肉瘤、輸卵管癌、子宮内膜癌、子宮頸癌、陰道癌、 陰門癌等)、霍奇金氏症、小腸癌、内分泌系統癌症(例如 曱狀腺、副甲狀腺或腎上腺癌等)、間皮瘤、尿道癌、陰 莖癌、與戈林氏症候群有關之腫瘤(例如神經管母細胞 瘤、腦脊髓膜瘤等)、未知來源之腫瘤;或其中任一者之 轉移瘤。 在另一實施例中,癌症為肺腫瘤、乳房腫瘤、結腸腫 瘤、結腸直腸腫瘤、頭頸腫瘤、肝腫瘤、前列腺腫瘤、神 經膠質瘤、多形性神經膠母細胞瘤、卵巢腫瘤或甲狀腺腫 瘤;或其中任一者之轉移瘤。 在另一實施例中,癌症為子宮内膜腫瘤、膀胱腫瘤、多 發性骨趙瘤、黑色素瘤、腎腫瘤、肉瘤、頸腫瘤、白血病 及神經母細胞瘤。 本文所提供之腫瘤可為原發性腫瘤或轉移瘤。癌症亦可 為基於上皮之癌症。在一實施例中,腫瘤細胞可表現 EGFR。在另一實施例中,腫瘤細胞可表現IGF1R。在另 一實施例中’腫瘤細胞可表現EGFR及IGF-1R。 本文提供治療皮膚病症之方法,其包含投與有效量之能 夠抑制IGF-1R與EGFR之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物(亦 即為雙重激酶抑制劑之單一化合物),其中該醫藥化合物 為兒茶酚丁烷。 在一態樣中,皮膚病症為例如腫瘤、光化性角化病、粉 刺、牛皮癬、皮膚創傷、疣、細菌感染、真菌感染或病Z 感染。病毒感染包括(但不限於)HIV感染、Hcv感染、 144535.doc •10- 201023852 HBV感染、HPV感染及HSV感染。皮膚腫瘤包括(但不限 於)基底細胞癌(basal cell carcinomas)、鱗狀細胞癌、黑色 素瘤、隆凸性皮膚纖維肉瘤、梅克爾細胞癌及卡波西氏肉 在一態樣中’欲向個體投與之醫藥組合物為兒茶酚丁 烧。 在本文所述方法之一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可具有式工 之結構:Glioma, colorectal, testicular, colon, rectal, ovarian, cervical, ocular, central nervous system (eg primary CNS lymphoma, spinal tumor, brainstem glioma, Pituitary adenomas, etc., squamous adenocarcinoma, lung tumors (such as non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) or small cell lung cancer), leukemia or lymphoma (such as skin tau cell lymphoma (CTCL), non-skin peripheral tau cell lymphoma Lymphoma associated with pro-human tau cell lymphovirus (HTLV) (such as adult tau cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATLL)), B-cell lymphoma, acute non-lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelositosis Leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia/lymphoma and multiple osteosarcoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute lymphocytic leukemia (all), chronic lymphocytic white disease (CLL), Hodgkin's lymphoma, Bo Kitt lymphoma, adult tau cell leukemia/lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) or hepatocellular carcinoma, etc. Myeloma, skin tumors (such as basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma (such as malignant melanoma, choroidal melanoma, cutaneous melanoma or intraocular melanoma), protuberant skin fibers Sarcoma, Merkel cell carcinoma or Kaposi's sarcoma, gynecological neoplasms (eg 144535.doc 201023852 uterine sarcoma, fallopian tube cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal cancer, genital cancer, etc.) , Hodgkin's disease, small bowel cancer, endocrine cancer (such as thyroid gland, parathyroid or adrenal cancer), mesothelioma, urethral cancer, penile cancer, tumors associated with Golling's syndrome (eg neural tube Tumors, hematopoietic membranes, etc.), tumors of unknown origin; or metastases of either. In another embodiment, the cancer is a lung tumor, a breast tumor, a colon tumor, a colorectal tumor, a head and neck tumor, a liver tumor, a prostate tumor, a glioma, a glioblastoma multiforme, an ovarian tumor, or a thyroid tumor; Or a metastasis of either. In another embodiment, the cancer is an endometrial tumor, a bladder tumor, multiple bone tumors, melanoma, renal tumor, sarcoma, cervical tumor, leukemia, and neuroblastoma. The tumor provided herein can be a primary tumor or a metastatic tumor. Cancer can also be epithelial-based cancer. In one embodiment, the tumor cells can exhibit EGFR. In another embodiment, the tumor cells can exhibit IGF1R. In another embodiment, the tumor cells can exhibit EGFR and IGF-1R. Provided herein are methods of treating a skin condition comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical compound (i.e., a single compound that is a dual kinase inhibitor) capable of inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase of IGF-1R and EGFR, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is Sterol butane. In one aspect, the skin condition is, for example, a tumor, actinic keratosis, acne, psoriasis, skin wounds, sputum, bacterial infection, fungal infection, or disease Z infection. Viral infections include, but are not limited to, HIV infection, Hcv infection, 144535.doc •10-201023852 HBV infection, HPV infection, and HSV infection. Skin tumors include, but are not limited to, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, hyperplastic cutaneous fibrosarcoma, Merkel cell carcinoma, and Kaposi's meat. The pharmaceutical composition administered by the individual is catechol butadiene. In one embodiment of the methods described herein, the catechol butane may have the structure of:
其中R!及R2獨立地為Η、低碳烷基或低碳醯基;R3、 R4 ' R5 ' R6、Rl〇、R11、Rl2及R13獨立地為Η或低碳烷基; 且R?、Rs及R9獨立地為Η、羥基、低碳烷氧基或低碳醯氧 Φ 基。亦包括式1之醫藥學上可接受之鹽、醫藥學上可接受 之溶劑合物 '互變異構體、代謝物及前藥。 在本文所述方法之另一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可具有式 II之結構:Wherein R! and R2 are independently hydrazine, lower alkyl or lower fluorenyl; R3, R4 'R5 'R6, R1, R11, Rl2 and R13 are independently hydrazine or lower alkyl; and R?, Rs and R9 are independently a hydrazine, a hydroxyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower carbon anthracene Φ group. Also included are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula 1, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates 'tautomers, metabolites, and prodrugs. In another embodiment of the methods described herein, the catechol butane may have the structure of Formula II:
其中Κ·5、R10、R6及R13獨立地為Η ; 144535.doc -11 - 201023852 田汉3為Η時,RU為低碳烷基;或當r3為低碳烷基時,Rn 為Η ; 當 R4 為 Η 時,ft ^ ^ ^ 為低碳烷基;或當尺4為低碳烷基時,r12 為Η ; R7 Rs及R_9中之兩者為羥基另一者為η,且相對於伸烷 基取代基,一羥基在3位,且另一羥基在4位。亦包括式II 之醫藥學上可接受之鹽、醫藥學上可接受之溶劑合物、互 變異構體、代謝物及前藥。 用於本發明方法之兒茶酚丁烷之非限制性實例包括例如 NDGA、四-〇_甲基NDGA;四甘胺酿基ndga;四_二曱基 甘胺醯基NDGA或其鹽;及三_〇_曱基NDGA ;正二氫癒創 酸四特戊酸酯,正二氫癒創酸四丙酸酯及其所有光學構 型。 用於本發明方法之兒茶酚丁烷之非限制性實例亦包括例 如M-雙(3,4-二羥基苯基)_2,3_二曱基丁烷;14雙(34-二 羥基苯基)丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)_2,3_二甲基丁 燒,1,4-雙(3,4-二乙氧基苯基)_2,3-二曱基丁烧;14_雙 (3,4-一丙氧基苯基)-2,3-二曱基丁烧;ι·(3,4-二經基苯基)_ 4-(3,4,5-三羥基苯基)丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二乙醯氧基苯基)_ 2,3-—甲基丁烧,1,4-雙(3,4-二丙酿氧基苯基)_2,3_二曱美 丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二丁醯氧基苯基)·2,3·二甲基丁烧;丨,‘ 雙(3,4·二戊醯氧基苯基)-2,3-二曱基丁烷;二特 戊酿氧基本基)-2,3-一甲基丁烧;1,4-雙(3,4-二新戊基缓基 苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烷;或1-(3,4-二羥基苯基)·4_苯基丁 144535.doc 12 201023852 烷;及1-(3,4-二羥基苯基)_4 , 本暴)4-(2,5-二羥基苯基)丁烷的d-異 構體、1-異構體、d-異禮w 吳構體及U異構體之外消旋混合物及 消旋異構體。 在一實施例中,兒茶酚丁焓盔 j坑為正二氫癒創酸(NDGA)。 本發明實施例之醫藥纟且a从 _ 锻、σ物可經調配以用於任何投藥途 徑,諸如鼻内投藥;經口投藥^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 1又米,吸入投樂,皮下投藥;經Wherein Κ·5, R10, R6 and R13 are independently Η; 144535.doc -11 - 201023852 When Tian Han 3 is Η, RU is a lower alkyl group; or when r3 is a lower alkyl group, Rn is Η; When R4 is Η, ft ^ ^ ^ is lower alkyl; or when ft 4 is lower alkyl, r12 is Η; R7 Rs and R_9 are both hydroxyl and η, and relative to stretching An alkyl substituent having one hydroxyl group at the 3 position and another hydroxyl group at the 4 position. Also included are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the formula II, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, tautomers, metabolites and prodrugs. Non-limiting examples of the catechol butane used in the method of the present invention include, for example, NDGA, tetra-indole methyl NDGA; tetraglycol aryl ndga; tetra-diglycidyl fluorenyl NDGA or a salt thereof; 〇 〇 曱 ND NDGA; n-dihydroguaiare acid tetrapivalate, n-dihydroguaiac acid tetrapropionate and all its optical configurations. Non-limiting examples of catechol butanes useful in the process of the invention also include, for example, M-bis(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)_2,3-didecylbutane; 14 bis(34-dihydroxybenzene) Butane; 1,4-bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)_2,3-dimethylbutane, 1,4-bis(3,4-diethoxyphenyl)_2 , 3-dimercaptobutylate; 14_bis(3,4-propoxyphenyl)-2,3-dimercaptobutylate; i (3,4-di-phenyl)-4 -(3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl)butane; 1,4-bis(3,4-diethoxyoxyphenyl)_ 2,3-methylbutane, 1,4-double (3,4-dipropenyloxyphenyl)_2,3-dipyridinane; 1,4-bis(3,4-dibutoxyphenyl)·2,3·dimethylbutane Calcined; hydrazine, 'bis(3,4·dipentyloxyphenyl)-2,3-didecylbutane; di-tertyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-monomethylbutanthene; , 4-bis(3,4-diopenopenylphenyl)-2,3-dimethylbutane; or 1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-phenylbutene 144535. Doc 12 201023852 alkane; and 1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)_4, violent) d-isomer, 1-isomer of 4-(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)butane, D-异礼w Wu and U isomers Racemic mixtures and racemic isomers. In one embodiment, the catechol guanidine helmet j pit is n-dihydroguaiac acid (NDGA). The medicine of the embodiment of the invention and a from forging, sigma can be formulated for any administration route, such as intranasal administration; oral administration ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 1 m, inhalation, subcutaneous administration ;through
f杈藥,動脈内投藥,在有或無阻塞的情況下;顱内投 藥,至内投藥,靜脈内投藥;頻内投藥;腹膜内投藥;眼 内技藥,肌肉内投藥,植人投藥;及中樞靜脈投藥。在一 實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷經調配以用於經口投藥。在另一實 施例中’兒茶酚丁烷經調配以用於靜脈内投藥。 可使用經驗方式確定兒茶酚丁烷之劑量。僅舉例而言, 兒茶酚丁烷可以每劑量約5 mg/kg至約375 mg/kg ;每劑量 約5 mg/kg至約250 mg/kg ;每劑量約5 mg/kg至約200 mg/kg ;每劑量約5 mg/kg至約150 mg/kg ;每劑量約5 mg/kg至約 1〇〇 mg/kg ;每劑量約 5 mg/kg至約 75 mg/kg ;或 每劑量約5 mg/kg至約50 mg/kg之量投與。或者,兒茶酚丁 烷可以每日約1,500 mg至每日約2,500 mg ;每日約1,800 mg至每日約2,300 mg ;或每日約2,000 mg之量投與。在一 實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可以約1 μΜ至約30 μΜ範圍内的濃 度與標靶細胞接觸。在另一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可以約 1 μΜ至約1〇 μΜ範圍内的濃度與標靶細胞接觸。 在一實施例中,醫藥組合物可每6日投與一次以上歷時 一段時間,或每2曰投與一次以上歷時一段時間。在一實 144535.doc •13- 201023852 施例中,每日投與 。物歷時四週。在另一貫拖例 中,每日投與醫藥組合物三次 人歷時二週,其中在開始新循 環之前中斷一週。在另一奮 ^ . 實例中’每曰投與醫藥組合物 歷時一週,繼而中斷一週。Λ 任另一實施例中,每日投與醫 藥組合物歷時兩週,繼而中斷 螂兩週。在另一實施例中,每 曰連續投與醫藥組合物一次或 人4兩-人’或在開始新循環之前 中斷一週。在另一實施例中 J Ύ 每週投與醫藥組合物一次或 每週投與兩次。 在本文所提供之任何該等方法中,投與兒茶訂烧之個 體可進步投肖《多種其他抗癌劑或治療療法。抗癌劑 包括(但不限於)DNA破壞劑 裂抑制劑。在一些實施例中 #撲異構酶抑制劑及有絲分 欲才又與之該一或多種抗癌劑 可為EGFR抑制劑、IGiMR抑制劑或兩者。 在本文所述方法之-態樣中,投與兒茶訂烧之患者可 進一步藉由投與EGFR抑制齊j、IGF_1R抑制齊!或兩者治 療0 在一實施例中,欲治療個體可能對用一或多種酪胺酸激 酶抑制劑(例如僅EGFR抑制劑、僅IGF、1R抑制劑或egfr 抑制劑及IGF-1R抑制劑)治療具有抗性。 本文提供針對IGF- 1R及EGFR酪胺酸激酶活性之水準篩 選個體的方法’其包含:⑴分析由個體獲得之樣品,其包 含量測IGF-1R及EGFR之含量;及(ii)將樣品中IGF1R及 EGFR之含量與對照組中之含量進行比較。 本文提供確定疾病療法之方法,其包含:⑴分析由個體 144535.doc •14- 201023852 獲得之樣品’其包含量測IGF-1R及EGFR之含量,及(ii)將 樣品中IGF-1R及EGFR之含量與對照組中之含量進行比 較;其中與對照組相比IGF-1R、EGFR或兩者之含量增加 表明該個體要用雙重酪胺酸激酶抑制劑(亦即抑制IGF-1R 與EGFR之單一化合物)治療。在一實施例中,雙重酪胺酸 激酶抑制劑為諸如本文所述之兒茶酚丁烷。 在一實施例中,EGFR表現量為基線含量或超過基線含 量,且IGF-1R表現量為基線含量或超過基線含量。在另一 實施例中’ EGFR表現量為基線含量且IGF-1R表現量為基 線含量之2倍或2倍以上。在另一實施例中,IGF-1R表現量 為基線含量且EGFR表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以上。 在另一實施例中,IGF-1R表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以 上,且EGFR表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以上。 IGF- 1R及EGFR之信使RNA(mRNA)含量可藉由使用以下 檢定分析:諸如反轉錄酶-聚合酶鍵反應(RT-PCR)、北方 雜交(Northern hybridization)、原位雜交及定量 rt_pcr (qRT-PCR) 0 IGF-1R及EGFR之蛋白含量可使用以下檢定分析:諸如 酶聯免疫吸附檢定(ELISA)、西方墨點法、免疫組織化 學、免疫沈澱、免疫螢光、酶免疫檢定(EIA)及放射免疫 檢定(RIA)。 IGF-1R及EGFR之基因組DNA含量可使用例如南方雜交 (Southern hybridization)或基因晶片分析。 在一態樣中’ IGF-1R及EGFR可藉由以下步驟分析··⑷ 144535.doc -15- 201023852 向個體引入針對IGF-1R之經標記抗體及針對EGFR之經標 記抗體’及(b)藉由標準成像技術偵測該等經標記抗體。抗 體可用放射性標記來標記,該放射性標記在個體中之存在 及位置可藉由標準成像技術镇測。在一實施例中,針對 IGF-1R之抗體及針對EGFR之抗體的放射性標記不同。 在一態樣中,該方法可進一步包含向個體投與能夠抑制 IGF-1R及EGF-R之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物,其中該 醫藥化合物為抑制IGF-1R及EGFR之兒茶紛丁烧(亦即雙重 激酶抑制劑)。 在本文所提供之任何該等方法中,可向個體進一步投與 一或多種其他抗癌劑及/或治療療法。抗癌劑包括(但不限 於)DNA破壞劑、拓撲異構酶抑制劑及有絲分裂抑制劑。 在一實施例中,該一或多種抗癌劑可為EGFR抑制劑、 IGF-1R抑制劑或兩者。 在本文所述方法之一態樣中,患者可進一步藉由投與 EGFR抑制劑、IGF-1R抑制劑或兩者治療。在一實施例 中’欲治療個體可能對用僅EGFR抑制劑、僅IGF-1R抑制 劑或EGFR抑制劑及iGF_丨尺抑制劑治療具有抗性。 在一態樣中,欲治療個體患有上述增生性疾病。 本文提供選擇個體以用能夠抑制IGF_1R及EGF-R之酪胺 酸激酶活性之兒茶酚丁烷(亦即雙重激酶抑制劑)治療的方 法,其中該個體經鑑別所具有的IGF_1R、EGFR或兩者之 含量與對照組含量相比為基線含量或基線含量之2倍。 在一態樣中,個體先前已用EGFR抑制劑或IGF-1R抑制 144535.doc -16- 201023852 劑治療。 在另一態樣中,個體可能對用至少一種酪胺酸激酶抑制 劑(例如EGFR抑制劑及/或IGF-1R抑制劑)治療具有抗性。 在一態樣中,欲向個體投與之醫藥組合物為兒茶酚丁 • 烷。兒茶酚丁烷之投藥途徑、劑量及進度已如上所述。 • 在本文所提供之任何該等方法中,可向個體進一步投與 一或多種其他抗癌劑及/或治療療法。抗癌劑包括(但不限 於)DNA破壞劑、拓撲異構酶抑制劑及有絲分裂抑制劑。 ® 在一實施例中,欲投與之該一或多種抗癌劑為EGFR抑制 劑、IGF-1R抑制劑或兩者。 在本文所述方法之一態樣中,患者可進一步藉由投與 EGFR抑制劑、IGF-1R抑制劑或兩者治療。在一實施例 中,欲治療個體可能對用至少一種酪胺酸激酶抑制劑(例 如僅EGFR抑制劑、僅IGF-1R抑制劑或EGFR抑制劑及IGF-1R抑制劑)治療具有抗性。 A 在一態樣中,欲治療個體(患者)患有增生性疾病’諸如f peony, intra-arterial administration, with or without obstruction; intracranial administration, intra-medication, intravenous administration; intra-frequency administration; intraperitoneal administration; intraocular drug, intramuscular administration, implanted; And central vein administration. In one embodiment, catechol butane is formulated for oral administration. In another embodiment, catechol butane is formulated for intravenous administration. The dosage of catechol butane can be determined empirically. By way of example only, catechol butane may be from about 5 mg/kg to about 375 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 250 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 200 mg per dose. /kg; from about 5 mg/kg to about 150 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 75 mg/kg per dose; or per dose It is administered in an amount of from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. Alternatively, the catechol butane may be administered from about 1,500 mg per day to about 2,500 mg per day; from about 1,800 mg per day to about 2,300 mg per day; or about 2,000 mg per day. In one embodiment, the catechol butane can be contacted with the target cells at a concentration ranging from about 1 μΜ to about 30 μΜ. In another embodiment, the catechol butane can be contacted with the target cells at a concentration ranging from about 1 μΜ to about 1 μ μΜ. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered more than once per 6 days for a period of time, or once every 2 weeks for a period of time. In the case of a real 144535.doc •13- 201023852, daily vote. The matter lasted four weeks. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition was administered three times a day for two weeks, with a one-week break before the start of the new cycle. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition was administered for one week and then interrupted for one week. In any other embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered daily for two weeks and then discontinued for two weeks. In another embodiment, each medicinal composition is administered once or twice a person's or one week prior to the start of a new cycle. In another embodiment J Ύ The pharmaceutical composition is administered once a week or twice a week. In any of the methods provided herein, the individual administered to the catechu can be improved by a variety of other anticancer agents or therapeutic therapies. Anticancer agents include, but are not limited to, DNA disrupting agents. In some embodiments, the anti-cancer inhibitor and the silk fibrosis may be an EGFR inhibitor, an IGIMR inhibitor, or both. In the aspect of the method described herein, the patient who is administered with catechin can be further inhibited by administering EGFR inhibition, and IGF_1R inhibition! Or both treatments 0 In one embodiment, the individual to be treated may be administered with one or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (eg, only EGFR inhibitors, only IGF, 1R inhibitors or egfr inhibitors and IGF-1R inhibitors) The treatment is resistant. Provided herein are methods for screening individuals for levels of IGF-1R and EGFR tyrosine kinase activity comprising: (1) analyzing a sample obtained from an individual comprising measuring the amount of IGF-1R and EGFR; and (ii) placing the sample in the sample The contents of IGF1R and EGFR were compared with those in the control group. Provided herein are methods for determining disease therapy comprising: (1) analyzing a sample obtained from an individual 144535.doc •14-201023852, which comprises measuring the levels of IGF-1R and EGFR, and (ii) placing IGF-1R and EGFR in the sample. The amount is compared with the amount in the control group; wherein an increase in the content of IGF-1R, EGFR or both compared to the control group indicates that the individual is to use a dual tyrosine kinase inhibitor (ie, inhibiting IGF-1R and EGFR). Single compound) treatment. In one embodiment, the dual tyrosine kinase inhibitor is a catechol butane such as described herein. In one embodiment, the EGFR expression is at or above baseline and the IGF-IR performance is baseline or exceeds baseline. In another embodiment, the amount of EGFR expression is baseline and the amount of IGF-1R expression is 2 or more times the baseline content. In another embodiment, the IGF-IR performance is baseline and the EGFR expression is 2 or more times the baseline level. In another embodiment, the IGF-1R expression is 2 or more times the baseline level and the EGFR expression is 2 or more times the baseline level. The messenger RNA (mRNA) levels of IGF-1R and EGFR can be analyzed by using assays such as reverse transcriptase-polymerase bond reaction (RT-PCR), Northern hybridization, in situ hybridization, and quantification of rt_pcr (qRT). -PCR) 0 The protein content of IGF-1R and EGFR can be analyzed using the following assays: such as enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), Western blot, immunohistochemistry, immunoprecipitation, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA) And radioimmunoassay (RIA). The genomic DNA content of IGF-1R and EGFR can be determined using, for example, Southern hybridization or gene chip analysis. In one aspect, 'IGF-1R and EGFR can be analyzed by the following steps. (4) 144535.doc -15- 201023852 Introducing labeled antibodies against IGF-1R and labeled antibodies against EGFR' and (b) The labeled antibodies are detected by standard imaging techniques. The antibody can be labeled with a radioactive label whose presence and location in the individual can be measured by standard imaging techniques. In one embodiment, the radiolabeling of the antibody against IGF-1R and the antibody against EGFR is different. In one aspect, the method may further comprise administering to the individual a pharmaceutical compound capable of inhibiting tyrosine kinase activity of IGF-1R and EGF-R, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is a catechin inhibiting IGF-1R and EGFR Burn (i.e., dual kinase inhibitor). In any of the methods provided herein, one or more additional anticancer agents and/or therapeutic therapies can be further administered to the individual. Anticancer agents include, but are not limited to, DNA disrupting agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, and mitotic inhibitors. In one embodiment, the one or more anticancer agents can be an EGFR inhibitor, an IGF-1R inhibitor, or both. In one aspect of the methods described herein, the patient can be further treated by administering an EGFR inhibitor, an IGF-IR inhibitor, or both. In one embodiment, the individual to be treated may be resistant to treatment with an EGFR only inhibitor, only an IGF-IR inhibitor or an EGFR inhibitor, and an iGF_inhibitor. In one aspect, the individual to be treated has the above proliferative disease. Provided herein are methods of selecting an individual for treatment with catechol butane (i.e., a dual kinase inhibitor) capable of inhibiting the tyrosine kinase activity of IGF_1R and EGF-R, wherein the individual is identified as possessing IGF_1R, EGFR, or both The content of the substance was twice the baseline content or the baseline content compared with the control group. In one aspect, the individual has previously been treated with an EGFR inhibitor or IGF-IR inhibitor 144535.doc -16-201023852. In another aspect, the individual may be resistant to treatment with at least one tyrosine kinase inhibitor (e.g., an EGFR inhibitor and/or an IGF-IR inhibitor). In one aspect, the pharmaceutical composition to be administered to an individual is catechol butane. The route, dosage and schedule of catechol butane are as described above. • In any of the methods provided herein, one or more additional anticancer agents and/or therapeutic therapies may be further administered to the individual. Anticancer agents include, but are not limited to, DNA disrupting agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, and mitotic inhibitors. ® In one embodiment, the one or more anticancer agents to be administered are an EGFR inhibitor, an IGF-1R inhibitor, or both. In one aspect of the methods described herein, the patient can be further treated by administering an EGFR inhibitor, an IGF-IR inhibitor, or both. In one embodiment, the individual to be treated may be resistant to treatment with at least one tyrosine kinase inhibitor (e.g., only an EGFR inhibitor, only an IGF-IR inhibitor or an EGFR inhibitor and an IGF-IR inhibitor). A In one aspect, the individual (patient) to be treated has a proliferative disease, such as
W 本文所述之增生性疾病。 在一實施例中,EGFR表現量為基線含量或超過基線含 量,且IGF-1R表現量為基線含量或超過基線含量。在另一 實施例中,EGFR表現量為基線含量且IGF- 1R表現量為基 線含量之2倍或2倍以上。在另一實施例中,IGF-1R表現量 為基線含量且EGFR表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以上。 在另一實施例中,IGF-1R表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以 上,且EGFR表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以上。 144535.doc •17· 201023852 【實施方式】 以引用的方式併入 本說明書中所提及之所有公開案,專利及專利申請案係 在相同程度上以引用之方式併入本文中,該引用的程度就 如同已特別地及個別地將各個別公開案、專利或專利申請 案以引用的方式併入—般。 實施例之新穎特徵詳細闡述於隨附申請專利範圍中。本 發明實施例之特徵及優點藉由參考闡述說明性實施例(其 中使用本發明實施例之原理)之以下實施方式及隨附圖式 而獲得充分理解。 定義 應瞭解以上發明内容及以下實施方式僅為例示性及說明 性的,且並非限制所主張之任何標的物。除非另外特別說 明,否則在本申請案中,使用單數包括複數。必須注意, 除非上下文另外明確規定,否則如說明書及隨附申請專利 範圍中所用之單數形式「一」及「該」包括複數指示物。 亦應注意,除非另外說明,否則使用「或」意謂「及/ 或」。此外,使用術語「包括」並不為限制性的。 術s吾「實體腫瘤」係指腫瘤,其中複數個腫瘤細胞彼此 結合’亦即鄰近且位於限制性位點内。其與「流體性 (fluid)」或「血原性(hematogenous)」腫瘤形成對比,該 等腫瘤中腫瘤細胞主要以非缔合或個別細胞形式存在,例 如白血病。實體腫瘤通常在宿主組織(諸如上皮組織、結 締組織及支援組織)以及位於整個身體内之其他組織上繁 144535.doc 201023852 殖。 「手術」意謂涉及手或手以及儀器對人類或其他哺乳動 物身體的系統作用以產生治療、補救或診斷作用的任何汐 療或診斷程序。 /σ 「輻射療法」意謂將患者暴露於高能輻射,包括(但不 限於)χ射線、γ射線及中子。此類療法包括(但不限於)外輻 射療法(external-beam therapy)、内輻射療法、移植輻射、 0 近接輻射療法、全身性輻射療法及放射療法。 「化學療法」意謂藉由各種方法(包括靜脈内、經口、 肌肉内、腹膜内' 膀胱内、皮下、經皮、頰内或吸入或以 栓劑之形式)向癌症患者投與一或多種抗癌藥,諸如抗贅 生性化學治療劑、化學預防劑及/或其他藥劑。化學療法 可在手術之前給予以使大腫瘤縮小隨後進行手術程序將其 移除,可在手術或輻射療法之後給予以預防體内任何剩餘 癌細胞之生長。 φ 術語「有效量」或「醫藥學有效量」係指無毒但足以提 供所要生物學、治療性及/或預防性結果之藥劑量。該結 果可為減少及/或緩和疾病之徵兆、症狀或原因或生物系 統之任何其他所要變化。舉例而言,用於治療用途之「有 效量」為本文所揭示兒茶酚丁烷本身或包含本文兒茶酚丁 烷之組合物使疾病治療上顯著減輕所需的量。任何個別情 況下之適當有效量可由一般熟習此項技術者使用常規實驗 確定。 「醫藥學上可接受」或「藥理學上可接受」意謂物質不 144535.doc 19- 201023852 會在生物學上或在其他方面不適宜,亦即物質可向個體投 與而不會造成任何不ϋ宜生物學作用或與含有㈣質之組 合物的任何組份以有害方式相互作用。 如本文所用之術語「治療」及其語法上之等效術語包括 達成治療益處及/或預防益處。治療益處意謂根除或改善 所治療之潛在病症。治療亦指獲得所要藥理學及/或生理 學作用。就完全或部分預防病狀或疾病或其症狀而言該 作用可為預防性的’及/或就部分或完全治癒病狀或疾病 及/或可歸因於該病狀或疾病之不利影響而言,該作用可❿ 為治療性的。因此,「治療」例如覆蓋哺乳動物、尤其人 類之病狀或疾病的任何治療,且包括:⑷預防可能易患病 狀或疾病但尚未診斷為患有該病狀或疾病的個體中產生該 病狀或疾病;(b)抑制病狀或疾病,諸如阻止其發展;及 ⑷緩解、緩和或改善病狀或疾病,諸如使病狀或疾病消 退。僅舉例而言,在癌症φ去击 咻飧/正w者中,治療益處可包括根除或 改善潛在癌症。在根除或改善一或多個與潛在病症有關之 生理學症狀使得可在患者中觀察到改良,但患者可能仍患⑩ 有該潛在病症的情況下’亦可達成治療益處。對於預防益 處可對具有產生癌症之風險的患者或報導該等病狀之一 或多個生理學症狀’但尚未診斷出該病狀的患者執行方. 法’或向該患者投輿组合妨^ + 畀β物在一些情況下,治療意謂停 滯(亦即使疾病不惡化),及延長患者之存活。欲投與之劑 量取決於欲治療個體’諸如個體之一般健康、個體之年 齡m病狀之狀況、個體之趙重、趙瘤之尺寸。 144535.doc •20· 201023852 「如本文關於罹患病症之個體及其類似表述所用的術語 個體」患、者」或「個體」包涵哺乳動物及非哺乳動 物。哺乳動物之實例包括(但不限於)乳動物類別之任何 成員·人類,非人類靈長類’諸如黑㈣,及其他後及猴 物種;農畜,諸如牛、馬、、綿羊、山羊、豬;家畜,諸如 兔、狗及貓;實驗動物’包括齧齒動物,諸如大鼠、小鼠 及天竺鼠,及其類似物。非哺乳動物之實例包括(但不限 於)鳥 '魚及其類似非喷乳動物。在本文所提供方法及組 合物之一些實施例中,哺乳動物為人類。 如本文所用之術語「共投與」、「與.組合投與」及其語 法上等效術語或其類似術語意欲包涵向單—患者投與所選 治療劑,且意欲包括以下治療療法,其中藉由相同或不同 投藥途徑或在相同或不同時間投與藥劑。在—些實施例 :,抑制劑與其他藥劑一起共投與。此等術語包涵向動物 投與兩種或兩種以上荦劍 * 樂劑以使兩種藥劑及/或其代謝物 同時存在於動物中。其包括同時以獨立組合物投與,在不 同時間以獨立組合物投與,及/或以存在兩種藥劑之組合 物投與。因此’在一些實施例中’抑制劑及其他藥劑以單 -組合物投與。在一些實施例中’抑制劑及其他藥劑在組 合物中混合。在其他實施例中,抑制劑及其他藥劑在獨立 時間以獨立劑量投與。 本文所用之術語「醫藥組合物」係指生物學活性化合 物’視情況與至少-種醫藥學上可接受之化學組份混合, 該等化學組份諸如(但不限於)載劑、穩定劑、稀釋劑、分 144535.doc 201023852 散劑、懸浮劑、增稠劑及/或賦形劑。 本文所用之術語「載劑」係指有利於化合物併入細胞或 組織中之相對無毒化合物或試劑。 術語「醫藥學上可接受之賦形劑」包括媒劑、佐劑或稀 釋劑或其他助劑物質,諸如此項技術中習知者,公眾輕易 可仔。舉例而言,醫藥學上可接受之助劑物質包括pH調節 劑及緩衝劑、張力調節劑、穩定劑、濕潤劑及其類似物。 本文所用之術語「代謝物」係指化合物之衍生物,其在 化合物代謝時形成。 本文所用之術語「活性代謝物」係指化合物之生物學活 性衍生物’其在化合物代謝時形成。 本文所用之術語「代謝」係指特定物質由生物體改變之 過程(包括(但不限於)水解反應及酶催化之反應)之總結。 因此,酶可對化合物產生特定結構變化。舉例而言,細胞 色素P450催化多種氧化及還原反應,而尿苷二填酸葡糖搭 酸基轉移酶催化活化之葡糖醛酸分子轉變為芳族醇、脂族 醇、羧酸、胺及游離硫氫基。其他有關代謝之資訊可由 The Pharmacological Basis 〇f Therapeutics,第 9 版, McGraw-Hill (1996)獲得。 本文中所使用之術語「單位劑型」係指適用作人類及動 物個體之單一劑量的物理個別單位,各單位含有經計算量 足以產生所需作用之預定量API以及醫藥學上可接受之稀 釋劑、載劑或媒劑。本發明化合物之新穎單位劑型的規格 取決於所用特定化合物及欲達成之作用,及各化合物在宿 144535.doc -22· 201023852 主中有關之藥效。 本文所用之「百分比」或符號「%」意謂以組合物中所 存在載劑之量計,以重量/重量(w/w)、重量/體積(w/v)戋 體積/體積(v/v)計,組合物中所指定之組份的百分比,如 •任何特定組份所示,所有均以組合物中所存在載劑之量 . 計。因此,如所示,不同類型之載劑可以多至100%之量 存在,其並不排除API之存在,API之量可指定為在組合物 參 中所存在之百分比(%)或特定毫克數(mg),或每毫升所存 在之特定毫克數(mg/mL),其中%4mg/mUx組合物中所存 在之全部載劑之量計。特定類型之載劑可組合存在以構成 100°/。載劑。 關於兒茶酚丁烷或NDGA化合物或衍生物之「實質上 純」化合物為實質上不含非兒茶酚丁烷、NDGA化合物或 NDGA衍生物之物質的化合物。舉例而言實質上不含意 謂至少約50%不含非NDGA物質’至少約7〇%、至少約 • 80%、至少約90%不含或至少約95%不含非ndga物質。 術語「腫瘤細胞抗原」在本文中定義為與不相關腫瘤細 胞、正常細胞或正常體液中相比,以較高量存在於腫瘤細 胞上或體液中之抗原。抗原乂存在可藉由熟習此項技術者 已知之諸多檢定測試,包括(但不限於)用抗體陰性及/或陽 !·生選擇,諸如ELISA檢定、放射免疫檢定或藉由西方墨點 法。 γ細胞凋亡誘發劑」在本文中定義為誘發細胞凋亡/漸 進式、,、w胞死亡,且包括例如抗癌劑及細胞(例如腫瘤細胞) 144535.doc -23- 201023852 經誘發而產生漸進式細胞死亡的療法。下文更詳細描述例 示性細胞凋亡誘發劑。 術語「細胞凋亡」或「漸進式細胞死亡」係指一種生理 過程,其中有害或無用細胞在發育及其他正常生物過程中 由該生理過程去除。細胞凋亡為正常生理條件下進行之細 胞死亡模式,且細胞為其自身死亡(「細胞自殺」)之積極 參與者。其最常在正常細胞更新及組織恆定狀態、胚胎發 生、誘發及維持免疫耐受性、神經系統發育及内分泌依賴 !·生組織萎縮期間發現。凋亡之細胞展示特有形態及生物化❹ 學特徵。此等特徵包括染色質聚集、細胞核及細胞質濃 縮細胞質及細胞核分配於膜結合小泡(細胞〉周亡體)中, 該等膜結合小泡含有核糖體、形態完整之線粒體及細胞核 物質。在活體内’此等細胞凋亡體經巨噬細胞、樹突狀細 胞或鄰近上皮細胞快速識別且吞噬。由於此移除活體内凋 亡細胞之有效機制,故未引發發炎反應。在活體外,細胞 凋亡體以及剩餘細胞片段最終腫脹且最終溶解。活體外細 胞死亡之此終末階段稱作「二次壞死(sec〇ndary © necrosis)」。細胞凋亡可藉由熟習此項技術者已知之方法 量測,該等方法如DNA斷裂、磷脂結合蛋白V暴露、卡斯 蛋白酶活化、細胞色素e釋放等。經誘發而死亡之細胞在 . 本文中稱作「凋亡細胞」。 - 細胞洞亡亦可利用以下標準磷脂結合蛋白V細胞凋亡檢 定測試:使NlH:〇VCAR-3細胞在6孔板(NUNC)中生長,且 照射或用拮抗劑(或與另一抗癌藥組合)處理4-48小時,洗 144535.doc -24· 201023852 務且用填脂結合蛋白V-FITC(BD-Pharmingen)染色1小時。 藉由流式細胞測量術(Becton-Dickinson, CellQuest)分析細 胞,用碘化丙錠對比染色,且再在流式細胞儀中分析。 兒茶酚丁炫 如本文所用之術語「兒茶酚丁烷」係指為EGFR與IGF-1R之雙重激酶抑制劑的化合物(亦即作為雙重激酶抑制劑 之單一化合物)。 在一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可具有式I之結構:W The proliferative disease described herein. In one embodiment, the EGFR expression is at or above baseline and the IGF-IR performance is baseline or exceeds baseline. In another embodiment, the EGFR expression is baseline and the IGF-1R performance is 2 or more times the baseline content. In another embodiment, the IGF-IR performance is baseline and the EGFR expression is 2 or more times the baseline level. In another embodiment, the IGF-1R expression is 2 or more times the baseline level and the EGFR expression is 2 or more times the baseline level. 144535.doc • 17· 201023852 [Embodiment] All publications mentioned in the specification are hereby incorporated by reference, the entireties of each of The degree is as if the individual publications, patents or patent applications have been specifically and individually incorporated by reference. The novel features of the embodiments are set forth in the appended claims. The features and advantages of the embodiments of the invention are set forth in the <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; DEFINITIONS The above summary of the invention is to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive. In the present application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless otherwise specified. It must be noted that the singular forms "a" and "the" It should also be noted that the use of "or" means "and / or" unless otherwise stated. Moreover, the use of the term "comprising" is not limiting. By "solid tumor" is meant a tumor in which a plurality of tumor cells are bound to each other', i.e., adjacent to each other and within a restriction site. It is in contrast to "fluid" or "hematogenous" tumors in which tumor cells are predominantly present in non-associated or individual cell forms, such as leukemia. Solid tumors are usually found in host tissues such as epithelial tissues, connective tissues, and supporting tissues, as well as other tissues located throughout the body. "Surgery" means any treatment or diagnostic procedure involving the hand or hand and the systemic effects of the instrument on the human or other mammalian body to produce a therapeutic, remedy or diagnostic effect. /σ "Radiation therapy" means exposing a patient to high-energy radiation, including but not limited to xenon rays, gamma rays, and neutrons. Such therapies include, but are not limited to, external-beam therapy, internal radiation therapy, transplant radiation, 0 proximity radiation therapy, systemic radiation therapy, and radiation therapy. "Chemotherapy" means the administration of one or more cancer patients by various methods including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal or inhalation or in the form of suppositories. Anticancer drugs, such as anti-neoplastic chemotherapeutics, chemopreventive agents, and/or other agents. Chemotherapy can be administered prior to surgery to reduce large tumors and subsequent surgical procedures to remove them, either after surgery or radiation therapy to prevent the growth of any remaining cancer cells in the body. φ The term "effective amount" or "pharmaceutically effective amount" means an amount of a drug that is non-toxic but sufficient to provide the desired biological, therapeutic, and/or prophylactic effect. The result may be to reduce and/or alleviate the signs, symptoms or causes of the disease or any other desired changes in the biological system. For example, an "effective amount" for therapeutic use is the amount of the catechol butane itself disclosed herein or a composition comprising the catechol butane herein to provide a significant reduction in the treatment of the disease. The appropriate effective amount in any individual case can be determined by routine experimentation by those of ordinary skill in the art. "Pharmaceutically acceptable" or "pharmacologically acceptable" means that the substance is not 144535.doc 19- 201023852 may be biologically or otherwise unsuitable, that is, the substance may be administered to the individual without causing any It is not suitable for biological effects or interacts in a detrimental manner with any component of the composition containing the substance. The term "treatment" as used herein and its grammatical equivalent terms include achieving a therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit. Therapeutic benefit means eradication or amelioration of the underlying condition being treated. Treatment also refers to obtaining the desired pharmacological and/or physiological effects. The effect may be prophylactic and/or may partially or completely cure the condition or disease and/or may be attributable to the adverse effects of the condition or disease in terms of completely or partially preventing the condition or disease or its symptoms. In other words, this effect can be therapeutic. Thus, "treating" is, for example, any treatment that covers the condition or disease of a mammal, especially a human, and includes: (4) preventing the development of the condition in an individual who may be susceptible to the condition or disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having the condition or disease. Or disease; (b) inhibiting the condition or disease, such as preventing its development; and (4) mitigating, alleviating or ameliorating the condition or disease, such as causing the condition or disease to subside. By way of example only, in the case of cancer φ 去 正 / 正 w, therapeutic benefit may include eradication or improvement of underlying cancer. The treatment benefit can also be achieved by eradicating or ameliorating one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying condition such that an improvement can be observed in the patient, but the patient may still suffer from the underlying condition. For a prophylactic benefit, a patient who has a risk of developing cancer or a patient who reports one or more physiological symptoms of the condition but has not yet diagnosed the condition may perform a method or a combination of administration to the patient. + 畀β In some cases, treatment means stagnation (even if the disease does not worsen) and prolongs the patient's survival. The dosage to be administered depends on the individual to be treated, such as the general health of the individual, the condition of the age of the individual, the size of the individual, and the size of the tumor. 144535.doc •20· 201023852 “The term “individual”, “individual” or “individual” as used in relation to an individual suffering from a condition and its similar expression encompasses mammals and non-mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the dairy animal category, humans, non-human primates such as black (four), and other post-and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, pigs Livestock, such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; experimental animals' include rodents such as rats, mice, and guinea pigs, and the like. Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds 'fish and their similar non-spray animals. In some embodiments of the methods and compositions provided herein, the mammal is a human. The terms "co-administered", "combined with administration", and grammatically equivalent terms or the like, as used herein, are intended to encompass a single-patient administration of a selected therapeutic agent, and are intended to include the following therapeutic therapies, wherein The agents are administered by the same or different routes of administration or at the same or different times. In some embodiments: the inhibitor is co-administered with other agents. These terms encompass the administration of two or more scorpions to an animal to allow both agents and/or their metabolites to be present in the animal simultaneously. It includes simultaneous administration as a separate composition, administration in separate compositions at different times, and/or administration in the presence of a combination of the two agents. Thus 'in some embodiments' inhibitors and other agents are administered as a mono-composition. In some embodiments, 'inhibitors and other agents are mixed in the composition. In other embodiments, the inhibitor and other agents are administered at separate doses in separate doses. The term "pharmaceutical composition" as used herein refers to a biologically active compound that is optionally mixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable chemical component such as, but not limited to, a carrier, a stabilizer, Diluent, 144535.doc 201023852 Powder, suspending agent, thickener and / or excipients. The term "carrier" as used herein, refers to a relatively non-toxic compound or agent that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into a cell or tissue. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" includes vehicles, adjuvants or diluents or other auxiliary substances, such as those well known in the art, which are readily available to the public. For example, pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant materials include pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents, and the like. The term "metabolite" as used herein refers to a derivative of a compound which is formed upon metabolism of the compound. The term "active metabolite" as used herein refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound which is formed upon metabolism of the compound. As used herein, the term "metabolism" refers to a summary of the process by which a particular substance is altered by an organism, including but not limited to hydrolysis and enzymatic reactions. Thus, the enzyme can produce specific structural changes to the compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidation and reduction reactions, while uridine dihydroglucose-transferase catalyzes the activation of glucuronic acid molecules into aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines, and Free sulfhydryl. Additional information on metabolism can be obtained by The Pharmacological Basis 〇f Therapeutics, 9th edition, McGraw-Hill (1996). The term "unit dosage form" as used herein refers to a single unit of physical individual unit suitable for use as a human and animal subject, each unit containing a predetermined amount of API calculated to produce the desired effect, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent. , carrier or vehicle. The specifications of the novel unit dosage forms of the compounds of the invention depend on the particular compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the efficacy of each compound in the subject of 144535.doc -22. 201023852. As used herein, "percent" or the symbol "%" means weight/weight (w/w), weight/volume (w/v) 戋 volume/volume (v/) based on the amount of vehicle present in the composition. v) The percentage of the components specified in the composition, as indicated by any particular component, is based on the amount of carrier present in the composition. Thus, as indicated, different types of carriers can be present in amounts up to 100%, which does not exclude the presence of API, and the amount of API can be specified as a percentage (%) or a specific number of milligrams present in the composition. (mg), or the specific number of milligrams (mg/mL) present per ml, of which the total amount of carrier present in the %4 mg/mUx composition is calculated. A particular type of carrier can be present in combination to form 100°/. Carrier. A "substantially pure" compound for a catechol butane or NDGA compound or derivative is a compound which does not substantially contain a substance other than a catechol butane, an NDGA compound or an NDGA derivative. By way of example, it does not mean that at least about 50% of the non-NDGA material is at least about 7%, at least about 80%, at least about 90% free, or at least about 95% free of non-ndga species. The term "tumor cell antigen" is defined herein as an antigen present in a higher amount on a tumor cell or in a body fluid than in an unrelated tumor cell, normal cell or normal body fluid. The presence of antigen 乂 can be determined by a number of assays known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, antibody negative and/or positive selection, such as ELISA assays, radioimmunoassays, or by Western blotting. A gamma cell apoptosis inducing agent is defined herein as inducing apoptosis/progressive, w cell death, and includes, for example, an anticancer agent and a cell (eg, a tumor cell) 144535.doc -23-201023852 Progressive cell death therapy. Exemplary apoptosis inducers are described in more detail below. The term "apoptosis" or "progressive cell death" refers to a physiological process in which harmful or unwanted cells are removed from the physiological process during development and other normal biological processes. Apoptosis is a pattern of cell death under normal physiological conditions, and the cell is an active participant in its own death ("cell suicide"). It is most often found during normal cell renewal and tissue constant state, embryogenesis, induction and maintenance of immune tolerance, nervous system development and endocrine dependence! Apoptotic cells display unique morphological and biochemical features. These features include chromatin accumulation, nuclear and cytoplasmic cytoplasmic nucleus, and nuclear distribution in membrane-bound vesicles (cells). These membrane-bound vesicles contain ribosomes, morphologically intact mitochondria, and nuclear material. In vivo, these apoptotic bodies are rapidly recognized and phagocytosed by macrophages, dendritic cells or adjacent epithelial cells. Due to this effective mechanism for removing dead cells in vivo, no inflammatory response is induced. In vitro, the apoptotic bodies as well as the remaining cell fragments eventually swell and eventually dissolve. This terminal phase of in vitro cell death is called "secary ndary © necrosis". Apoptosis can be measured by methods known to those skilled in the art, such as DNA fragmentation, phospholipid binding protein V exposure, caspase activation, cytochrome e release, and the like. The cells that have been induced to die are referred to herein as "apoptotic cells." - Cell death can also be tested using the following standard phospholipid binding protein V cell apoptosis assay: NlH: 〇VCAR-3 cells are grown in 6-well plates (NUNC) and irradiated or with an antagonist (or with another anti-cancer) The drug combination) was treated for 4 to 48 hours, washed 144535.doc -24·201023852 and stained with the fat-binding protein V-FITC (BD-Pharmingen) for 1 hour. The cells were analyzed by flow cytometry (Becton-Dickinson, CellQuest), stained with propidium iodide, and analyzed by flow cytometry. Catechol Ding Hyun As used herein, the term "catechol butane" refers to a compound that is a dual kinase inhibitor of EGFR and IGF-1R (i.e., a single compound that acts as a dual kinase inhibitor). In one embodiment, the catechol butane may have the structure of Formula I:
其中Ri及R2獨立地為H、低碳烷基或低碳醯基;r3、 R4、R5、R6、R1()、Rn、R12及R丨3獨立地為Η或低碳烧基; 且R7、Rs及R9獨立地為Η、經基、低碳烧氧基或低碳醯氧 基。亦包括式I之醫藥學上可接受之鹽、醫藥學上可接受 之溶劑合物、互變異構體、代謝物及前藥。 在另一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可具有式II之結構:Wherein Ri and R2 are independently H, lower alkyl or lower fluorenyl; r3, R4, R5, R6, R1(), Rn, R12 and R丨3 are independently hydrazine or a lower carbon group; and R7 And Rs and R9 are independently hydrazine, a mercapto group, a low carbon alkoxy group or a lower carbon methoxy group. Also included are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of formula I, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, tautomers, metabolites and prodrugs. In another embodiment, the catechol butane may have the structure of Formula II:
r9 Rs 其中R5、Rio、R6及Rl3獨立地為Η ; 當R3為Η時,Rn為低碳烷基;或當R3為低碳烷基時, 144535.doc -25- 201023852 R11 為 Η, 菖R4為Η時,Ri2為低碳烧基;或當r4為低碳烧基時, R12 為 Η, R7、Rs及R9中之兩者為羥基,另一者為Η,且相對於伸 烧基取代基,-經基在3位,且另_經基在4位。亦包括式 II之醫藥學上可接受之鹽、醫藥學上可接受之溶劑合物、 互變異構體、代謝物及前藥。 如本文所用之低碳烷基意欲通常意謂Ci_C6烷基,且較 佳心及114為Ci-C3烷基。如本文所用之低碳烷基亦尤其表 示甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基第三 丁基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基及其類似基團。 如本文所用之低碳醯基意欲通常意謂[Ci_C6]醯基,其中 [C2-C6]醯基較佳。如本文所用之低碳醯基亦表示具有通式 RCO--之基團’例如乙醯基、丙醯基 (CHsCHKO—)、丁醯基(chchkj^co — )及其類似基團。 兒茶盼丁燒可指酚系化合物及其習知酯及醚。當兒茶盼 丁烷化合物為例如經取代苯基時,相應基團為乙醯氧基 (CH3C〇2—)、丙醯氧基(CH3CH2C〇2—)及丁醯氧基 (CH3CH2CH2C〇2 — )。 化合物可為單一光學異構體或該等異構體之混合物(例 如外消旋混合物)或非對映異構體形式。 在實施例中,兒茶紛丁烧為正二氫癒創酸(NDGA)或 其衍生物。正二氬癒創酸為酚系化合物,其鑑別為茶葉之 主要組份’由木焦油灌木(creosote bush)查帕拉爾橡樹 144535.doc • 26- 201023852 (Zarrea山·vahca/ia)之樹脂提取物製備。 用於本發明方法之兒茶酚丁烷之非限制性實例包括(作 不限於)NDGA、四-〇-曱基NDGA ;四甘胺醯基NDGA ; 四-二甲基甘胺醯基NDGA或其鹽;及三_〇_甲基>〇3(}八;正 二氫癒創酸四特戊酸酯;正二氫癒創酸四丙酸醋及其所有 光學構型。 用於本發明方法之兒茶酚丁烷之非限制性實例亦包括例 如1,4-雙(3,4-二羥基苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烷;匕扣雙^‘二 羥基苯基)丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二曱氧基苯基)_23_二甲基丁 烧,1,4-雙(3,4-二乙氧基苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烧;1,4_雙 (3,4-二丙氧基苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烧;1-(3,4-二經基苯基)_ 4-(3,4,5-三羥基苯基)丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二乙醯氧基苯基)_ 2,3-二曱基丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二丙醯氧基笨基)_2,3-二甲基 丁烷;M-雙(3,4-二丁醯氧基苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烷; 雙(3,4-二戊醯氧基苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烷;1,4-雙(3,4-二特 戊酿乳基苯基)-2,3-二曱基丁烧;1,4-雙(3,4-二新戊基叛基 苯基)-2,3-二甲基丁烧;或1-(3,4-二經基苯基)·4-苯基丁 烷;及1-(3,4-二羥基苯基)-4-(2,5-二羥基苯基)丁烷的d-異 構體、1-異構體、d-異構體及1-異構體之外消旋混合物及内 消旋異構體。 此項技術中所述之其他兒茶酚丁烷預期適用於本文。舉 例而言,美國專利第5,008,294號;第6,291,524號;或第 6,417,234號;美國公開申請案第20080207532號、第 20080096967 號、第 20060151574 號、第 20060141029 號及 144535.doc -27- 201023852 第20070099847號中所述之兒茶酚丁烷係以引用的方式併 入本文中。 標準化學術語之定義可見於參考資料(包括Carey及 Sundberg,「Advanced Organic Chemistry 第 4 版」,A 卷 (2000)及 B卷(2001), Plenum Press, New York)中。除非另外 說明,否則使用此項技術中之質譜、NMR、HPLC、IR及 UV/Vis光譜法及藥理學之習知方法。除非提供特定定義, 否則關於分析化學、合成有機化學及醫藥及藥物化學所用 之名稱,及分析化學、合成有機化學及醫藥及藥物化學之 實驗程序及技術為此項技術中已知者。標準技術可用於化 學合成、化學分析、藥物製備、調配及傳遞、及患者之治 療中。反應及純化技術可例如使用具有製造商說明書之套 組執行,或如此項技術中通常所完成或如本文所述來執 行。上述技術及程序通常可根據此項技術中熟知之習知方 法且如本說明書通篇所引用及論述之各種一般及更特定參 考文獻中所述執行。本說明書全文中,基團及其取代基可 由熟習此領域技術者選擇以提供穩定部分及化合物。 本文所提供之化合物可以互變異構體存在。互變異構體 為可藉由氫原子遷移,伴有單鍵及相鄰雙鍵轉換而相互轉 化的化合物。在可能互變異構化之溶液中,將存在互變異 構體之化學平衡。互變異構體之精確比率取決於若干因 素,包括溫度、溶劑及pH值。互變異構對之一些實例包 括: 144535.doc -28- 201023852R9 Rs wherein R5, Rio, R6 and Rl3 are independently Η; when R3 is Η, Rn is lower alkyl; or when R3 is lower alkyl, 144535.doc -25- 201023852 R11 is Η, 菖When R4 is ruthenium, Ri2 is a low carbon alkyl group; or when r4 is a low carbon alkyl group, R12 is ruthenium, two of R7, Rs and R9 are hydroxyl groups, and the other is ruthenium, and relative to the stretching group Substituents, - the radical is in the 3 position, and the other is in the 4 position. Also included are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the formula II, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, tautomers, metabolites and prodrugs. Lower alkyl as used herein is intended to mean Ci_C6 alkyl, and preferably is 114 and Ci-C3 alkyl. Lower alkyl as used herein also especially denotes methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl and the like. Group. The low carbon fluorenyl group as used herein is intended to generally mean a [Ci_C6] fluorenyl group, wherein the [C2-C6] fluorenyl group is preferred. The low carbon fluorenyl group as used herein also means a group having the formula RCO- such as ethionyl group, propyl fluorenyl group (CHsCHKO-), butyl fluorenyl group (chchkj^co), and the like. The catechu is expected to be a phenolic compound and its conventional esters and ethers. When the catechin compound is, for example, a substituted phenyl group, the corresponding groups are ethoxycarbonyl (CH3C〇2—), propenyloxy (CH3CH2C〇2—) and butanoxy (CH3CH2CH2C〇2 — ). The compound may be a single optical isomer or a mixture of such isomers (e.g., a racemic mixture) or a diastereomeric form. In the examples, the catechu is calcined as n-dihydroguaiac acid (NDGA) or a derivative thereof. The di-n-argon-guaiac acid is a phenolic compound identified as the main component of tea's resin extraction from the creosote bush Chaparral oak 144535.doc • 26- 201023852 (Zarrea mountain vahca/ia) Preparation. Non-limiting examples of catechol butanes useful in the methods of the invention include, without limitation, NDGA, tetra-indenyl-fluorenyl NDGA; tetraglycine fluorenyl NDGA; tetra-dimethylglycol fluorenyl NDGA or a salt thereof; and a tris-methyl group> 〇3 (} octane; n-dihydroguaiare acid tetrapivalate; n-dihydroguaiare acid tetrapropionic acid vinegar and all optical configurations thereof. Non-limiting examples of catechol butane also include, for example, 1,4-bis(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2,3-dimethylbutane; hydrazone bis-dihydroxyphenyl) Butane; 1,4-bis(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)_23-dimethylbutane, 1,4-bis(3,4-diethoxyphenyl)-2,3- Dimethyl butyrate; 1,4_bis(3,4-dipropoxyphenyl)-2,3-dimethylbutane; 1-(3,4-di-phenyl)-4- (3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl)butane; 1,4-bis(3,4-diethoxymethoxyphenyl)-2,3-didecylbutane; 1,4-double ( 3,4-dipropenyloxyphenyl) 2,3-dimethylbutane; M-bis(3,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-2,3-dimethylbutane; (3,4-dipentyloxyphenyl)-2,3-dimethylbutane; 1,4-bis(3,4-di-tertyl milk base) Benzyl-2,3-dimercaptobutyrate; 1,4-bis(3,4-dipentyl ethylphenyl)-2,3-dimethylbutane; or 1-(3,4 -di-p-phenyl)-4-phenylbutane; and the d-isomer of 1-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)butane, 1-isomeric, d-isomer, and 1-isomer racemic mixture and meso isomer. Other catechol butanes described in this technology are contemplated for use herein. For example, U.S. Patent No. 5,008,294; U.S. Patent No. 6,291,524; or U.S. Patent No. 6,417,234; U.S. Published Application No. 20080207532, No. 20080096967, No. 20060151574, No. 20060141029, and 144535.doc -27-201023852 No. 20070099847 The catechol butane is incorporated herein by reference. The definitions of standard chemical terms can be found in references (including Carey and Sundberg, "Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Edition", Volume A (2000) and Volume B (2001), Plenum Press, New York). Unless otherwise stated, mass spectrometry, NMR, HPLC, IR and UV/Vis spectroscopy and conventional methods of pharmacology in this technique are used. Unless specific definitions are provided, the names used in analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and pharmaceutical and pharmaceutical chemistry, as well as analytical procedures and techniques for analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and pharmaceutical and pharmaceutical chemistry are known in the art. Standard techniques are used in chemical synthesis, chemical analysis, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation and delivery, and in the treatment of patients. Reaction and purification techniques can be performed, for example, using a kit with manufacturer's instructions, or as commonly done in such techniques or as described herein. The above techniques and procedures are generally performed in accordance with the conventional methods well known in the art and as described in the various general and more specific references cited and discussed throughout the specification. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof may be selected by those skilled in the art to provide stable moieties and compounds. The compounds provided herein can exist as tautomers. A tautomer is a compound which can be converted by a hydrogen atom and which is converted by a single bond and an adjacent double bond. In solutions that may be tautomerized, there will be a chemical equilibrium of the tautomers. The exact ratio of tautomers depends on several factors including temperature, solvent and pH. Some examples of tautomeric pairs include: 144535.doc -28- 201023852
OH V^NHOH V^NH
OH vV、OH vV,
H V^NH;H V^NH;
如本文所用之術肖「醫藥學上可接受之衍生物或前藥」 係指化合物之任何醫藥學上可接受之鹽、酯、酯之鹽或其 他衍生物’其在向接受者投與之後,能夠提供(直接或間 接)醫藥學活性代謝物或其殘餘物。尤其有利之衍生物及 前藥為當向患者投與化合物時,提高該等化合物之生物可 用性(例如藉由使經口投與之化合物更易於吸收至血液中) 或促進母化合物向生物代謝區(bi〇1〇gieal 如腦或淋巴系統)傳遞的衍生物或前藥。 compartment)(例 如本文利之術語「醫藥學上可接受U指保持指 定化合物之游離酸及鹼的生物有效性且不會在生物上或其 他方面不適宜的鹽。本文所述化合物可具有酸性或驗性基 團且因此可與多種無機或有機鹼及無機及有機酸中任一成 員反應形成醫藥學上可接受之鹽。此等鹽可在化合物最終 分離及純化期間當場製備,或藉由使游離驗形式之經純化 化合物與合適有機或無機酸單獨反應,且分離由此形成之 鹽製備。醫藥學上可接受鹽之實例包括藉由使化合物與無 機或有機酸或無機鹼反應製備之鹽,該等鹽包括乙酸鹽、 丙烯酸鹽、己二酸鹽、海藻酸鹽、天冬胺酸鹽、苯甲酸 鹽、苯磺酸鹽、硫酸氫鹽、亞硫酸氫鹽、溴化物、丁酸 鹽、丁炔-1,4-二甲酸鹽、樟腦酸鹽、樟腦磺酸鹽、己酸 144535.doc -29- 201023852 鹽、辛酸鹽、氣苯甲酸鹽、氯化物、檸檬酸鹽、環戊炫丙 酸鹽、癸酸鹽、二葡糠酸鹽、磷酸二氫鹽、二硝基苯曱酸 鹽、十二烷基硫酸鹽、乙磺酸鹽、曱酸鹽、反丁稀二酸 鹽、葡糠庚酸鹽、甘油磷酸鹽、羥基乙酸鹽、半硫酸鹽、 庚酸鹽、己酸鹽、己炔-ι,6-二甲酸鹽、羥基苯甲酸鹽、γ-羥基丁酸鹽、鹽酸鹽、氫溴酸鹽、氫碘酸鹽、2_羥基乙磺 酸鹽、碘化物、異丁酸鹽、乳酸鹽、順丁烯二酸鹽、丙二 酸鹽、甲磺酸鹽、杏仁酸鹽、偏磷酸鹽、甲磺酸鹽、曱氡 基苯甲酸鹽、甲基苯甲酸鹽、磷酸氫鹽、1-萘磺酸鹽、2- 〇 萘磺酸鹽、菸鹼酸鹽、硝酸鹽、雙羥萘酸鹽(palmoate)、 果膠酸鹽、過氧硫酸鹽、3-苯基丙酸鹽、磷酸鹽、苦味酸 鹽、特戊酸鹽、丙酸鹽、焦硫酸鹽、焦磷酸鹽、丙炔酸 鹽、鄰苯二甲酸鹽、苯基乙酸鹽、苯基丁酸鹽、丙磺酸 鹽、水楊酸鹽、丁二酸鹽、硫酸鹽、亞硫酸鹽、丁二酸 鹽、辛二酸鹽、癸二酸鹽、磺酸鹽、酒石酸鹽、硫氰酸 鹽、甲苯磺酸鹽、十一烷酸鹽及二曱苯磺酸鹽。諸如草酸 之其他酸儘管其自身並非為醫藥學上可接受的,但其可用 ® 於製備在獲得本文所述化合物及其醫藥學上可接受之酸加 成鹽時適用作中間物的鹽。例如參見Berge等人,J. phann."Pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug" as used herein means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, ester salt or other derivative of a compound which, after administration to a recipient It is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a pharmaceutically active metabolite or a residue thereof. Particularly advantageous derivatives and prodrugs are those which, when administered to a patient, increase the bioavailability of such compounds (eg, by allowing the orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into the blood) or to promote the parent compound to the biological metabolic zone. A derivative or prodrug that is transmitted by (bi〇1〇gieal, such as the brain or lymphatic system). Compartment (for example, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable U" refers to a salt which retains the biological effectiveness of the free acid and base of the specified compound and which is not biologically or otherwise unsuitable. The compounds described herein may have an acidity or test. And can thus react with any of a variety of inorganic or organic bases and inorganic and organic acids to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts. These salts can be prepared on-site during the final isolation and purification of the compound, or by liberating The purified compound of the test form is separately reacted with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and the salt thus formed is isolated. Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt include salts prepared by reacting a compound with an inorganic or organic acid or an inorganic base, Such salts include acetates, acrylates, adipates, alginates, aspartates, benzoates, besylate, hydrogen sulfate, bisulfites, bromides, butyrates. , butyne-1,4-diformate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, hexanoic acid 144535.doc -29- 201023852 salt, caprylate, benzoate, chloride, citrate, ring E Propionate, citrate, digluconate, dihydrogen phosphate, dinitrophenyl phthalate, dodecyl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, citrate, thiocyanate, Glucosamine, glycerol phosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hexyne-ι, 6-diformate, hydroxybenzoate, γ-hydroxybutyrate , hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, iodide, isobutyrate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate , mandelate, metaphosphate, methanesulfonate, mercaptobenzoate, methyl benzoate, hydrogen phosphate, 1-naphthalene sulfonate, 2-indolyl naphthalene sulfonate, nicotine Acid salts, nitrates, palmate, pectate, peroxysulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, coke Sulfate, pyrophosphate, propiolate, phthalate, phenylacetate, phenylbutyrate, propanesulfonate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, sulfurous acid Salt, succinate, suberate Sebacate, sulfonate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, undecanoate and dinonylbenzene sulfonate. Other acids such as oxalic acid, although not themselves pharmaceutically acceptable , but it can be used to prepare a salt suitable as an intermediate in obtaining the compounds described herein and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts. See, for example, Berge et al., J. phann.
Sci· 1977, 66,1-19。另外,本文所述之可包含游離酸基之 化合物可與以下反應:合適鹼,諸如醫藥學上可接受之金 屬陽離子之氫氧化物、碳酸鹽或碳酸氫鹽,氨或醫藥學上 可接受之有機一級、二級或三級胺。代表性鹼或鹼土鹽包 括鋰、鈉、鉀、鈣、鎂及鋁鹽及其類似鹽。鹼之說明性實 144535.doc •30· 201023852 例包括氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化膽鹼、碳酸鈉、 N+iC!.4烷基h及其類似鹼。適用於形成鹼加成鹽之代表性 有機胺包括乙胺、二乙胺、乙二胺、乙醇胺、i乙醇胺、 哌嗪及其類似有機胺。應瞭解化合物亦包括其可能含有之 任何鹼性含氮基團之季銨化。藉由該季銨化可獲得水或油 溶性或分散性產物。例如參見前述Berge等人。 兒/it酚丁院亦可以各種多晶狀態存在該等多晶狀態均Sci· 1977, 66, 1-19. Additionally, the compounds described herein which may comprise a free acid group may be reacted with a suitable base such as a hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, ammonia or pharmaceutically acceptable Organic primary, secondary or tertiary amines. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium and aluminum salts and the like. Illustrative of the base 144535.doc •30· 201023852 Examples include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate, N+iC!.4 alkyl h and the like. Representative organic amines suitable for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, iethanolamine, piperazine and the like. It is understood that the compound also includes quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups that it may contain. Water or oil soluble or dispersible products are obtained by this quaternization. See, for example, the aforementioned Berge et al. Children/it phenolic phenolic hospitals can also exist in various polycrystalline states in various polycrystalline states.
/函蓋於本文中’且亦可能適用於治療病症。舉例而言,在 本文所述方法之實施例中,可投與兒茶紛丁烧之多晶型。 兒茶酚丁烷包括例如所有結晶形式(稱作多晶型)。多晶型 1括化a物相同元素組成之不同晶體充填排列。多晶型可 具有不同X射線繞射圖譜、紅外光譜、熔點、密度、硬 度、晶體形狀、光學及電學特性、穩定性、㈣合物及溶 解性。多種因素(諸如再結晶溶劑、結晶速率及儲存溫度) 可引起早-晶形佔主導。各種多晶型可以醫藥組合物形式 投與。 在醫藥劑型中,活性劑可以其醫藥學上可接受之鹽之形 式投與,或其亦可單獨使用或與其他醫藥學活性化合物適 田締口以及組合使用。以下方法及賦形劑僅為例示性的且 並不以任何方絲制本發明。用特定量之活性化合物製備 各種醫藥組口物之方法為熟習此項技術者已知或顯而易 見。例如參見Remington’s Pharmaceuticai Sciences,Mack Publlshing CGmpany,Ester,pa,第 18版(19叫。 醫藥學上可接受之賦形劑(諸如媒劑、佐劑、載劍或稀 144535.doc • 31 - 201023852 釋劑)為此項技術中習知。合適賦形劑為例如水、生理食 鹽水、右旋糖、甘油、乙醇或其類似物及其組合。另外’ 右需要,媒劑可含有少量助劑物質,諸如ρΗ調節劑及緩衝 劑、張力調節劑、穩定劑、濕潤劑或乳化劑。製備該等劑 型之實際方法為熟習此項技術者已知或對其顯而易見。例 如參見 Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing c〇mpany,Easton,Pa.,第 17版,1985。在任何情 况下,欲投與之組合物或調配物應含有足以在治療之個體 中獲得期望狀態之量的藥劑。 活性劑可藉由將其溶解、懸浮或乳化於水性或非水性溶 劑(諸如植物油或其他類似油,包括玉米油、蓖麻油、合 成脂族酸甘油酯、高碳脂族酸或丙二醇之酯)中;且若需 要在習知添加劑(諸如增溶劑、等張劑、懸浮劑、乳化 劑、穩定劑及防腐劑)存在下而調配為供注射用之製劑。 水性懸浮液含有與適用於製備水性懸浮液的賦形劑混合 之活性物質。該等賦形劑為:懸浮劑,例如羧甲基纖維素 納、甲基纖維素、經丙基甲基纖維素、海藻酸納、聚乙稀 基吡咯啶酮、黃蓍膠及阿拉伯膠;分散劑或潤濕劑可為天 然產生之磷脂,例如卵磷脂,或環氧烷與脂肪酸之縮合產 物(例如聚氧乙稀硬脂酸§|),或環氧乙烧與長鏈脂族醇之 縮合產物(例如十七伸乙基氧基十六醇),或環氧乙垸與衍 =自脂肪酸及己醣醇之偏酯的縮合產物(諸如聚氧乙烯山 梨糖醇單油酸酯),或環氧乙烷與衍生自脂肪酸及己醣醇 酐之偏酯的縮合產物(例如聚乙烯脫水山梨糖醇單油酸 I44535.doc 201023852 醋)。水性懸浮液亦可含有—或多種防腐劑(例如對經基苯 甲酸乙醋或對經基苯甲酸正丙醋)、-或多種著色劑、一 或多種調味劑及一或多種甜味劑(諸如 p扭、 如讀、糖精或阿斯 C* 甜 j。 醫藥製劑可經調配以供藉由注射(例如藉由快速注射或 連續輸注)非經腸投藥。用於注射之調配物可以單位劑型 (例如於安瓶或多劑量容器中)與所添加之防腐劑-起提 供°組合物可採用諸如如於油性或水性媒劑中之懸浮液、 溶液或乳液的形式且可含有調配劑,諸如懸浮劑、穩定劑 及/或分散劑。調配物可在單位劑量或多劑量容器(例如密 封之安瓶及小瓶)中提供,且可以粉末形式儲存或儲存於 冷康乾燥東乾)條件下而僅需在臨用前添加無菌㈣載劑 (例如生理食鹽水或無菌無熱原質水)。可自前述種類之無 菌粉末、顆粒及錠劑製備即用注射溶液及懸浮液。 用於非經腸投與之調配物包括活性化合物之水性及非水 性(油性)無菌注射溶液,其可含有抗氧化劑、緩衝劑、殺 生物劑、抑細菌劑及使調配物與預期接受者之血液等張之 溶質;及水性及非水性無g懸浮液,其可包括懸浮劑及增 稠劑。用於該等調配物之合適等張媒劑之實例包括氣化納 注射劑、林格氏溶液(Ringer,s soluti〇n)或乳酸鹽林格氏注 射劑(LaCtated Ringer,s InjecU〇n)。合適親脂性溶劑或媒劑 包括脂肪油(諸如芝麻油)或合成脂肪酸酯(諸如油酸乙酯或 酸甘油S曰)或月曰質體,或其他微粒系統可用於使化合物 乾向血液峰或—❹個器官。錢巾活性成份之濃度可 144535.doc -33· 201023852 廣'乏變化。通常,溶液中活性成份之濃度為約1 ng/ml至約 μ§ 例如約10 ng/ml至約1 Pg/m卜水性注射懸浮液 ^含有提高懸浮液黏度之物質,諸如叛甲基纖維素納、山 ,糖醇或葡聚糖。視情況’懸浮液亦可含有合適穩定劑或 提高=合物溶解性以使得可製備高濃度溶液之試劑。 醫藥製劑亦可調配為儲槽式製劑。該等長效調配物可藉 植入(例如皮下或肌肉内)或藉由肌肉内注射投與。因 化口物例如可與合適聚合或疏水性物質(例如調配為 ”接又之油中之乳液)或離子交換樹脂一起調配,或調❹ 配為難溶衍生物(例如調配為難溶鹽)。 對於頰内或舌下投藥,組合物可採用以習知方式調配之 劑 3錠、片劑或凝膠劑之形式。該等組合物可包含 於調味基質(諸如簾糖及阿拉伯膠或黃蓍膝)中之活性成 份0 醫藥製劑可局部亦即藉由非全身性投藥來投與。此包括 外部施用組合物至表皮或頰腔,及將該化合物滴入耳、眼 及鼻中以使化合物不會顯著地進入血流中。相比之下,全© 身性投藥係指經口、靜脈内、腹膜内及肌肉内投藥。 適用於局部投藥之醫藥製劑包括適用於透過皮膚到達發 炎部位之液體或半液體製劑,諸如凝膠劑、塗沫劑、洗 . 劑、乳膏劑、軟膏劑或糊劑,適用於投與眼、耳或鼻之㉟ 浮液、粉末、溶液、喷霧劑、氣㈣、油劑及滴劑。^ 者’調配物可包含貼片或敷料,諸如浸有活性成份及視情 況選用之一或多種賦形劑或稀釋劑的繃帶或綷創素。局部 H4535.doc •34- 201023852 調配物中所存在之活性成份之量可廣泛變化。對於局部投 藥’活性成份可構成0.001%至1〇% w/w,例如1%至2%的 調配物之重量。然而其可構成多達10 % w/w,但較佳應構 成5°/。w/w以下’更佳〇 1%至1%之調配物。 適用於局部投與口中之調配物包括口含錠,其包含於調 味基質(通常為蔗糖及阿拉伯膠或黃蓍膠)十之活性成份; 片劑,其包含於惰性基質(諸如明膠及甘油,或蔗糖及阿/ affixed herein' and may also be suitable for treating conditions. For example, in an embodiment of the methods described herein, a polymorphic form of catechin can be administered. Catechol butane includes, for example, all crystalline forms (referred to as polymorphs). Polymorph 1 includes different crystal packing arrangements of the same element composition. Polymorphs can have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, (tetra) and solubility. A variety of factors, such as recrystallization solvent, crystallization rate, and storage temperature, can cause premature crystal forms to dominate. Various polymorphs can be administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. In a pharmaceutical dosage form, the active agent may be administered in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or it may be used alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically active compounds. The following methods and excipients are merely illustrative and do not make the invention in any square wire. Methods of preparing various pharmaceutical compositions with a particular amount of active compound are known or readily apparent to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Remington's Pharmaceuticai Sciences, Mack Publlshing CGmpany, Ester, pa, 18th ed. (19. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (such as vehicles, adjuvants, swords or 144535.doc • 31 - 201023852) Agents are well known in the art. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, physiological saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like and combinations thereof. In addition, the right agent may contain a small amount of auxiliary substances. Such as pH adjusting agents and buffers, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents or emulsifiers. The actual method of preparing such dosage forms is known or apparent to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing. C〇mpany, Easton, Pa., 17th edition, 1985. In any event, the composition or formulation to be administered should contain an amount of the agent sufficient to achieve the desired state in the individual to be treated. Dissolve, suspend or emulsify it in an aqueous or non-aqueous solvent (such as vegetable oil or other similar oils, including corn oil, castor oil, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerol , in the presence of a high-carbon aliphatic acid or a propylene glycol ester; and if necessary, in the presence of conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, stabilizers, and preservatives, for injectable use. The aqueous suspension contains the active substance in admixture with excipients which are suitable for the preparation of aqueous suspensions. These excipients are: suspending agents such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, propylmethyl Cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, tragacanth and acacia; the dispersing or wetting agent can be a naturally occurring phospholipid, such as lecithin, or a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (eg Polyoxyethylene stearate §|), or a condensation product of ethylene bromide with a long-chain aliphatic alcohol (such as hepta-ethyloxyhexadecanol), or epoxy acetophenone and derivative = self-fatty acid a condensation product of a partial ester of hexitol, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, or a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (eg, polyethylene sorbitan) Alcohol monooleic acid I44535.doc 201023852 vinegar). Waterborne The float may also contain - or a plurality of preservatives (for example, ethylparaben or propylparaben), or a plurality of coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweeteners (such as P twist, such as reading, saccharin or aspen C* sweet j. Pharmaceutical preparations may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection (for example by bolus injection or continuous infusion). Formulations for injection may be in unit dosage form ( For example, in ampoules or multi-dose containers, with the added preservatives, the composition may be in the form of a suspension, solution or emulsion, such as in an oily or aqueous vehicle, and may contain a formulation, such as a suspension. Agents, stabilizers and/or dispersants. Formulations may be provided in unit dose or multi-dose containers (eg, sealed ampoules and vials) and may be stored in powder form or stored in cold-dried Donggan) and only require sterile (four) carriers prior to use. (eg physiological saline or sterile pyrogen-free water). Injectable solutions and suspensions can be prepared from the above-mentioned sterile powders, granules and lozenges. Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous (oily) sterile injectable solutions of active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, biocides, bacteriostatic agents, and the formulation and intended recipients An isotonic solute of blood; and an aqueous and non-aqueous g-free suspension, which may include a suspending agent and a thickening agent. Examples of suitable isotonic vehicles for such formulations include gasified nanoinjections, Ringer's solution (Laring, s soluti) or Lactated Ringer (s Injec U〇n). Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils (such as sesame oil) or synthetic fatty acid esters (such as ethyl oleate or acid glycerol) or sorghum plastids, or other particulate systems that can be used to dry the compound to the blood peak or - ❹ an organ. The concentration of the active ingredient of the money towel can be 144535.doc -33· 201023852 Wide change. Typically, the concentration of the active ingredient in the solution is from about 1 ng/ml to about μ§, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 Pg/m. Aqueous injection suspensions containing substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as methyl cellulose. Na, mountain, sugar alcohol or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which improve the solubility of the compound so that a high concentration of solution can be prepared. The pharmaceutical preparation can also be formulated as a storage tank type preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. The chemical substance may be formulated, for example, with a suitable polymeric or hydrophobic substance (for example, an emulsion formulated in an oil) or an ion exchange resin, or may be formulated as a poorly soluble derivative (for example, formulated as a poorly soluble salt). For buccal or sublingual administration, the composition may be in the form of a tablet, tablet or gel in a conventional manner. The compositions may be included in a flavoring base such as a curtain of sugar and gum arabic or jaundice Active ingredient 0 The pharmaceutical preparation can be administered topically, that is, by non-systemic administration. This includes external application of the composition to the epidermis or buccal cavity, and dropping the compound into the ear, eyes and nose so that the compound does not It will enter the bloodstream significantly. In contrast, full-body administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and intramuscular administration. Pharmaceutical preparations suitable for topical administration include liquids that are applied to the inflamed area through the skin. Or a semi-liquid preparation, such as a gel, a foaming agent, a lotion, a cream, an ointment or a paste, suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose 35 floats, powders, solutions, sprays, gases (four), oil agent Drops. The formulation may comprise a patch or dressing such as a bandage or an indomethacin soaked with the active ingredient and optionally one or more excipients or diluents. Local H4535.doc •34- 201023852 The amount of active ingredient present may vary widely. For topical administration, the active ingredient may constitute from 0.001% to 1% w/w, for example from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation. However, it may constitute up to 10 % w/w, but preferably should constitute a formulation of 5 °/.w/w or less 'better than 1% to 1%. Formulations suitable for topical administration include mouth-containing ingots, which are included in the flavoring matrix. (usually sucrose and gum arabic or tragacanth) 10 active ingredients; tablets, contained in an inert matrix (such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and ar
拉伯膠)中之活性成份;及漱口劑,其包含於合適液體載 劑中之活性成份。 適用於局部投與眼之調配物亦包括滴眼劑,其中活性成 份溶解或懸浮於合適載劑(尤其活性成份之水性溶劑)中。 活性劑可以欲經由吸入投與之氣霧劑調配物形式使用。 本發明實施例之化合物可調配至可接受之加壓推進劑 (諸如二氣二氟曱烷、丙烷、氮氣及其類似物)中。 此外,活性劑可藉由與多種基質(諸如乳化基質或水溶 性基質)混合製備為栓劑。本發明實施例之化合物可經由 栓劑經直腸投與。栓劑可包括諸如可可脂、碳躐及聚乙二 醇之媒劑,其在體溫下熔融,但在室溫下凝固。 對於口服製劑,活性劑可單獨使用或與以下適當添加劑 組合以製備錠劑、散劑、顆粒或膠囊:習知添加劑,諸如 乳糖、甘露糖醇、玉米澱_馬铃薯殿粉;黏合劑,諸如 結晶纖維素、纖維素衍生物、阿拉伯膠、玉米殿粉或明 穋;崩㈣’諸如玉㈣粉、馬铃薯㈣缝甲基纖維素 鈉;潤滑劑’諸如滑石或硬脂酸鎂;且若需要可與稀釋 144535.doc •35- 201023852 劑、緩_、濕_、防錢及調味㈣合。料口服洗 劑,製劑可以此項技術中習知之方式製備。 可提供用於經Π或經直腸投藥之單位劑型(諸如糖裝、 酿劑及懸浮液),其中各劑量單位(例如_茶匙量、一湯匙 量、錠劑或栓劑)含有預定量之含有—或多種抑制劑的組 合物。類似地,用於注射或靜脈内投藥之單位劑型可於無 菌水、,標準生理食鹽水或另—醫藥學上可接受之載劑中之 /合液形式之組合物中包含抑制劑。 一些兒茶酚丁烷為水溶性親水性化合物。一些實施例包 括在醫藥學上可接堂之載劑或賦形劑中調配親水性化合 物’及傳遞諸如口服調配⑯,諸如化合物t水性液體溶液 形式或化合物可經珠乾且以粉末形式傳遞,可製成錠劑 或化合物可經囊封。 本文之錠劑可為包覆腸溶包衣之錢劑。本文之調配物可 為持續釋放調配物,即緩慢釋放或迅速釋放調配物。 口服調配物中所包括之兒茶酚丁烷之量可視欲向個體投 與之所要劑量而調節。該調節屬於此項技術中習知之個人 技術範疇内。 些兒荼紛丁院為疏水性或親脂性化合物。親脂性化合 物在消化道中之吸收可藉由使用可促進化合物於水性腸液 中之溶解速率或程度的醫藥學上可接受之載劑而改良。脂 質栽劑為此項技術中已知。本文之調配物可以口服液體形 式傳遞或可囊封成各種膠囊。 本發明實施例在一實例中包括含親脂性兒茶酚丁烷之調 144535.doc •36- 201023852 配物’其藉由將該等化合物溶解於三酸甘油酯中調配以用 於經口傳遞’且隨後將該調配物囊封以用於經口傳遞。三 酸甘油醋為長鏈及/或中鏈脂肪酸與甘油分子鍵聯之分 子。長鏈脂肪酸介於約Cm至CM,且可存在於常見脂肪 中。中鏈脂肪酸介於約(^至心2,且可存在於椰子油或棕 棚仁油中。適用於本文之三酸甘油酯包括結構化脂質,其 含有在同一甘油分子上酯化之短鍵或中鏈脂肪酸或兩者之 混合物。 在另一實施例中’可將一或多種界面活性劑添加至兒茶 酚丁烷及脂質載劑之混合物中以使該藥物以油/界面活性 劑混合物之微滴形式存在。界面活性劑可在胃腸液稀釋時 發揮分散油性調配物之作用。 本發明實施例亦包括用於經口傳遞兒茶酚丁烷之呈微乳 液形式的調配物,其由親水性界面活性劑及油組成。微乳 液粒子可為含有已溶解油及藥物之界面活性劑微胞。 適用於經口投與之調配物可用以下形式提供:不連續單 位’諸如各含有預定量之活性成份的膠囊、扁膠劑或錠 劑;散劑或顆粒;於水性液體或非水性液體中之溶液或懸 浮液;或水包油液體乳液或油包水液體乳液。活性成份亦 可以大丸劑、舐劑或糊劑形式提供。 可經口使用之醫藥製劑包括錠劑、由明膠製成之配合插 入型膠囊’以及由明膠及諸如甘油或山梨糖醇之增塑劑製 成之軟密封膠囊。錠劑可藉由視情況與一或多種輔助成份 一起壓縮或模製來製備。壓縮錠劑可藉由在合適機器中壓 144535.doc -37- 201023852 縮自由流動形式(諸如散劑或顆粒形式)之活性成份製備, 該活性成份視情況與以下混合:黏合劑(例如聚乙烯吡咯 啶酮、明膠、羥丙基甲基纖維素)、惰性稀釋劑、防腐 劑、崩解劑(例如羥基乙酸澱粉鈉、交聯聚乙烯吡咯咬 酮、交聯羧甲基纖維素鈉)或潤滑劑、表面活性劑或分散 劑。模製錠劑可藉由在合適機器中模製用惰性液體稀釋劑 濕潤之粉末狀化合物的混合物來製備。旋劑可視情況經包 覆包衣或刻劃,且可經調配以使其中活性成份可緩慢或控 制釋放。錠劑可視情況具有腸溶包衣,以在消化道中除胃 以外之部分釋放。所有用於經口投與之調配物應為適合於 該投與之劑量。配合插入型膠囊可含有活性成份與填充劑 (諸如乳糖)、黏合劑(諸如澱粉)及/或潤滑劑(諸如滑石或硬 脂酸鎂)及視情況選用之穩定劑的混合物。在軟膠囊中, 活性化合物可溶解或懸浮於合適液體(諸如脂肪油、液體 石蠟或液體聚乙二醇)中。另外,可添加穩定劑。糖衣藥 丸核心具有合適包衣。為此,可使用濃糖溶液,其可視情 況含有阿拉伯膠、滑石、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸凝 膠、聚乙二醇及/或二氧化鈥、漆液及合適有機溶劑或溶 劑混合物。染料或顏料可添加至錠劑或糖衣藥丸包衣上以 便鐘別或表徵活性化合物劑量之不同組合。 固體脂質奈米粒子製劑形式之兒茶酚丁烷調配物亦適用 於經口投與。固體脂質奈米粒子可以此項技術中習知之任 何方式製備。 在—實施例中,固體脂質奈米粒子可藉由在高溫下使溶 M4535.doc •38· 201023852 融脂質均質化在熱均質過程中製備。在此過程中,使固體 脂質熔融,且將兒茶酚丁烷溶解於熔融脂質中。隨後將經 預熱分散介質與負載藥物之脂質熔融物混合,且將該組合 用均質器混合以形成粗前乳液。隨後在高於脂質熔點之溫 度下執行高壓均質化以產生油/水_奈米乳液。冷卻奈米乳 -液至室溫以形成固體脂質奈米粒子。 在另一實施例中,固體脂質奈米粒子可在冷均質化過程 巾製備。在此過程中’使脂質溶融’且將兒茶紛丁烧溶解 於熔融脂質中。隨後使負載藥物之脂質在液氮或乾冰中凝 固。在粉末研磨機中研磨固體藥物_脂質以形成5〇_1〇〇 μιη 粒子。隨後將脂質粒子分散於冷水性分散介質中,且在室 溫下或低於室溫下均質化以形成固體脂質奈米粒子。 在一實例中,本文亦提供一種脂質體或微胞形式之親脂 f生兒茶紛丁烧之調配物以用於經口傳遞。此等調配物可以 此項技術中習知之任何方式製備。微胞通常為脂質單層小 ❿ /包,其中疏水性藥物與單層上之疏水性區域締合。脂質體 通常為填脂雙層小泡。親脂性兒茶盼丁烧通常存在於此等 小泡之中心。 -在另實例中,本文亦提供用於靜脈内投與之兒茶酚丁 烧之調配物。兒茶龄丁燒可經調配以用於與醫藥學上可接 載劑起/主射於動物中。載劑包括(但不限於)一或多 種增溶劑及/或賦形劑,諸如:⑷除二甲亞礙以外的水溶 &有H其限制條件為當水溶性有機溶劑為丙二醇 時’丙二醇處於沒有白石蟻脂,三仙朦(xanthan gum、 144535.doc ·39· 201023852 xantham gum)及無甘油或甘胺酸中之至少—者存在下备 水溶性有機溶劑為聚乙二醇時,聚乙二醇在沒有抗壞血: 5 土匕知基甲苯(「BHT」)存在下存在’且當聚乙二醇 為聚乙一醇伽時’聚乙二醇400在沒有聚乙二醇8000存在 下存在;(b)環糊精;(e)離子性、非離子性或兩性界面活 陡劑其限制條件為當界面活性劑為非離子性界面活性劑 時,非離子性界面活性劑在沒有三仙膠存在下存在;⑷改 質纖維素,(e)除葱麻油以外之水不溶性脂質;或載劑⑽ (e)中任一者之組合。 /藥、且°物可呈無菌可注射水溶液形式。可使用之可接 受之媒劑及溶劑為水、林格氏溶液及等張氣化鈉溶液。無 菌可注射製劑亦可為無菌可注射水包油微乳液,其中活性 成份溶解於油相I舉例而言,可I先將活性成份溶解於 大豆油及卵磷酯之混合物中。隨後將油溶液引入水及甘油 混合物中且處理形成微乳液。可藉由局部快速注射將可注 射溶液或微乳液引入患者血流中。或者,宜以保持本發明 化合物之悝定猶環濃度时式投與溶液或微乳&。為保持 該恆定濃度,可使用連續靜脈内傳遞裝置。該裝置之實例 為Dehec CADD_PLUSTM型號54〇〇靜脈内泵。醫藥組合物 可呈無菌可注射水性或油性懸浮液形式以用於肌肉内及皮 下投與。此懸浮液可根據已知技術使用上述合適分散劑或 濕濁劑及懸浮劑調配。無菌可注射性製劑亦可為於無毒非 經腸可接受之稀釋劑或溶劑中之無菌彳注射溶液或、懸浮 液,例如為丁二醇中之溶液形式。另外’無菌^揮 144535.doc -40- 201023852 發性油通常用作溶劑或懸浮介 ..^ _ 于力質為此,可使用任何無刺 純不揮發油,包括合成之單酸甘油醋或二酸甘油醋。另 諸如油酸之脂肪酸可用於製備可注射劑。 本文亦提供在有或無伴隨之血腦屏障破壞(「B励」) 及有或無阻塞(諸如肝動脈化學栓塞中)的情況下用於動脈 内投與之兒㈣丁燒之調配物。簡言之,若在阻塞情況下 動脈内投與兒茶紛丁烧,則通向目標位置之初始動脈插入An active ingredient in a labric gum; and a mouthwash comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier. Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier (especially an aqueous solvent of the active ingredient). The active agent can be used in the form of an aerosol formulation for administration by inhalation. The compounds of the presently disclosed embodiments can be formulated into acceptable pressurized propellants such as difluorodifluorodecane, propane, nitrogen, and the like. Further, the active agent can be prepared as a suppository by mixing with a variety of substrates such as an emulsifying base or a water-soluble base. The compounds of the embodiments of the invention may be administered rectally via a suppository. The suppository may include a vehicle such as cocoa butter, carbonium and polyethylene glycol which melts at body temperature but solidifies at room temperature. For oral preparations, the active agents may be used alone or in combination with suitable additives to prepare lozenges, powders, granules or capsules: conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch, potato powder, adhesives, such as Crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivative, gum arabic, corn house powder or alum; collapse (four) 'such as jade (four) powder, potato (four) slit methyl cellulose sodium; lubricant 'such as talc or magnesium stearate; If necessary, it can be diluted with 144535.doc •35- 201023852, slow _, wet _, anti-money and seasoning (four). Oral lotions can be prepared in a manner customary in the art. Unit dosage forms (such as sugar, brew, and suspension) for trans- or rectal administration may be provided, wherein each dosage unit (eg, _ teaspoon, one tablespoon, lozenge or suppository) contains a predetermined amount of Or a combination of a plurality of inhibitors. Similarly, unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may contain the inhibitor in compositions in the form of a mixture of sterile water, standard physiological saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Some catechol butanes are water-soluble hydrophilic compounds. Some embodiments include formulating a hydrophilic compound in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and delivering such as oral formulation 16, such as in the form of an aqueous liquid solution of the compound t or the compound can be dried by bead and delivered in powder form, Tablets or compounds can be formulated to be encapsulated. The tablet of the present invention may be an agent coated with an enteric coating. Formulations herein can be sustained release formulations, i.e., slow release or rapid release of the formulation. The amount of catechol butane included in the oral formulation can be adjusted to the dosage to be administered to the individual. This adjustment is within the scope of the personal technology known in the art. Some of them are hydrophobic or lipophilic compounds. Absorption of the lipophilic compound in the digestive tract can be improved by the use of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier which promotes the rate or extent of dissolution of the compound in the aqueous intestinal fluid. Lipids are known in the art. Formulations herein can be delivered orally in liquid form or can be encapsulated into a variety of capsules. An embodiment of the invention includes, in one example, a lipophilic catechol butane containing 144535.doc • 36-201023852 a formulation which is formulated for oral delivery by dissolving the compounds in triglycerides 'and then the formulation is encapsulated for oral delivery. Triglyceride is a molecule in which long-chain and/or medium-chain fatty acids are linked to glycerol molecules. Long chain fatty acids range from about Cm to CM and can be found in common fats. The medium chain fatty acid is between about (2 to 2) and may be present in coconut oil or palm linseed oil. Triglycerides suitable for use herein include structured lipids which contain short bonds esterified on the same glycerol molecule. Or a medium chain fatty acid or a mixture of the two. In another embodiment, one or more surfactants may be added to the mixture of catechol butane and the lipid carrier to make the drug an oil/surfactant mixture The droplet form is present. The surfactant can act to disperse the oily formulation when diluted in the gastrointestinal fluid. Embodiments of the invention also include formulations for the oral delivery of catechol butane in the form of a microemulsion, which Hydrophilic surfactant and oil composition. The microemulsion particles may be surfactant microcapsules containing dissolved oil and drugs. Formulations suitable for oral administration may be provided in the form of discontinuous units such as each containing a predetermined amount Capsules, blisters or lozenges of active ingredients; powders or granules; solutions or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous liquids; or oil-in-water liquid emulsions or water-in-oil liquid emulsions. Sexual ingredients may also be provided in the form of a bolus, tincture or paste. Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include lozenges, co-inserted capsules made of gelatin, and plasticizers such as gelatin and glycerin or sorbitol. A soft-sealed capsule made of a tablet. The tablet can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. The compressed tablet can be compressed in a free-flowing form by 144535.doc -37-201023852 in a suitable machine. Preparation of active ingredients (such as in the form of powders or granules), optionally mixed with the following: binders (eg, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), inert diluents, preservatives, disintegration Decomposing agents (such as sodium starch glycolate, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, croscarmellose sodium) or lubricants, surfactants or dispersing agents. Molded tablets can be molded in a suitable machine. Prepared by mixing a mixture of powdered compounds moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The spinner may optionally be coated or scored and formulated to provide slow or controlled active ingredients therein. The tablet may optionally be coated with an enteric coating to release it in addition to the stomach in the digestive tract. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration. a mixture of ingredients and fillers (such as lactose), binders (such as starch) and/or lubricants (such as talc or magnesium stearate) and optionally stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compound can be dissolved or suspended. In a suitable liquid such as a fatty oil, liquid paraffin or liquid polyethylene glycol. In addition, a stabilizer may be added. The dragee core has a suitable coating. For this purpose, a concentrated sugar solution may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, Talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid gel, polyethylene glycol and/or cerium oxide, lacquer and suitable organic solvent or solvent mixture. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to tablets or dragee coatings for Clockwise or characterize different combinations of active compound doses. The catechol butane formulation in the form of a solid lipid nanoparticle formulation is also suitable for oral administration. Solid lipid nanoparticles can be prepared in any manner known in the art. In the embodiment, the solid lipid nanoparticle can be prepared by homogenizing the lipid at a high temperature in a heat homogenization process. During this process, the solid lipid is melted and catechol butane is dissolved in the molten lipid. The preheated dispersion medium is then mixed with the drug-loaded lipid melt, and the combination is mixed with a homogenizer to form a crude pre-emulsion. High pressure homogenization is then carried out at a temperature above the melting point of the lipid to produce an oil/water_nano emulsion. The nanoemulsion was cooled to room temperature to form solid lipid nanoparticles. In another embodiment, the solid lipid nanoparticles can be prepared in a cold homogenization process towel. In the process, 'the lipid is melted' and the catechin is dissolved in the molten lipid. The drug-loaded lipid is then allowed to solidify in liquid nitrogen or dry ice. The solid drug_lipid was ground in a powder mill to form 5〇_1〇〇 μιη particles. The lipid particles are then dispersed in a cold aqueous dispersion medium and homogenized at room temperature or below to form solid lipid nanoparticles. In one example, a lipophilic or microcell form of a lipophilic f-tea syrup formulation is also provided herein for oral delivery. These formulations can be prepared in any manner known in the art. The microcells are typically lipid monolayers/packages in which a hydrophobic drug associates with a hydrophobic region on a monolayer. Liposomes are typically fat-filled bilayer vesicles. Lipophilic catechus are expected to be present in the center of such vesicles. - In another example, formulations for intravenous administration of catechol butyrate are also provided herein. The catechin-old calcined can be formulated for use with/from the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The carrier includes, but is not limited to, one or more solubilizing agents and/or excipients, such as: (4) water soluble in addition to dimethyl sulfoxide & H with the limitation that when the water soluble organic solvent is propylene glycol, the propylene glycol is in There is no white stone ant fat, Sanxian 朦 (xanthan gum, 144535.doc · 39· 201023852 xantham gum) and at least at least glycerol or glycine, when the water-soluble organic solvent is polyethylene glycol, polyethylene The diol is present in the absence of ascorbic acid: 5 in the presence of terpene toluene ("BHT") and when polyethylene glycol is polyethylene glycol diol polyethylene glycol 400 in the absence of polyethylene glycol 8000 (b) cyclodextrin; (e) ionic, nonionic or amphoteric interfacial activator. The limiting condition is that when the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant, the nonionic surfactant is not (4) modified cellulose, (e) water-insoluble lipid other than onion oil; or a combination of any one of carriers (10) (e). / Drug, and the substance may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solution. The acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be used are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium solution. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion in which the active ingredient is dissolved in the oil phase I. For example, the active ingredient is first dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solution is then introduced into the water and glycerin mixture and processed to form a microemulsion. The injectable solution or microemulsion can be introduced into the patient's bloodstream by local rapid injection. Alternatively, it is preferred to administer the solution or microemulsion & while maintaining the concentration of the compound of the present invention. To maintain this constant concentration, a continuous intravenous delivery device can be used. An example of such a device is the Dehec CADD_PLUSTM Model 54 〇〇 intravenous pump. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. This suspension may be formulated according to known techniques using the appropriate dispersing agents or wet turbid and suspending agents described above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be in the form of a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, a solution in the form of butanediol. In addition, 'sterile ^ 144535.doc -40- 201023852 Hair oil is usually used as a solvent or suspension medium.. ^ _ For the purpose of this, you can use any non-stinging pure non-volatile oil, including synthetic monoglyceride or two Acid glycerin. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables. Formulations for intra-arterial administration (IV) butadiene are also provided herein with or without associated blood-brain barrier disruption ("B-excitation") and with or without obstruction (such as in hepatic arterial chemoembolization). In short, if the arteries are administered in the arteries under occlusion, the initial arterial insertion to the target site
導管且兒㈣丁燒可經由導管施用。為將兒茶紛丁院保持 在目標位置歷時較長時段’可單獨使用或與線圈組合使用 聚乙稀醇粒子使動脈栓塞。動脈内傳遞兒茶酴丁烧可包括 水溶性組合物。可將本文之藥物或藥劑溶解於生理食鹽水 中隨後進行動纟内注&,且在該注射之前可進行肝素療法 及鎮靜處理(sedation)。 此項技術中習知之血腦屏障(「BBB」)滲透破壞可伴隨 本文藥劑之動脈内傳遞。可較佳剛好在動脈内傳遞之前使 用δ玄程序以促進藥物轉移至中樞神經系統(「CNS」)中。 為進行該破壞,將導管置於通向腦之動脈、通常淺顳動脈 中’且用甘露糖醇溶液破壞ΒΒΒ。此侵襲程序通常在患者 處於全身麻醉下執行。該療法可能需要抗驚厥藥及/或阿 托品(atropine)之預先水合及投與。 在一實例中’本文亦提供一種用於鼻内傳遞之兒茶酚丁 烧之調配物及其鼻内傳遞。與靜脈内投藥所達成之濃度相 比’鼻内傳遞可有利地在腦中形成較高濃度之活性劑《此 傳遞方式亦避免接受該藥物之個體肝臟及消化道中首次代 144535.doc • 41 _ 201023852 謝之問題。 可吸收之活性劑之量部分取決於藥物在黏液中之溶解 性,黏液為由血清蛋白、醣蛋白、脂質及電解質之約_ 水溶液組成的組合物。-般而言,隨著本文之活性劑_ 脂性提高,CSF中之藥物濃度亦增加。 親水性兒茶盼丁烧可溶解於醫藥學上可接受之載劑(諸 如生理食鹽I、麟酸鹽緩衝、液或碟酸鹽緩衝生理食鹽水) φThe catheter and the (four) butadiene can be administered via a catheter. In order to keep the catechins in the target position for a long period of time, the arteries can be embolized by using the polyethylene particles alone or in combination with the coil. Intra-arterial delivery of catechin can include a water soluble composition. The drug or agent herein can be dissolved in physiological saline followed by intravenous infusion & and heparin therapy and sedation can be performed prior to the injection. The osmotic destruction of the blood-brain barrier ("BBB") known in the art can be accompanied by intra-arterial delivery of the agent herein. It may be preferred to use the delta metaprogram just prior to intra-arterial delivery to facilitate drug transfer to the central nervous system ("CNS"). To perform this disruption, the catheter is placed in the artery leading to the brain, usually the superficial temporal artery, and the sputum is destroyed with a mannitol solution. This invasive procedure is usually performed under general anesthesia. This therapy may require pre-hydration and administration of anticonvulsants and/or atropine. In one example, a formulation of catechol-butylate for intranasal delivery and intranasal delivery thereof is also provided herein. Intranasal delivery can advantageously form a higher concentration of active agent in the brain compared to the concentration achieved by intravenous administration. This delivery also avoids the first generation of the liver and digestive tract in individuals receiving the drug. 144535.doc • 41 _ 201023852 Thanks for the question. The amount of active agent that can be absorbed depends in part on the solubility of the drug in the mucus, which is a composition consisting of a serum protein, a glycoprotein, a lipid, and an electrolyte. In general, as the activity of the active agent herein increases, the concentration of the drug in the CSF also increases. Hydrophilic catechu is expected to be soluble in pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (such as physiological salt I, citrate buffer, liquid or discate buffered physiological saline) φ
中。在一實施例中’可使用G.〇5轉酸鹽緩衝液(pH 作為載劑。 本發明藥劑之鼻内傳遞可藉由在投與_時調節個體之 位置達最佳。舉例而言’患者之頭部可以直立鲁仰队_ 9〇。,仰臥_45。或仰臥_7〇。不同地安置以獲得最大效果。 φ 兒茶时烧組合物之載劑可為醫藥學±可接受且與㈣ &物之活性劑相容之任何物質q載劑為液體,則其可為 低渗透壓或與鼻液等張,且ρΗ值在約45至約^内。若載 劑呈粉末狀,則其亦在可接受之ΡΗ值範圍内。 用於鼻内傳遞之載劑組成可視情況含有可促進活性劑穿 過鼻膜而吸收且經由嗅覺神經路徑進人腦的親脂性物質。 ㈣質之實例包括(但不限於)神經結㈣及鱗脂 數種親脂性佐劑 微胞一合物)中可包Η 鼻内傳遞至個體以治療本 劑之醫藥MM I本文之疾病、病症或病狀的活性 此項心^ 如例如美料利第6,18MG3號所述之 〗習知方式調配,該專利係、以引用的方式併入本 144535.doc -42· 201023852 文中。舉例而言,本文之組合物可調配為散劑、顆粒、溶 液、氣霧劑、滴劑、奈米粒子或脂質體形式。除活性劑以 外’組合物可含有適當佐劑、緩衝劑、防腐劑、鹽。溶液 (諸如滴鼻劑)可含有抗氧化劑、緩衝劑及其類似物。 兒茶酚丁烷可藉由手術植入至所要位點中(諸如藉由植 入含兒茶酚丁烷之可生物降解聚合物)而傳遞至個體進行 治療。 由此,本文之可生物降解聚合物可為將在間隙液中溶解 而對宿主組織無任何毒性或副作用之任何聚合物或共聚 物。聚合物或合成聚合物之單體較佳經美國食品與藥品管 理署(Food and Drug Administration)批准投與人類。具有 不同溶解特性之單體的共聚物較佳使得可控制降解動力 學,諸如增加一單體相對於另一單體之比例以控制溶解速 率。 在一實施例中,如 Fleming A. B.及 Saltzman, W. M., Pharmacokinetics of the Carmustine Implant, Clin. Pharmacokinet, 41: 403-419 (2002);及 Brem,H·及 Gabikian,P. (2001)所 述,聚合物為1,3_雙-(對羧基苯氧基)丙烷與癸二酸之共聚 物[p(CPP:SA)]。在另一實施例中,如Fu,J.等人,(2002) Biomaterials,23: 4425-4433所述,聚合物為聚乙二醇 (「PEG」)與癸二酸之共聚物。 聚合物傳遞系統可用於傳遞本文所述之疏水性與親水性 兒茶酚丁烧。兒茶酚丁烷可與可生物降解聚合物組合且以 手術方式在所要或患病部位(affected site)植入。一些聚合 144535.doc • 43· 201023852 物組合物亦可用於本文之靜脈内或吸入療法。 兒茶酚丁烷可全身傳遞及/或藉由經吸入向肺投與而局 部傳遞。藥物之吸入傳遞已廣泛用作在肺部組織中獲得較 高藥物濃度而不會觸發實質全身毒性的方法以及實現藥物 全身循環之方法。產生該等調配物之技術為此項技術中所 為知。使用以此方式傳遞之疏水性或親水性兒茶酚丁烷可 見針對肺部疾病之功效。 對於經由吸入肺部傳遞’兒茶酚丁烷可調配成乾粉、水 溶液、脂質體、奈米粒子或聚合物且例如以氣霧劑形式投Θ 與。親水性靠物亦可經由肺泡表面吸收且進入血流中以 供全身性施用。 在一實施例中,如前述Fu,j·等人,(2〇〇2)所述製備且使 用3本文之活性劑的聚合物。舉例而言本文之聚合物可 為六與聚乙一醇(「pEG」)之聚合物,或可為聚(乳 酸共-乙醇)酸(「PLGA」)或聚乙亞胺(「pEi」)與聚心離 胺酸(「PLL」)之聚合物。 在另實施例中,用於吸入傳遞之兒茶盼丁烧可溶解於© 生理食鹽水或乙醇中隨後霧化且投與。 實施例中,本文之藥劑當以用此項技術中習知方 式製備之乾粉形式傳遞時亦有效。 , 在實施例中,NDGA化合物之傳遞可藉助於包埋至藥 物傳遞裝置中夕Μ + ’、 微處理機(諸如SmartMistTM& AERxtm)完 成。 欲技與之適當劑量取決於欲治療個體,諸如個體之一般 144535.doc 44· 201023852 健康個體之年齡、疾病或病狀之狀況、個體之體重、腫 瘤之尺寸。 ♦醫藥組合物可經調配以用於以下投藥途徑,諸如鼻内投 :二經口投藥;吸入投藥;皮下投藥;經皮投藥;動脈内 投樂,在有或無阻塞的情況下;顱内投藥;室内投藥;靜 :内投藥,頰内投藥;腹膜内投藥;眼内投藥;肌肉内投 藥;植入投藥;及中樞靜脈投藥。在一實施例中,兒茶紛 丁烧經調配以用於經口投藥。在另—實施例中,兒茶紛丁 烷經調配以用於靜脈内投藥。 ’、 活性劑可以單次或更通常多次劑量投與1定藥劑之較 佳劑量可易於由熟習此項技術者藉由各種方法確定。其他 有效劑量可易於由-般熟習此項技術者經由建立劑量反應 曲線之常規試驗確定。藥劑之量當然應視所用特定藥劑而 變化。 以該等劑量投與活性劑之頻率應由照護者根據年齡、體 重、疾病狀況、健康狀況及患者反應而碎定。因此,可每 日、每週、每月一或多次或視需要如慣常所確定投與藥 劑。可間歇投與藥劑,諸如投與數日、數週或數月,隨後 直到經過一段時間才再次投與,諸如3個月或6個月,且^ 後再投與數日、數週或數月。 用於注射或靜脈内投與之單位劑型可在無菌水、標準生 理食鹽水或另一醫藥學上可接受之載劑中之溶液形^之组 合物中包含API。 兒茶酚丁烷之機制 144535.doc -45- 201023852 在不欲受一種作用機制限制的情況下,本發明者已發現 本文所述之化合物經由雙重抑制受體酪胺酸激酶 (RTK)EGFR與IGF-1R而具有抗增生特性。該藥物之作用機 制與其充當EGFR及IGF-1R之雙重激酶抑制劑的能力有 關。 胰島素樣生長因子-1受體(IGF-1R)及表皮生長因子受體 (EGFR)之間存在多種相互作用方式,其共同對腫瘤生物學 及癌症治療具有顯著影響。此相互作用來自其功能之冗餘 程度,其中兩種受體經由共有之增生及存活路徑傳導信 號。另外,兩種受體信號傳導路徑之間存在串擾以使經一 種受體之信號傳導可經由配位體依賴性或獨立機制而活化 另一受體。 此冗餘及串擾提出對準標靶之抗癌治療的主要問題。在 細胞中靶向阻斷EGFR功能之介入的功效可能有限,對於 該等細胞,經活化IGF-1R信號傳導可能活化許多參與介導 EGFR作用之下游效應分子。對IGF-1R抑制之敏感性降低 亦可能歸因於EGFR表現或活性增加。更重要地,對EGFR 及HER2治療產生之藥物抗性與IGF-1R信號傳導路徑之上 調有關。此IGF-1R信號傳導之增強可藉由提供替代性增生 及存活信號,以及藉由增加EGFR配位體產生或經由直接 磷酸化獨立地刺激EGFR活化而防止EGFR抑制。 IGF-1R在對EGFR靶向劑產生抗性中之作用表明抗藥群 體之有前景新療法及治療腫瘤之改良策略均由EGFR活性 驅動。支持此提議,對吉非替尼(Gefitinib)(Iressa®)產生 144535.doc -46- 201023852 抗性之細胞株呈現IGF-1R信號傳導上調及對靶向IGF- 1R之 療法敏感性增加。 儘管已知NDGA主要為5'及12'脂肪加氧酶之抑制劑,但 本發明者已展示與此分子對經純化脂肪加氧酶之作用相 比,其以較大親和力直接抑制經純化IGF-1R及EGFR之酪 胺酸激酶活性。參見圖1。因此,NDGA為治療過度表現 EGFR及IGF-1R之腫瘤的有前景藥劑以防止僅靶向EGFR或 僅靶向IGF-1R。NDGA亦為對吉非替尼(Iressa®)療法具有 抗性之患者之有前景藥劑。 抑制EGFR及/或IGF-1R之活性包括降低此等分子之活 性。術語「抑制」及其語法上的變化形式(諸如「抑制 的」)並非意欲要求完全降低EGFR及/或IGF-1R活性。該降 低可為在無抑制作用下(例如在不存在抑制劑(諸如本文所 述之兒茶酚丁烷)的情況下)的分子活性之至少約10%、至 少約15%、至少約20%、至少約25%、至少約30%、至少約 35%、至少約40%、至少約45%、至少約50%、至少約 75%、至少約80%、至少約85%、至少約90%或至少約 95%。該術語亦指可觀察或可量測之活性降低。在治療情 況下,抑制較佳足以在治療之病狀中產生治療及/或預防 益處。短語「不抑制」及其語法上的變化形式並非要求對 活性完全缺乏作用。舉例而言,其係指以下情況,其中在 抑制劑(諸如本文所述之兒茶酚丁烷)存在下,EGFR及/或 IGF-1R活性降低低於約50%、低於約40%、低於約30%、 低於約20%、低於約10°/。或低於約5%。 144535.doc -47- 201023852 兒茶酚丁烷之用途 兒茶酚丁烷可使癌症或其他增生性疾病對習知療法敏 感,以及使癌症或其他增生性疾病在對該等習知療法具有 後天抗性之後再敏感。本文所述之實施例提供一種抑制細 胞中EGFR與IGF-1R的方法,其包含使需要抑制EGFR與 IGF-1R之細胞與本文所述之兒茶酚丁烷接觸。因為本文所 述之化合物為雙重激酶抑制劑,故其為活體外研究EGFR 及IGF-1R在生物過程中之作用的適用研究工具。 許定 本文提供針對IGF-1R及EGFR酪胺酸激酶活性之水準篩 選個體的方法,其包含:(i)分析由個體獲得之樣品,其包 含量測IGF-1R及EGFR之含量;及(ii)將樣品中IGF-1R及 EGFR之含量與對照組中之含量進行比較。 本文提供確定疾病療法的方法,其包含:(i)分析由個體 獲得之樣品,其包含量測IGF-1R及EGFR之含量,及(ii)將 樣品中IGF-1R及EGFR之含量與對照組中之含量進行比 較;其中與對照組相比IGF-1R、EGFR或兩者之含量增加 表明該個體要用雙重酪胺酸激酶抑制劑治療。在一實施例 中,雙重酪胺酸激酶抑制劑為諸如本文所述之兒茶酚丁 烷。 在一實施例中,EGFR表現量為基線含量或超過基線含 量,且IGF-1R表現量為基線含量或超過基線含量。在另一 實施例中,EGFR表現量為基線含量且IGF-1R表現量為基 線含量之2倍或2倍以上。在另一實施例中,IGF-1R表現量 144535.doc -48- 201023852 為基線含量且EGFR表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以上。 在另一實施例中,IGF-1R表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以 上,且EGFR表現量為基線含量之2倍或2倍以上。 在一態樣中,IGF-1R及EGFR可藉由以下步驟分析:⑷ 向個體引入針對IGF-1R之經標記抗體及針對EGFR之經標 s己抗體’及(b)藉由標準成像技術彳貞測該等經標記抗體。抗 體可用放射性標記來標記,該放射性標記在個體中之存在 及位置可藉由標準成像技術偵測。在一實施例中,該針對 IGF-1R之抗體及該針對EGFR之抗體的放射性標記不同。 在一態樣中,該方法可進一步包含向個體投與能夠抑制 IGF-1R及EGF-R之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物,其中該 醫藥化合物為抑制IGF-1R及EGFR之兒茶酚丁烧。 為評定腫瘤細胞生物標記之表現,可在例如美國公開案 第20070065858號中所述之方法中使用含腫瘤細胞或由此 等腔瘤細胞產生之蛋白質或核酸的患者樣品,該案係以全 文引用的方式併入本文中。簡言之’生物標記之表現量可 藉由評定腫瘤細胞樣品(例如由患者獲得之腫瘤活檢物或 含源自腫瘤之物質的其他患者樣品(例如血液、血清、尿 或本文上述之其他體液或分泌物))中標記之量(例如絕對量 或濃度)評定。該細胞樣品當然可在評定樣品中標記量之 前經受多種熟知收集後製備及儲存技術(例如核酸及/或蛋 白質萃取、固疋、儲存、冷冻·、超渡、濃縮、蒸發、離心 等)°同樣’腫瘤活檢物亦可經受收集後製備及儲存技術 (例如固定)。 144535.doc -49· 201023852 吾人可偵測生物標記蛋白之表現,該等生物標記蛋白之 至少一部分呈現於表現其之腫瘤細胞表面上。吾人可判定 是標記蛋白還是其一部分暴露在細胞表面上。舉例而言, 可使用免疫學方法在全細胞上偵測該等蛋白質或可使用 熟知基於電腦之序列分析方法預測至少一個細胞外域(亦 即包括所分泌蛋白質與具有至少一個細胞表面域之蛋白 質)之存在。可不必使腫瘤細胞溶解而偵測標記蛋白之表 現(例如使用特異性結合該蛋白質之細胞表面域的經標記 抗體),該標記蛋白之至少一部分呈現於表現其之細胞表 面上。 生物標記之表現可藉由偵測所轉錄核酸或蛋白質之表現 的任何多種熟知方法評定。該等方法之非限制性實例包括 例如偵測所分泌細胞表面細胞質或細胞核蛋白的免疫學方 法、蛋白質純化方法、蛋白質功能或活性檢定、核酸雜交 方法、核酸反轉錄方法及核酸擴增方法或此項技術中已知 之任何其他方法。 β生物標記之表現可使用以下評定:抗體(例如經放射性 發色團標記、螢光團標記或酶標記之抗體)、抗體 衍生物(例如與受質或蛋白質-配位體對(例如生物素-抗生 蛋=鍵菌素)之蛋白質或配位體結合的抗體)或抗體片段⑽ 單鍵抗體、經分離抗體之高變域等),其特異性結合生 ""、己蛋白或其片段,包括已進行所有或一部分轉譯後修 飾(例如糖基化、磷酸化、甲基化等)的生物標記蛋白其 中蛋白質通常在腫瘤細胞中經受該等修飾。 144535.doc 201023852in. In one embodiment, G. 〇5 trans-acid salt buffer (pH can be used as a carrier. The intranasal delivery of the agent of the present invention can be optimal by adjusting the position of the individual at the time of administration. For example, The patient's head can be erected to the ruling team _ 9 〇., supine _45. or supine _7 〇. Different placement for maximum effect. φ catechin composition can be medicinal ± acceptable and Any substance q carrier which is compatible with the active agent of (4) & is a liquid, which may be low osmotic pressure or isotonic with nasal fluid, and has a p Η value of about 45 to about 2. If the carrier is in the form of a powder The composition of the carrier for intranasal delivery may optionally contain a lipophilic substance that promotes absorption of the active agent through the nasal membrane and into the brain via the olfactory nerve pathway. Examples include, but are not limited to, nerve knots (four) and several lipid-lipid adjuvants of the squamous lipids, which can be administered intranasally to an individual to treat the medicament. MM I The disease, disorder or disease of the present invention The activity of this type is as described in the conventional method described in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,18, MG3, This patent is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety by reference. For example, the compositions herein can be formulated as powders, granules, solutions, aerosols, drops, nanoparticles or liposomes. The composition may contain, in addition to the active agent, a suitable adjuvant, buffer, preservative, salt. Solutions such as nasal drops may contain antioxidants, buffers, and the like. The catechol butane can be delivered to the individual for treatment by surgical implantation into the desired site, such as by implantation of a biodegradable polymer containing catechol butane. Thus, the biodegradable polymer herein can be any polymer or copolymer that will dissolve in the interstitial fluid without any toxicity or side effects to the host tissue. The monomer of the polymer or synthetic polymer is preferably approved for human administration by the Food and Drug Administration. The copolymer of monomers having different solubility characteristics preferably allows control of the degradation kinetics, such as increasing the ratio of one monomer to another to control the rate of dissolution. In one embodiment, as described by Fleming AB and Saltzman, WM, Pharmacokinetics of the Carmustine Implant, Clin. Pharmacokinet, 41: 403-419 (2002); and Brem, H. and Gabikian, P. (2001), polymerization The product is a copolymer of 1,3_bis-(p-carboxyphenoxy)propane and sebacic acid [p(CPP:SA)]. In another embodiment, the polymer is a copolymer of polyethylene glycol ("PEG") and sebacic acid as described by Fu, J. et al., (2002) Biomaterials, 23: 4425-4433. The polymer delivery system can be used to deliver the hydrophobic and hydrophilic catechol butadiene described herein. The catechol butane can be combined with the biodegradable polymer and surgically implanted at the desired or affected site. Some polymerizations 144535.doc • 43· 201023852 Compositions can also be used for intravenous or inhalation therapy herein. The catechol butane can be delivered systemically and/or by local administration by inhalation. Inhaled delivery of drugs has been widely used as a method of obtaining higher drug concentrations in lung tissue without triggering substantial systemic toxicity and a means of achieving systemic circulation of the drug. Techniques for producing such formulations are known in the art. Hydrophobic or hydrophilic catechol butane delivered in this manner can be seen to be effective against lung diseases. For delivery via the inhaled lung, 'catechol butane can be formulated into a dry powder, an aqueous solution, a liposome, a nanoparticle or a polymer and is administered, for example, in the form of an aerosol. The hydrophilic barrier can also be absorbed through the alveolar surface and into the bloodstream for systemic administration. In one embodiment, a polymer of the active agent herein is prepared and used as described in Fu, j. et al., (2, 2). For example, the polymer herein may be a polymer of six and polyethylenol ("pEG"), or may be poly(lactic-co-lactic acid) ("PLGA") or polyethylene ("pEi"). A polymer of poly(amino acid) ("PLL"). In another embodiment, the tea for inhalation delivery may be dissolved in © physiological saline or ethanol followed by nebulization and administration. In the examples, the agents herein are also effective when delivered as a dry powder prepared in a manner known in the art. In an embodiment, delivery of the NDGA compound can be accomplished by embedding into a drug delivery device, a microprocessor (such as SmartMistTM & AERxtm). The appropriate dose to be administered depends on the individual to be treated, such as an individual. 144535.doc 44· 201023852 The age of a healthy individual, the condition of the disease or condition, the weight of the individual, and the size of the tumor. ♦ Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated for use in the following routes of administration, such as intranasal administration: oral administration; inhalation administration; subcutaneous administration; transdermal administration; intra-arterial injection, with or without obstruction; intracranial Dosing; indoor administration; static: internal administration, buccal administration; intraperitoneal administration; intraocular administration; intramuscular administration; implant administration; and central intravenous administration. In one embodiment, the catechu is formulated for oral administration. In another embodiment, the catechin is formulated for intravenous administration. The preferred dosage of the active agent for administration of a single dose in a single or more usual dose can be readily determined by a variety of methods by those skilled in the art. Other effective dosages can be readily determined by routine experimentation by those skilled in the art via the establishment of a dose response curve. The amount of the agent will of course vary depending on the particular agent being used. The frequency of administration of the active agent at such doses should be determined by the caregiver based on age, weight, disease condition, health status, and patient response. Thus, the administration of the drug can be determined as usual, one or more times per day, week, month, or as needed. The agent may be administered intermittently, such as for several days, weeks, or months, and then until a certain period of time, such as 3 months or 6 months, and then cast for several days, weeks, or weeks. month. The unit dosage form for injection or intravenous administration may comprise an API in a composition of the solution in sterile water, standard physiological saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Mechanism of catechol butane 144535.doc -45- 201023852 Without wishing to be bound by a mechanism of action, the inventors have discovered that the compounds described herein via the dual inhibitory receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) EGFR IGF-1R has anti-proliferative properties. The mechanism of action of this drug is related to its ability to act as a dual kinase inhibitor of EGFR and IGF-1R. There are multiple interactions between insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor (IGF-1R) and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), which together have a significant impact on tumor biology and cancer treatment. This interaction comes from the degree of redundancy of its function, in which the two receptors conduct signals via a common proliferative and survival pathway. In addition, there is crosstalk between the two receptor signaling pathways such that signaling through one receptor can activate another receptor via a ligand-dependent or independent mechanism. This redundancy and crosstalk raises the main problem of anti-cancer treatment targeting the target. The efficacy of targeting interventions that block EGFR function in cells may be limited, and for these cells, activated IGF-1R signaling may activate many downstream effector molecules involved in mediating EGFR action. A decrease in sensitivity to IGF-IR inhibition may also be attributed to an increase in EGFR expression or activity. More importantly, drug resistance to EGFR and HER2 treatment is associated with upregulation of the IGF-1R signaling pathway. This enhancement of IGF-IR signaling can prevent EGFR inhibition by providing alternative proliferation and survival signals, as well as by independently increasing EGFR ligand production or independently stimulating EGFR activation via direct phosphorylation. The role of IGF-1R in resistance to EGFR targeting agents suggests that promising new therapies and improved strategies for treating tumors are driven by EGFR activity. In support of this proposal, cell lines resistant to gefitinib (Iressa®) producing 144535.doc -46-201023852 showed up-regulation of IGF-1R signaling and increased sensitivity to therapy targeting IGF-1R. Although NDGA is known to be primarily an inhibitor of 5' and 12' lipoxygenases, the inventors have shown that direct inhibition of purified IGF with greater affinity compared to the effect of this molecule on purified lipoxygenase -1R and EGFR tyrosine kinase activity. See Figure 1. Thus, NDGA is a promising agent for the treatment of tumors that overexpress EGFR and IGF-1R to prevent targeting only EGFR or only IGF-1R. NDGA is also a promising agent for patients who are resistant to gefitini® therapy. Inhibition of the activity of EGFR and/or IGF-1R involves reducing the activity of such molecules. The term "inhibition" and its grammatical variations (such as "inhibiting") are not intended to require a complete reduction in EGFR and/or IGF-1R activity. The reduction can be at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20% of the molecular activity without inhibition (e.g., in the absence of an inhibitor such as the catechol butane described herein). At least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90% Or at least about 95%. The term also refers to a decrease in activity that is observable or measurable. In the case of treatment, inhibition is preferably sufficient to produce a therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit in the condition being treated. The phrase "non-inhibition" and its grammatical variations do not require a complete lack of activity. By way of example, it refers to a situation in which the reduction in EGFR and/or IGF-1R activity is less than about 50%, less than about 40%, in the presence of an inhibitor such as the catechol butane described herein. Below about 30%, below about 20%, below about 10°/. Or less than about 5%. 144535.doc -47- 201023852 Use of catechol butane The catechol butane can sensitize cancer or other proliferative diseases to known therapies, and to make cancer or other proliferative diseases acquired in these conventional therapies Sensitive after resistance. The embodiments described herein provide a method of inhibiting EGFR and IGF-1R in a cell comprising contacting a cell in need of inhibition of EGFR and IGF-1R with a catechol butane described herein. Because the compounds described herein are dual kinase inhibitors, they are a suitable research tool for studying the role of EGFR and IGF-1R in biological processes in vitro. Xu Ding provides a method for screening individuals for levels of IGF-1R and EGFR tyrosine kinase activity, comprising: (i) analyzing a sample obtained from an individual comprising measuring the levels of IGF-1R and EGFR; and (ii) The content of IGF-1R and EGFR in the sample was compared with that in the control group. Provided herein are methods for determining disease therapy comprising: (i) analyzing a sample obtained from an individual comprising measuring the levels of IGF-1R and EGFR, and (ii) measuring the amount of IGF-1R and EGFR in the sample with a control The contents were compared; an increase in the levels of IGF-1R, EGFR, or both compared to the control indicated that the individual was treated with a dual tyrosine kinase inhibitor. In one embodiment, the dual tyrosine kinase inhibitor is a catechol butane such as described herein. In one embodiment, the EGFR expression is at or above baseline and the IGF-IR performance is baseline or exceeds baseline. In another embodiment, the EGFR expression is baseline and the IGF-IR performance is 2 or more times the baseline content. In another embodiment, the IGF-1R performance is 144535.doc -48-201023852 is the baseline level and the EGFR performance is 2 or more times the baseline level. In another embodiment, the IGF-1R expression is 2 or more times the baseline level and the EGFR expression is 2 or more times the baseline level. In one aspect, IGF-1R and EGFR can be analyzed by the following steps: (4) introducing a labeled antibody against IGF-1R to an individual and a labeled s-antibody against EGFR' and (b) by standard imaging techniques. These labeled antibodies are speculated. The antibody can be labeled with a radioactive label whose presence and location in the individual can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In one embodiment, the antibody to IGF-1R and the antibody to EGFR are different in radiolabeling. In one aspect, the method may further comprise administering to the individual a pharmaceutical compound capable of inhibiting tyrosine kinase activity of IGF-1R and EGF-R, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is a catechin inhibiting IGF-1R and EGFR burn. To assess the performance of a tumor cell biomarker, a patient sample containing a tumor cell or a protein or nucleic acid produced by such a tumor cell is used in the method described in, for example, US Publication No. 20070065858, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. The way is incorporated in this article. Briefly, the amount of biomarker expression can be assessed by measuring tumor cell samples (eg, tumor biopsies obtained from patients or other patient samples containing tumor-derived substances (eg, blood, serum, urine, or other body fluids described herein above or The amount of label (eg, absolute amount or concentration) in the secretion)) is assessed. The cell sample can of course be subjected to a variety of well-known post-collection preparation and storage techniques (eg, nucleic acid and/or protein extraction, immobilization, storage, freezing, super-pass, concentration, evaporation, centrifugation, etc.) prior to assessing the amount of label in the sample. 'Tumor biopsy can also be subjected to post-collection preparation and storage techniques (eg, fixation). 144535.doc -49· 201023852 We can detect the expression of biomarker proteins, at least a part of which are presented on the surface of the tumor cells expressing them. We can determine whether the marker protein or a part of it is exposed on the cell surface. For example, immunological methods can be used to detect such proteins on whole cells or at least one extracellular domain (ie, including secreted proteins and proteins having at least one cell surface domain) can be predicted using well-known computer-based sequence analysis methods. Existence. The expression of the marker protein can be detected without lysis of the tumor cells (e.g., using a labeled antibody that specifically binds to the cell surface domain of the protein), at least a portion of which is present on the surface of the cell in which it is expressed. The performance of a biomarker can be assessed by any of a variety of well known methods for detecting the expression of a transcribed nucleic acid or protein. Non-limiting examples of such methods include, for example, immunological methods for detecting cytoplasm or nuclear protein on the surface of secreted cells, protein purification methods, protein function or activity assays, nucleic acid hybridization methods, nucleic acid reverse transcription methods, and nucleic acid amplification methods or Any other method known in the art. The expression of the beta biomarker can be assessed using antibodies (eg, radiolabeled, fluorophore-labeled or enzymatically labeled antibodies), antibody derivatives (eg, with a substrate or a protein-ligand pair (eg, biotin) - an antibody against the protein or ligand bound by antibiotic egg = cytocin) or an antibody fragment (10) a single bond antibody, a hypervariable domain of an isolated antibody, etc., which specifically binds to a raw "", a protein or Fragments, including biomarker proteins that have undergone all or a portion of post-translational modifications (eg, glycosylation, phosphorylation, methylation, etc.) wherein the protein is typically subjected to such modifications in tumor cells. 144535.doc 201023852
生物標記之表現亦可藉由自患者樣品中之細胞製備 mRNA/cDNA(亦即所轉錄聚核苷酸)及藉由使mRNA/cDNA 與為生物標記核酸或其片段之互補序列的參考聚核苷酸雜 交來評定。cDNA可視情況使用多種聚合酶鏈反應方法中 • 任一者擴增,隨後與參考聚核苷酸雜交。一或多種生物標 . 記之表現亦可使用定量PCR偵測以評定一或多種生物標記 之表現量。或者,可使用偵測生物標記之突變或變異(例 如單核苷酸多形態、缺失等)之許多已知方法中任一者偵 ❹ 測患者中生物標記之存在。 可使由樣品獲得之所轉錄聚核苷酸的混合物與受質接 觸,該受質固定有與生物標記核酸之至少一部分(例如至 夕 7、10、15、2〇、25、3〇、4〇、5〇、1〇〇、$⑻或 5⑼個以 上核苷酸殘基)互補或同源的聚核苷酸。若在受質上可差 異地偵測互補或同源之聚核苷酸(例如可使用不同發色團 或螢光團或固定於不同所選位置偵測),則可使用單一受 • 質(例如固定於所選位置之聚核苦酸的「基因晶片」微陣 列)同時s平定複數個生物標記之表現量。若使用涉及使一 核酸與另一核酸雜交的評定生物標記表現之方法,則可在 嚴格雜交條件下執行雜交。 若本文所述方法中使用複數個生物標記則可在單一反 應此σ物(亦即對於各生物標記使用諸如不同螢光探針的 Τ劑)或對應於-或多種生物標記之個別反應混合物中將 ^者樣。σ中各生物標記之表現量與相同類型非癌性樣品中 複數個生物標記各自之正常表現量進行比較。 144535.doc -51 - 201023852 可以多種方法評定正常(亦即非癌性)人類組織中生物標 »己之表現量。此正常表現量可藉由評定呈現為非癌性之一 部分細胞中生物標記的表現量,且隨後將該正常表現量與 一部分腫瘤細胞中的表現量進行比較來評定。隨著其他資 訊因本文所述方法之常規執行而變得可用,可使用生物標 記之正常表現總體平均值。或者,生物標記之正常表現量 可藉由評定以下患者樣品中的生物標記表現來測定:由非 餍患癌症患者獲得之患者樣品、在懷疑患者癌症發作之前 由該患者獲得的患者樣品,存標患者樣品及其類似患者樣 品。 偵測生物樣品中生物標記蛋白或核酸是否存在之例示性 方法包括自測試個體獲得生物樣品(例如腫瘤相關體液)及 使該生物樣品與能夠偵測多肽或核酸(例如mRNA、基因組 DNA或cDNA)之化合物或藥劑接觸。因此,該等偵測方法 可用於活體外以及活體内偵測生物樣品中例如mRNA、蛋 白質、cDNA或基因組DNA。偵測mRNA之活體外技術包括 例如北方雜交及原位雜交。偵測生物標記蛋白之活體外技 術包括(但不限於)酶聯免疫吸附檢定(eusa)、西方墨點 法、免疫組織化學、免疫沈澱法及免疫螢光法。偵測基因 組DNA之活體外技術包括例如南方雜交。偵測瓜^^八之活 體内技術包括例如聚合酶鏈反應(PCR)、北方雜交及原位 雜交。此外,偵測生物標記蛋白之活體内技術包括向個體 引入針對蛋白質或其片段之經標記抗體。舉例而言,抗體 可用放射性標記來標記,該放射性標記在個體中之存在及 144535.doc •52· 201023852 位置可藉由標準成像技術偵測。 該等移斷及預測檢定之一般原理包括在適當條件下製備 可能含有生物標記及探針之樣品或反應混合物歷時足以使 生物標汜與探針相互作用且結合的時間由此形成可在反 •應混合物中移除及/或偵測的複合物。此等檢定可以多種 . 方式進行。 舉例而言,進行該檢定之一種方法涉及將生物標記或探 針錨定於固相支撐物(亦稱作受質)上,且在反應結束時偵 測錨定於固相上之標靶生物標記/探針複合物。在該方法 之一實施例中,欲檢定生物標記之存在及/或濃度的個體 樣品可錨定於載體或固相支撐物上。在另一實施例中可 能為相反情況,其中可使探針錨定於固相且個體之樣品可 作為檢定之非錨定組份反應。 存在數種已確立方法將檢定組份錨定於固相。其包括 (但不限於)經由生物素與抗生蛋白鏈菌素之結合固定的生 Φ 物標s己或探針分子。該等經生物素標記檢定組份可使用此 項技術中已知技術(例如生物素標記套組,pierce Chemicals,Rockford, 111.)自生物素七則⑼經基丁二醯亞 . 胺)製備,且固定於塗布抗生蛋白鏈菌素之96孔板(PierceThe biomarker can also be characterized by the preparation of mRNA/cDNA (i.e., the transcribed polynucleotide) from cells in the patient sample and by reference nucleation of the mRNA/cDNA to the complement of the biomarker nucleic acid or fragment thereof. Glycoside hybridization was used to assess. The cDNA may be amplified using any of a variety of polymerase chain reaction methods, optionally followed by hybridization with a reference polynucleotide. One or more biomarkers can also be used to quantify the performance of one or more biomarkers using quantitative PCR detection. Alternatively, the presence of a biomarker in a patient can be detected using any of a number of known methods for detecting a mutation or mutation (e.g., single nucleotide polymorphism, deletion, etc.) of a biomarker. The mixture of transcribed polynucleotides obtained from the sample can be contacted with a substrate that is immobilized with at least a portion of the biomarker nucleic acid (eg, 7, 10, 15, 2, 25, 3, 4, 4) A polynucleotide that is complementary or homologous to 〇, 5〇, 1〇〇, $(8), or 5 (9) or more nucleotide residues). A single receptor can be used if the complementary or homologous polynucleotides are differentially detected in the receptor (for example, using different chromophores or fluorophores or immobilized at different selected positions) For example, a "gene wafer" microarray of polynucleic acid immobilized at a selected location simultaneously sifts the amount of performance of a plurality of biomarkers. If a method for assessing the expression of a biomarker involving hybridization of one nucleic acid to another nucleic acid is used, hybridization can be performed under stringent hybridization conditions. If a plurality of biomarkers are used in the methods described herein, the sigma can be reacted in a single reaction (ie, using an elixir such as a different fluorescent probe for each biomarker) or in an individual reaction mixture corresponding to - or multiple biomarkers. Will be like. The amount of expression of each biomarker in σ is compared to the normal amount of each of the plurality of biomarkers in the same type of non-cancerous sample. 144535.doc -51 - 201023852 There are several ways to assess the amount of biomarkers in normal (ie, non-cancerous) human tissues. This normal amount of expression can be assessed by assessing the amount of expression of the biomarker in a portion of the cells that are presented as non-cancerous, and then comparing the normal amount of expression to the amount of expression in a portion of the tumor cells. As other information becomes available as a result of routine implementation of the methods described herein, the normal average of the biomarkers can be used. Alternatively, the normal amount of biomarker can be determined by assessing the biomarker profile in a patient sample: a patient sample obtained from a non-cancerous cancer patient, a patient sample obtained from the patient prior to the suspected cancer onset, and a Patient samples and their similar patient samples. Exemplary methods for detecting the presence of a biomarker protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample include obtaining a biological sample (eg, a tumor-associated body fluid) from the test subject and enabling the biological sample to detect a polypeptide or nucleic acid (eg, mRNA, genomic DNA, or cDNA). The compound or agent is in contact. Therefore, such detection methods can be used to detect biological samples such as mRNA, protein, cDNA or genomic DNA in vitro and in vivo. In vitro techniques for detecting mRNA include, for example, Northern hybridization and in situ hybridization. In vitro techniques for detecting biomarker proteins include, but are not limited to, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (eusa), Western blotting, immunohistochemistry, immunoprecipitation, and immunofluorescence. In vitro techniques for detecting genomic DNA include, for example, Southern hybridization. In vivo techniques for detecting melons include, for example, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), northern hybridization, and in situ hybridization. In addition, in vivo techniques for detecting biomarker proteins include introducing to the individual a labeled antibody to the protein or fragment thereof. For example, antibodies can be labeled with a radioactive label that is present in the individual and can be detected by standard imaging techniques at the location of 144535.doc • 52· 201023852. The general principles of such shifting and predictive assays include preparing a sample or reaction mixture that may contain biomarkers and probes under appropriate conditions for a time sufficient to allow the biomarker to interact with the probe and the time of binding thereby forming The complex that should be removed and/or detected in the mixture. These checks can be made in a variety of ways. For example, one method of performing this assay involves anchoring a biomarker or probe to a solid support (also referred to as a substrate) and detecting target organisms anchored to the solid phase at the end of the reaction. Label/probe complex. In one embodiment of the method, the individual sample for which the presence and/or concentration of the biomarker is to be assayed can be anchored to the carrier or solid support. In another embodiment, the opposite may be the case where the probe can be anchored to the solid phase and the individual sample can be reacted as a non-anchored component of the assay. There are several established methods for anchoring assay components to a solid phase. It includes, but is not limited to, a biomarker or a probe molecule immobilized via binding of biotin to streptavidin. The biotinylated assay components can be prepared from biotin seven (9) via butyl amides using techniques known in the art (eg, biotin label kit, pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.). And fixed in a 96-well plate coated with streptavidin (Pierce
Chemical)之孔中。在某些實施例中,可預先製備具有固定 化檢定組份之表面且儲存。該等檢定之其他合適載體或固 相支撐物包括能夠結合生物標記或探針所屬分子類別的任 何材料。熟知支撐物或載體包括(但不限於)玻璃、聚苯乙 烯、财綸、聚丙烯、耐綸、聚乙烯、聚葡萄糖、澱粉酶、 144535.doc •53- 201023852 天然及改質纖維素 '聚丙稀酿胺、輝長岩(gabbros)及磁鐵 礦(magnetite)。為用上述方法進行檢定,將非固定組份添 加至固相中’在該固相上錨定第二組份。反應完成之後, 可在使任何所形成複合物仍固定在固相上的條件下移除 (例如藉由洗滌)未複合組份。錨定於固相上之生物標記/探 針複合物之偵測可以本文所述多種方法實現。在一實施例 中’若探針為非錯定檢定組份’則為檢定之偵測及讀取, 其可用本文所述且熟習此項技術者熟知之可偵測標記直接 或間接標記。 亦可能直接偵測生物標記/探針複合物形成而無需進一 步操作或標記任一組份(生物標記或探針),例如藉由利用 螢光能量傳遞技術(亦即FET,例如參見Lakowicz等人,美 國專利第5,63 1,169號;及Stavrianopoulos等人,美國專利 第4,868’1〇3號)達成。選擇供體分子上之螢光團標記,使 得用適當波長之入射光激發之後,其所發射之螢光能量將 由受體分子上之螢光標記吸收,該螢光標記又因所吸收之 能量而能夠發螢光。或者,供體蛋白分子可僅僅利用色胺 酸殘基之天然螢光能量。選擇發射不同波長之光的標記, 使得受體分子標記可與供體區別開。因為標記之間的能量 傳遞效率與分隔分子之距離有關,故可評定分子之間的空 間關係。在分子之間存在結合的情況下,檢定中受體分子 標記之螢光發射應最A。FET結合事件宜經由此項技術令 熟知之標準螢光測定偵測方法(例如使用螢光計)量測。 在另一實施例中,測定探針識別生物標記之能力可無需 144535.doc 201023852 標記任一檢定組份(探針或生物標記)而藉由利用諸如即時 生物分子互相作用分析(BIA ;例如參見Sjolander,S.及 Urbaniczky,C·,1991,Anal. Chem· 63:2338-2345及 Szabo等 人,1995,Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol· 5:699-705)之技術實 現。如本文所用之「ΒΙΑ」或「表面電漿共振」係指無需 標記任何反應物而研究即時生物特異性相互作用之技術 (例如BIAcore)。結合表面之質量變化(指示結合事件)使表 面附近之光的折射率改變(表面電漿共振(SPR)之光學現 象),產生可用作生物分子之間即時反應之指示的可偵測 信號。 或者,在另一實施例中,可進行類似診斷及預測檢定, 其中生物標記及探針作為液相中之溶質。在該檢定中,藉 由多種標準技術中任一者使複合之生物標記及探針與未複 合組份分離,該等標準技術包括(但不限於)差速離心、層 析、電泳及免疫沈殿。在差速離心的情況下,由於基於複 合物之不同尺寸及密度的不同沈降平衡,可經由一系列離 心步驟使生物標記/探針複合物與未複合檢定組份分離(例 如參見Rivas,G_及Minton,A. P·,1993, Trends Biochem Sci. 18(8): 284-7)。亦可使用標準層析技術使複合分子與未複 合分子分離。舉例而言,凝膠過濾層析基於尺寸且經由在 管柱形式中使用適當凝膠過濾樹脂使分子分離,例如,可 使相對較大複合物與相對較小未複合組份分離。類似地, 可使用生物標記/探針複合物與未複合組份相比相對不同 之電荷特性區別複合物與未複合組份,例如經由使用離子 144535.doc -55· 201023852 交換層析樹脂。該等樹脂及層析技術為熟習此項技術者所 熟知(例如參見 Heegaard, N. H.,1998,J. Mol. Recognit. Winter 11(1-6):141-8 ; Hage, D. S.及 Tweed, S. A. J. Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl,1997年 10月 10 日;699(1-2):499-525)。亦可使用凝膠電泳使複合檢定組份與未結合 組份分離(例如參見Ausubel等人編,Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1987-1999)。在此技術中,蛋白質或核酸複合物係基於例如尺 寸或電荷分離。為在電泳過程中保持結合相互作用,通常 利用在無還原劑的情況下之非變性凝膠基質材料及條件。 特定檢定之適當條件及其組份為熟習此項技術者熟知。 在另一實施例中,可使用此項技術中已知方法藉由原位 及活體外方式測定生物樣品中生物標記mRNA之含量。術 語「生物樣品」意欲包括自個體分離之組織(包括(但不限 於)活檢組織)、細胞、生物流體及其分離物以及存在於個 體中之組織、細胞及流體。許多表現偵測方法使用分離之 RNA。對於活體外方法,可使用不針對mRNA分離選擇之 任何RNA分離技術自腫瘤細胞純化RNA(例如參見Ausubel 等人編,Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1987-1999)。另外,大量組織樣 品可易於使用熟習此項技術者熟知之技術處理,該等技術 諸如Chomczynski( 1989,美國專利第4,843,155號)之單步 RNA分離法。 分離之mRNA可用於雜交或擴增檢定,包括(但不限於) 144535.doc -56- 201023852 南方或北方分析、聚合酶鏈反應分析及探針陣列。一個偵 測mRNA含量之診斷方法涉及使分離之mRNA與可與偵測 基因所編碼之mRNA雜交的核酸分子(探針)接觸。核酸探 針可為例如全長cDNA或其部分,諸如長度為至少7、15、 30、50、100、250或500個核苷酸且足以在嚴格條件下與 編碼本文所述生物標記之mRNA或基因組DNA特異性雜交 的寡核苷酸。適當嚴格度之確定可根據習知分子技術經由 常規測試鑑別。其他合適探針適用於本文所述之診斷檢 定。mRNA與探針雜交表明所討論生物標記得以表現。 在一形式中’將mRNA固定在固體表面上且與探針接 觸,例如藉由在瓊脂糖凝膠上操作分離之mRNA,且將 mRNA自凝膠轉移至膜(諸如硝基纖維素)達成。在另一形 式中’將探針固定在固體表面上且使mRNA與探針接觸, 例如根據製造商說明書在Affymetrix基因晶片陣列中。熟 習此項技術者可易於改變已知mRNA偵測法以用於偵測由 本文所述生物標記編碼之mRNA之含量。 測定樣品中mRNA生物標記含量之另一方法包括例如藉 由反轉錄酶·聚合酶鏈反應(RT-PCR;例如Mullis, 1987,美 國專利第4,683,202號中所述之實驗性實施例)、連接酶鏈 反應(例如 Barany,1991,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci· USA, 88:189-193)、自主序列複製(例如Guatelli等人,1990, Proc· Natl· Acad· Sci. USA 87:1874-1878)、轉錄擴增系統 (例如 Kwoh 等人,1989,Proc· Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1173-1177) 、Q-β 複製酶(Lizardi 等人,1988, 144535.doc •57- 201023852Chemical) in the hole. In certain embodiments, the surface with the immobilized assay component can be prepared in advance and stored. Other suitable carriers or solid supports for such assays include any material capable of binding to the class of molecules to which the biomarker or probe belongs. Well known supports or carriers include, but are not limited to, glass, polystyrene, polyester, polypropylene, nylon, polyethylene, polydextrose, amylase, 144535.doc • 53- 201023852 natural and modified cellulose 'polypropylene Thin amines, gabbros and magnetite. To be assayed by the above method, a non-fixed component is added to the solid phase. The second component is anchored on the solid phase. After completion of the reaction, the uncomplexed component can be removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any of the formed complexes are still immobilized on the solid phase. Detection of the biomarker/probe complex anchored to the solid phase can be accomplished in a variety of ways as described herein. In one embodiment, if the probe is a non-missing assay component, the assay is detected and read, which can be directly or indirectly labeled with detectable labels as described herein and familiar to those skilled in the art. It is also possible to directly detect biomarker/probe complex formation without further manipulation or labeling of any component (biomarker or probe), for example by using a fluorescent energy transfer technique (ie FET, see for example Lakowicz et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,63,169; and Stavrianopoulos et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,868 '1〇3). Selecting a fluorophore label on the donor molecule such that upon excitation with incident light of the appropriate wavelength, the fluorescent energy emitted by it will be absorbed by the fluorescent label on the acceptor molecule, which in turn is due to the absorbed energy. Can emit fluorescent light. Alternatively, the donor protein molecule may utilize only the natural fluorescent energy of the tryptophan residue. A label that emits light of a different wavelength is selected such that the acceptor molecule label can be distinguished from the donor. Since the energy transfer efficiency between the markers is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In the case of a binding between molecules, the fluorescent emission of the receptor molecule label in the assay should be the most A. The FET binding event should be measured by standard fluorometric detection methods well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorometer). In another embodiment, the ability of the assay probe to recognize a biomarker can be performed by utilizing, for example, an immediate biomolecule interaction analysis (BIA; for example, see 144535.doc 201023852 for labeling any assay component (probe or biomarker); Technical implementation of Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C., 1991, Anal. Chem. 63: 2338-2345 and Szabo et al., 1995, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5: 699-705). As used herein, "ΒΙΑ" or "surface plasmon resonance" refers to techniques for studying immediate biospecific interactions (e.g., BIAcore) without the need to label any reactants. A change in the mass of the binding surface (indicating a binding event) causes a change in the refractive index of the light in the vicinity of the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasma resonance (SPR)), producing a detectable signal that can be used as an indication of an immediate response between the biomolecules. Alternatively, in another embodiment, similar diagnostic and predictive assays can be performed in which the biomarkers and probes act as solutes in the liquid phase. In this assay, complex biomarkers and probes are separated from uncomplexed components by any of a variety of standard techniques including, but not limited to, differential centrifugation, chromatography, electrophoresis, and immunosuppression. . In the case of differential centrifugation, the biomarker/probe complex can be separated from the uncomplexed assay component via a series of centrifugation steps due to different settling equilibriums based on the different sizes and densities of the complex (see, for example, Rivas, G_). And Minton, A. P., 1993, Trends Biochem Sci. 18(8): 284-7). Standard chromatography techniques can also be used to separate the composite molecules from the uncomplexed molecules. For example, gel filtration chromatography is based on size and separates the molecules by using a suitable gel filtration resin in a column format, for example, to separate relatively large complexes from relatively small uncomplexed components. Similarly, the biomarker/probe complex can be used to distinguish the complex from the uncomplexed component using relatively different charge characteristics compared to the uncomplexed component, e.g., via the use of ion 144535.doc - 55. 201023852 to exchange the chromatography resin. Such resins and chromatographic techniques are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Heegaard, NH, 1998, J. Mol. Recognit. Winter 11(1-6): 141-8; Hage, DS and Tweed, SAJ Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl, October 10, 1997; 699(1-2): 499-525). Gel assays can also be used to separate the composite assay component from the unbound component (see, for example, Ausubel et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1987-1999). In this technique, the protein or nucleic acid complex is based on, for example, size or charge separation. To maintain binding interactions during electrophoresis, non-denaturing gel matrix materials and conditions in the absence of a reducing agent are typically utilized. The appropriate conditions for a particular assay and its components are well known to those skilled in the art. In another embodiment, the amount of biomarker mRNA in a biological sample can be determined by in situ and in vitro methods using methods known in the art. The term "biological sample" is intended to include tissue isolated from an individual (including but not limited to biopsy tissue), cells, biological fluids and their isolates, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present in the individual. Many performance detection methods use isolated RNA. For in vitro methods, RNA can be purified from tumor cells using any RNA isolation technique not selected for mRNA isolation (see, for example, Ausubel et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1987-1999). In addition, a large number of tissue samples can be readily processed using techniques well known to those skilled in the art, such as the single step RNA isolation method of Chomczynski (1989, U.S. Patent No. 4,843,155). The isolated mRNA can be used for hybridization or amplification assays including, but not limited to, 144535.doc-56-201023852 Southern or Northern analysis, polymerase chain reaction analysis, and probe arrays. A diagnostic method for detecting mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that hybridizes to the mRNA encoded by the detection gene. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length cDNA or a portion thereof, such as an mRNA or genome that is at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250, or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to encode a biomarker as described herein under stringent conditions. DNA-specific hybridized oligonucleotides. The determination of appropriate stringency can be identified by routine testing according to conventional molecular techniques. Other suitable probes are suitable for use in the diagnostic assays described herein. Hybridization of the mRNA with the probe indicates that the biomarker in question is expressed. In one form, the mRNA is immobilized on a solid surface and is in contact with the probe, for example, by operating the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane such as nitrocellulose. In another form, the probe is immobilized on a solid surface and the mRNA is contacted with the probe, for example in an Affymetrix gene wafer array according to the manufacturer's instructions. Those skilled in the art can readily modify known mRNA detection methods for detecting the amount of mRNA encoded by the biomarkers described herein. Another method for determining the amount of mRNA biomarker in a sample includes, for example, reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR; for example, the experimental examples described in Mullis, 1987, U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202), ligase Chain reaction (eg, Barany, 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88: 189-193), autonomous sequence replication (eg, Guatelli et al, 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878 ), transcriptional amplification systems (eg, Kwoh et al, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177), Q-beta replicase (Lizardi et al, 1988, 144535.doc • 57-201023852
Bio/Technology 6:1197)、滾環複製①匕虹⑴等人,美國專 利第5,854,033號)或任何其他核酸擴增方法進行的核酸擴 增過程’繼而使用熟習此項技術者熟知之技術偵測經擴增 分子。此等镇測方案尤其適用於在存在極少數目之核酸分 子的情況下摘測該等分子。如本文所用之擴增引子係定義 為一對核酸分子’其可黏接至基因之5,或3,區(分別為正鏈 及負鍵’或反之亦然)且其間含有短區域。一般而言,擴 增引子之長度為約10至30個核苷酸,且側接長度為約50至 200個核苦酸之區域。在適當條件下使用適當試劑,該等 引子使得可擴增包含側接有引子之核苷酸序列的核酸分 子。 對於原位方法,偵測之前無需自腫瘤細胞分離mRNA。 在該等方法中,使用已知組織學方法製備/處理細胞或組 織樣品。隨後將樣品固定在支撐物(通常為玻璃載片)上, 且隨後與可與編碼生物標記之mRNA雜交的探針接觸。 可基於生物標記之校正表現量進行測定,以替代基於生 物標§己之絕對表現量作測定。藉由將生物標記之表現與非 生物標記之基因(例如組成性表現之看家基因)的表現進行 比較來修正生物標記之絕對表現量從而校正表現量。用於 校正之合適基因包括看家基因,諸如肌動蛋白基因或上皮 細胞特異性基因。此校正使得可將一個樣品(例如患者樣 品)之表現量與另一樣品(例如非腫瘤樣品)進行比較或在不 同來源之樣品之間進行比較。 或者’表現量可以相對表現量形式提供。為測定生物標 144535.doc -58- 201023852 記(例如間葉細胞生物標記)之相對表現量,測定1〇個或ι〇 個以上、20個或20個以上、30個或3〇個以上、4〇個或仙個 以上或50個或50個以上正常細胞分離物樣品相對於癌細胞 分離物樣品之生物標記表現量,隨後測定所討論之樣品之 表現量。測定較大數量樣品中各檢定基因的平均表現量, 且將其用作生物標記之基線表現量。隨後將所測定測試樣 β»之生物標記表現量(絕對表現量)除以對該生物標記獲得 之平均表現值。此提供相對表現量。 在另一實施例中,偵測生物標記蛋白。偵測生物標記蛋 白之一類試劑為能夠結合該蛋白質之抗體或其片段,諸如 經可偵測標記之抗體β抗體可為多株或單株抗體。可使用 完整抗體或其抗原結合片段(例如Fab、F(ab,)2、Fv、 scFv、單一結合鏈多肽)。關於探針或抗體之術語「標 記」意欲包涵藉由使可偵測物質與探針或抗體偶合(亦即 實體連接)來直接標記探針或抗體,以及藉由與經直接標 記之另一試劑反應間接標記探針或抗體。間接標記之實例 包括使用經螢光標記第二抗體偵測第一抗體,且用生物素 末端標記DNA探針,以使其可用螢光標記之抗生蛋白鏈菌 素偵測。 可使用熟習此項技術者熟知之技術自腫瘤細胞分離蛋白 質。所用蛋白質分離方法可為例如Harlow及Lane (Harlow 及 Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, ColdBio/Technology 6:1197), Rolling Ring Replica 1 匕 Rainbow (1) et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification process performed by a nucleic acid amplification method' is then detected using techniques well known to those skilled in the art. Amplified molecule. These township protocols are particularly useful for extracting such molecules in the presence of a very small number of nucleic acid molecules. An amplification primer as used herein is defined as a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can bind to a 5, or 3, region of a gene (either positive and negative, respectively or vice versa) and contain short regions therebetween. In general, the amplification primer is about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and has a side length of about 50 to 200 nucleotides. The appropriate reagents are used under appropriate conditions such that the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primer can be amplified. For in situ methods, there is no need to isolate mRNA from tumor cells prior to detection. In such methods, cells or tissue samples are prepared/treated using known histological methods. The sample is then immobilized on a support (usually a glass slide) and subsequently contacted with a probe that hybridizes to the mRNA encoding the biomarker. The determination can be made based on the corrected performance of the biomarker instead of the absolute performance based on the biomarker. The amount of expression of the biomarker is corrected by comparing the performance of the biomarker with the performance of the non-biomarker gene (e.g., a housekeeping gene of constitutive expression) to correct the amount of expression. Suitable genes for correction include housekeeping genes such as actin genes or epithelial cell specific genes. This correction allows comparison of the amount of expression of one sample (e. g., a patient sample) with another sample (e.g., a non-tumor sample) or between samples of different sources. Or 'the amount of performance can be provided in the form of relative performance. For the determination of the relative amount of biomarkers 144535.doc -58- 201023852 (eg, mesenchymal biomarkers), one or more than 10, 20 or more, 30 or more, The amount of biomarker expression of 4 or more or more than 50 or more normal cell isolate samples relative to the cancer cell isolate sample, followed by determination of the amount of expression of the sample in question. The average performance of each assay gene in a larger number of samples was determined and used as the baseline performance of the biomarker. The biomarker performance (absolute performance) of the test sample β» was then divided by the average performance value obtained for the biomarker. This provides relative performance. In another embodiment, the biomarker protein is detected. One of the agents for detecting a biomarker protein is an antibody or a fragment thereof capable of binding the protein, such as a detectably labeled antibody beta antibody, which may be a plurality of strains or a monoclonal antibody. An intact antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof (e.g., Fab, F(ab,)2, Fv, scFv, single binding chain polypeptide) can be used. The term "marker" with respect to a probe or antibody is intended to encompass the direct labeling of a probe or antibody by coupling a detectable substance to a probe or antibody (ie, physically linked), and by direct labeling with another reagent. The reaction indirectly labels the probe or antibody. Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a first antibody using a fluorescently labeled secondary antibody, and labeling the DNA probe with a biotin end such that it can be detected with a fluorescently labeled streptavidin. Proteins can be isolated from tumor cells using techniques well known to those skilled in the art. The protein separation method used may be, for example, Harlow and Lane (Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold).
Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) 中所述之方法。 144535.doc -59- 201023852 可使用多種形式以判定樣品是否含有結合既定抗體之蛋 白質°該等形式之實例包括(但不限於)酶免疫檢定(EIA)、 放射免疫檢定(RIA)、西方墨點分析、免疫組織化學及酶 聯免疫吸附檢定(ELISA)。熟習此項技術者可易於改變已 知蛋白質/抗體偵測方法以用於判定腫瘤細胞是否表現生 物標記。 在形式中’抗體或抗體片段或衍生物可用於諸如西方 墨點法或免疫螢光技術之方法中以偵測所表現之蛋白質。 在該等使用中,抗體或蛋白質可固定在固體載體上。合適 固相支撑物或載體包括能夠結合抗原或抗體之任何支擇 物。熟知支撐物或載體包括玻璃、聚苯乙烯、聚丙烯、聚 乙烯、葡聚糖、对論、殿粉酶、天然及改質纖維素、聚丙 烯醯胺、輝長岩及磁鐵礦。吾人應已知或可確定用於結合 抗體或抗原之其他合適載體,且應能夠改變該支撐物以適 用於本發明方法。舉例而言,自腫瘤細胞分離之蛋白質可 在聚丙烯醯胺凝膠電泳上操作且固定於固相支撐物(諸如 硝基纖維素)上。可隨後用合適緩衝液洗滌支撐物,繼而 用可偵測標記之抗體處理。可隨後用緩衝液第二次洗滌固 相支撐物以移除未結合之抗體。可隨後藉由f知手段债測 固體載體上之所結合標記之量。 對於ELISA檢定,特異性結合對可為免疫或非免疫類 型。免疫特異性結合對由抗原-抗體系統或半抗原/抗半抗 原系統例示。可提及螢光素/抗螢光素、二硝基苯基/抗^ 硝基苯基、生物素/抗生物素、肽/抗肽及其類似物二:: 144535.doc 201023852 性結合對之抗體成員可由熟習此項技術者熟知之慣用方法 產生。該等方法包括用特異性結合對之抗原成員免疫動 物。若特異性結合對之抗原成員為非免疫原性,例如半抗 原,則可使其與載體蛋白共價偶合以使其具有免疫原性。 非免疫結合對包括以下系統,其中兩種組份彼此具有天然 親和力但並非抗體。例示性非免疫對為生物素_抗生蛋白 鏈菌素、内在因子-維生素B12、葉酸_葉酸結合蛋白及其 類似物。 可使用多種方法用特異性結合對之成員共價標記抗體。 基於特異性結合對成員之性質、所要鍵聯類型及抗體對各 種結合化學物質之耐受性選擇方法。生物素可藉由使用市 售活性衍生物而與抗體共價偶合。其中一些為生物素_N_ 羥基丁二醯亞胺,其結合蛋白質上之胺基;生物素醯肼, 其經由兔化二亞胺偶合結合碳水化合物部分、搭及叛基; 及生物素順丁烯二醯亞胺及碘乙醯基生物素,其結合硫氫 基。螢光素可使用異硫氰酸螢光素與蛋白質胺基偶合。二 硝基苯基可使用硫酸2,4-二硝基苯酯或2,4-二硝基氟苯與 蛋白質胺基偶合。可使用其他標準結合方法使單株抗體與 特異性結合對之成員偶合,包括二醛、碳化二亞胺偶合、 同官能交聯及雜雙官能交聯。碳化二亞胺偶合為有效使一 種物質上之羧基與另一物質上之胺基偶合之方法。藉由使 用市售試劑1-乙基_3_(二甲基-胺基丙基)_碳化二亞胺 (EDAC)可便於碳化二亞胺偶合。 同雙官能交聯劑(包括雙官能醯亞胺酯及雙官能N_羥基 144535.doc •61 - 201023852 丁二醯亞胺酯)可市售且用於使一種物質上之胺基與另一 物質上之胺基偶合。雜雙官能交聯劑為具有不同官能基之 試劑。最常見市售雜雙官能交聯劑具有胺反應性沐羥基丁 二醯亞胺酯作為一官能基,且硫氫基反應基作為第二官能 基。最常見硫氫基反應基為順丁烯二醯亞胺、二硫化吡啶 基及活性鹵素。官能基之一可為光活性芳基亞氨體其在 照射之後與多種基團反應。 特異性結合對之經可偵測標記之抗體或經可偵測標記之 成員可經由與報導物偶合來製備,該報導物可為放射性同參 位素、酶、螢光物質、化學發光物質或電化學物質。兩種 常用放射性同位素為125;1及4。標準放射性同位素標記程 序包括氣胺T、乳過氧化酶及關於口”之鮑爾通·亨特法 (Bolton-Hunter method)及關於3H之還原甲基化。術語「可 债測標記」係指以-定方式標記分子以使其可易於藉由標 記之固有酶活性或藉由結合另一組份之本身可易於债測的 標記而偵測。 適用於此方法之酶包括(但;^限於)辣根過氧化酶、驗性© 鱗酸酶、β_半乳糖苦酶、葡萄糖氧化酶、螢光素酶(包括螢 火蟲螢光素酶及水母(reniUa)螢光素酶)、β内酿胺酶.、腺 酶、綠色螢光蛋白(GFP)及溶菌酶。#由使用上述二链、· 碳化二亞胺偶合、同雙官能交聯劑及雜雙官能交聯劑使抗 體與特異性結合對之成員偶合可便於酶標記。 所選標記方法取決於酶及欲標記物質上之可用官能基及 兩者對結合條件之耐受性^所用標記方法可為(但不限於) 144535.doc -62- 201023852 目七所用任何習知方法之一’該等方法包括Engvall及 Pearlmarm,Immunochemistry 8, 871 (1971);八^咖挪及Method described in Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). 144535.doc -59- 201023852 Various forms can be used to determine whether a sample contains a protein that binds to a given antibody. Examples of such forms include, but are not limited to, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), western blotting Analysis, immunohistochemistry, and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). Those skilled in the art can readily modify known protein/antibody detection methods for determining whether a tumor cell exhibits a biomarker. In the form, an antibody or antibody fragment or derivative can be used in a method such as Western blotting or immunofluorescence to detect the expressed protein. In such use, the antibody or protein can be immobilized on a solid support. Suitable solid supports or carriers include any of the agents capable of binding an antigen or antibody. Well known supports or carriers include glass, polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene, dextran, symmetry, phosphatase, natural and modified cellulose, polypropylene guanamine, gabbro and magnetite. We should be aware of or can identify other suitable carriers for binding antibodies or antigens, and should be able to modify the support to be suitable for use in the methods of the invention. For example, proteins isolated from tumor cells can be manipulated on polypropylene guanamine gel electrophoresis and immobilized on a solid support such as nitrocellulose. The support can then be washed with a suitable buffer and then treated with a detectably labeled antibody. The solid support can then be washed a second time with buffer to remove unbound antibody. The amount of bound label on the solid support can then be measured by means of a known means. For ELISA assays, specific binding pairs can be of the immunological or non-immune type. Immunospecific binding pairs are exemplified by antigen-antibody systems or hapten/anti-anti-antigen systems. Mention may be made of luciferin/anti-luciferin, dinitrophenyl/anti-nitrophenyl, biotin/avidin, peptide/antipeptide and analogues thereof:: 144535.doc 201023852 Sexual binding pair Antibody members can be produced by conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art. Such methods include immunizing an antigen member with a specific binding pair. If the antigen binding member of the specific binding pair is non-immunogenic, such as a semi-antigen, it can be covalently coupled to the carrier protein to render it immunogenic. Non-immune binding pairs include systems in which the two components have a natural affinity for each other but are not antibodies. Exemplary non-immune pairs are biotin _ streptavidin, intrinsic factor-vitamin B12, folate-folate binding protein and analogs thereof. Antibodies can be covalently labeled with members of a specific binding pair using a variety of methods. The selection method based on the nature of the specific binding pair member, the type of linkage desired, and the tolerance of the antibody to various binding chemicals. Biotin can be covalently coupled to an antibody by using a commercially available reactive derivative. Some of them are biotin_N_hydroxybutanediamine, which binds to an amine group on a protein; biotin, which binds to a carbohydrate moiety via a rabbit diamine, binds to a thiol; and biotin An enediamine imine and an iodoethylidene biotin which bind to a sulfhydryl group. Luciferin can be coupled to a protein amine group using luciferin isothiocyanate. The dinitrophenyl group can be coupled with a protein amine group using 2,4-dinitrophenyl sulfate or 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene. Other standard binding methods can be used to couple individual antibodies to specific binding partners, including dialdehydes, carbodiimide couplings, homofunctional crosslinking, and heterobifunctional crosslinking. The carbodiimide coupling is a method effective for coupling a carboxyl group of one substance to an amine group of another substance. The carbodiimide coupling can be facilitated by using the commercially available reagent 1-ethyl-3-(dimethyl-aminopropyl)-carbodiimide (EDAC). Homobifunctional crosslinkers (including difunctional quinones and difunctional N_hydroxy 144535.doc • 61 - 201023852 dimethyl imidate) are commercially available and are used to make an amine on one substance with another Substance amino group coupling. Heterobifunctional crosslinkers are reagents having different functional groups. The most common commercially available heterobifunctional crosslinkers have an amine reactive hydroxy hydroxy dimethyl imidate as a monofunctional group and a sulfhydryl reactive group as a second functional group. The most common sulfhydryl reactive groups are maleimide, pyridyl disulfide and reactive halogen. One of the functional groups may be a photoactive aryl carbite which reacts with various groups after irradiation. An antibody that specifically binds to a detectably labeled antibody or a detectably labeled member can be prepared by coupling with a reporter, which can be a radioactive synonym, an enzyme, a fluorescent substance, a chemiluminescent substance, or Electrochemical substance. The two commonly used radioisotopes are 125; 1 and 4. Standard radioisotope labeling procedures include the gas amine T, lactoperoxidase and the Bolton-Hunter method for the mouth and the reductive methylation for 3H. The term "debt-testing marker" refers to The molecule is labeled in a definite manner such that it can be readily detected by the intrinsic enzymatic activity of the label or by binding to another label which is readily detectable by the other component. Enzymes suitable for use in this method include (but; limited to) horseradish peroxidase, avidin luciferase, beta-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, luciferase (including firefly luciferase and jellyfish) (reniUa) luciferase), beta-lactamase, glandular enzyme, green fluorescent protein (GFP) and lysozyme. The coupling of an antibody to a member of a specific binding pair by using the above-mentioned two-chain, carbodiimide coupling, homobifunctional crosslinking agent and heterobifunctional crosslinking agent facilitates enzymatic labeling. The selected labeling method depends on the enzyme and the available functional groups on the substance to be labeled and the tolerance of the two to the binding conditions. The labeling method used may be (but not limited to) 144535.doc -62- 201023852. One of the methods 'These methods include Engvall and Pearlarm, Immunochemistry 8, 871 (1971);
Temynck’ Immunochemistry 8, 1175 (1975) ; Ishikawa等人, J. Immunoassay 4(3)··209·327 (1983);及 Jabl〇nski,AnaL Biochem. 148:199 (1985)所述之方法。 標記可藉由間接法、諸如使用間隔基或特異性結合對之 其他成員實現。其一實例為用未標記抗生蛋白鏈菌素及經 生物素標記酶偵測經生物素標記抗體,其中依次或同時添 加抗生蛋白鍵菌素及經生物素標記酶。因此,用於偵測之 抗體可經報導物直接可偵測標記或經特異性結合對之第一 成員間接可偵測標記。若抗體與特異性結合對之第一成員 偶合,則藉由使特異性結合複合物之抗體-第一成員與結 合對之上述經標記或未標記第二成員反應來偵測。 此外’未標記偵測抗體可藉由使未標記抗體與對該未標 s己抗體具有特異性之經標記抗體反應而偵測。在此情況 下’如上所用之「可偵測標記」意謂含有抗原決定基,對 未標記抗體具有特異性之抗體可藉由該抗原決定基結合。 該抗抗體可使用任何上述方法直接或間接標記。舉例而 5 ’抗抗體可與生物素偶合,而生物素藉由與上述抗生蛋 白鏈菌素-辣根過氧化酶系統反應偵測。因此,在一實施 例中’使用生物素。該經生物素標記抗體又與抗生蛋白鏈 菌素-辣根過氧化酶複合物反應。鄰苯二胺、4_氯_萘酚、 四甲基聯苯胺(TMB)、ABTS、BTS或ASA可用於產色偵 測。 144535.doc -63- 201023852 在一免疫檢定形式中,使用向前夾心檢定(forward sandwich assay) ’其中捕捉試劑已使用習知技術固定在支 撐物表面上。檢定中所用合適支撐物包括合成聚合物支撐 物’諸如聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯、經取代聚苯乙烯(例如胺化 或羧化聚苯乙烯)、聚丙烯醯胺、聚醯胺、聚氣乙烯、玻 璃珠、瓊脂糖或硝基纖維素。 亦可使用上述檢定中兩種或兩種以上之組合評定一或多 種生物標記。 可使用任何合適統計分析方法統計處理由測試及/或對 照樣品獲得之值以使用此項技術中確立基線含量值之標準 方法確立合適基線含量。如例如美國專利申請案第 11/781,946號中進一步所述,可易於判定統計顯著性。僅 舉例而言’在一實施例中’統計顯著性為至少p<0.〇5。 治療增生性疾病 本文描述治療罹患增生性疾病之患者的化合物、醫藥組 合物及方法,該治療係藉由單獨投與或與一或多種其他活 性成份(例如抗癌劑)及/或治療療法(例如手術)組合投與有 效量之本文所述兒茶酚丁烷(亦即為雙重激酶抑制劑之單 一化合物)達成。 本申請案大體上係關於使用本文所述之兒茶酚丁烷(或 其衍生物)治療疾病之方法。舉例而言,其係關於兒茶酚 丁烷NDGA或其鹽、溶劑合物、異構體、互變異構體、代 謝物、類似物或前藥在藉由抑制IGF-1R及EGFR治療增生 性疾病中之用途。 144535.doc •64· 201023852 本文提供治療疾病之方法,其包含投與有效量之能夠抑 制IGF-1R與EGFR之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物,其中 該醫藥化合物為本文所述之兒茶酚丁烷(亦即一種為雙重 激酶抑制劑之化合物)。 • 本文亦提供治療已對一或多種EGF-R抑制劑或IGF- 1R抑 • 制劑產生抗性之個體疾病的方法,其包含投與有效量之能 夠抑制IGF-1R與EGFR之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物, 其中該醫藥化合物為兒茶酚丁烷(亦即雙重激酶抑制劑)。 ® 在一實施例中,該疾病為增生性疾病。 增生性疾病包括(但不限於)惡性、前惡性或良性癌症。 欲使用所揭示方法治療之癌症包括例如實體腫瘤、淋巴瘤 或白企病。在一個實施例中,癌症可為例如腦腫瘤(例如 惡性、前惡性或良性腦腫瘤,諸如神經膠母細胞瘤、星形 細胞瘤、腦脊髓膜瘤、神經管母細胞瘤或外周神經外胚層 贐瘤)、癌瘤(例如膽囊癌、支氣管癌、基底細胞癌(basai φ cel1 carcinoma)、腺癌、鱗狀細胞癌、小細胞癌、大細胞 未分化癌、腺瘤、囊腺瘤等)、基底細胞瘤(basali〇rna)、畸 胎瘤、視網膜母細胞瘤、脈絡膜黑色素瘤、精原細胞瘤、 . 肉瘤(例如尤文氏肉瘤、橫紋肌肉瘤、顱咽管瘤、骨肉 瘤、軟骨肉瘤、肌肉瘤、脂肪肉瘤、纖維肉瘤、平滑肌肉 瘤、阿斯金氏腫瘤、淋巴肉瘤、神經肉瘤、卡波西氏肉 瘤、皮膚纖維肉瘤、金管肉瘤等)、漿細胞瘤、頭頸腫瘤 (例如口、喉、鼻咽、食道等)、肝腫瘤、腎腫瘤、腎細胞 踵瘤、鱗狀細胞癌、子宮腫瘤、骨腫瘤、前列腺腫瘤、乳 144535.doc -65- 201023852 房腫瘤(包括(但不限於)Her2-及/或ER-及/或PR-腫瘤之乳房 腫瘤)、膀胱腫瘤、胰腺腫瘤、子宮内膜腫瘤、鱗狀細胞 癌、胃腫瘤、神經膠·質瘤、結腸直腸腫瘤、睾丸腫瘤、結 腸腫瘤、直腸腫瘤、卵巢腫瘤、子宮頸腫瘤、眼腫瘤、中 樞神經系統腫瘤(例如原發性CNS淋巴瘤、脊軸腫瘤、腦幹 神經膠質瘤、垂體腺瘤等)、甲狀腺腫瘤、肺腫瘤(例如非 小細胞肺癌(NSCLC)或小細胞肺癌)、白血病或淋巴瘤(例 如皮膚T細胞淋巴瘤(CTCL)、非皮膚外周T細胞淋巴瘤、 與親人類T細胞淋巴病毒(HTLV)有關之淋巴瘤(諸如成人τ 細胞白血病/淋巴瘤(ATLL))、Β細胞淋巴瘤、急性非淋巴 細胞性白血病、慢性淋巴細胞性白血病、慢性骨趙性白血 病、急性骨髓性白血病、淋巴瘤、及多發性骨髓瘤、非霍 奇金淋巴瘤、急性淋巴細胞性白血病(ALL)、慢性淋巴細 胞性白血病(CLL)、霍奇金氏淋巴瘤、伯基特淋巴瘤、成 人T細胞白血病/淋巴瘤、急性骨髓性白企病(AML)、慢性 骨髓性白血病(CML)或肝細胞癌等)、多發性骨髓瘤、皮膚 腫瘤(例如基底細胞癌(basal cell carcinomas)、鱗狀細胞 癌、黑色素瘤(諸如惡性黑色素瘤、皮膚黑色素瘤或眼内 黑色素瘤)、隆凸性皮膚纖維肉瘤、梅克爾細胞癌或卡波 西氏肉瘤)、婦科腫瘤(例如子宮肉瘤、輸卵管癌、子宮内 膜癌、子宮頸癌、陰道癌、陰門癌等)、霍奇金氏症、小 腸癌、内分泌系統癌(例如曱狀腺、副甲狀腺或腎上腺癌 等)、間皮瘤、尿道癌、陰莖癌、戈林氏症候群有關之腫 瘤(例如神經管母細胞瘤、腦脊髓膜瘤等)、未知來源之腫 144535.doc -66 - 201023852 瘤,或其中任一者之轉移。 在另一實施例中,癌症為肺腫瘤、乳房腫瘤、結腸腫 瘤、結腸直腸腫瘤、頭頸腫瘤、肝腫瘤、前列腺腫瘤、神 經膠質瘤、多形性神經膠母細胞瘤、卵巢腫瘤或甲狀腺腫 瘤,或其中任一者之轉移。 在另一實施例中,癌症為子宮内膜腫瘤、膀胱腫瘤、多 發性骨髓瘤、黑色素瘤、腎腫瘤、肉瘤、子宮頸腫瘤、白 血病及神經母細胞瘤。 本文所提供之腫瘤可為原發性腫瘤或轉移瘤。癌症亦可 為基於上皮之癌症。在一個實施例中’腫瘤細胞可表現 EGFR。在另一實施例中,腫瘤細胞可表現IGF·丨R。在另 一實施例中’腫瘤細胞可表現EGFR與IGF-1R。 本文提供治療惡性、前惡性或良性癌症之方法,其包含 才又與有效量之能夠抑制IGF-1R及EGFR之胳胺酸激酶活性 的醫藥化合物’其中該醫藥化合物為兒茶酚丁烷(亦即為 雙重激酶抑制劑之單一化合物)。 本文提供選擇個體以用能夠抑制IGF-1R與EGF-R之酪胺 酸激酶活性之兒茶酚丁烧治療的方法,其中該個體經鑑別 所具有的IGF- 1R、EGFR或兩者之含量與對照組含量相比 為基線含量或基線含量之2倍。 在一態樣中’個體先前已用EGFR抑制劑或IGF-1R抑制 劑治療。 在另一態樣中,個體可能對用至少一種酪胺酸激酶抑制 劑(例如僅EGFR抑制劑或僅IGF-1R抑制劑或IGF-1R及 144535.doc -67- 201023852 EGFR抑制劑)治療具有抗性。 本文提供使上皮來源之癌細胞降解、抑制該等癌細胞生 長或殺滅該等癌細胞的方法,其包含使該等細胞與使癌細 胞降解、抑制該等癌細胞生長或殺滅該等癌細胞之量的 茶酚丁烷接觸。 本文k供抑制個體之腫瘤尺寸增加、減小個體之腫瘤尺 寸、減少個體之腫瘤增生或預防個體之腫瘤增生的方法, 其包含向該個體投與有效量之本文所述兒茶酚丁烷以抑制 腫瘤尺寸增加、減小腫瘤尺寸、減少腫瘤增生或預防腫瘤 增生。在一些情況下,治療腫瘤包括使症狀停滯,亦即藉 由治療患者,使癌症不會惡化且延長患者之存活。 可評定患者一或多個多時間點之症狀,該等時間點包括 治療療法之前、期間及之後。治療可改善個體病狀,且可 藉由判定一或多種以下事件是否發生來評定:腫瘤尺寸減 小、腫瘤細胞增殖減少、細胞數目減少、新血管生成減少 及/或細胞〉周亡增加。發生一或多者在一些情況下可能導 致部分或全部去除癌症及延長患者之存活。或者’對於癌 症晚期,治療可能使疾病停滯,產生較佳生活品質及/或 延長存活。評定治療之其他方法為此項技術中已知且涵蓋 於本文中。 吾人應瞭解可使用本文所述之分類及分級系統評定本文 所述之癌症療法,另外,其他分級方案為此項技術中已知 且可與本文所述方法結合使用。僅舉例而言,惡性腫瘤之 TNM分類可用作癌症分級系統以描述患者體内之癌症程 144535.doc -68 - 201023852 度。T描述腫瘤之尺寸及其是否已侵襲附近組織,n描述 所涉及之區域淋巴結’且Μ描述遠端癌轉移。TNM由國際 癌症防治聯合會(International Union Against Cancer, UICC)提供且被美國癌症聯合委員會(American JointTemynck' Immunochemistry 8, 1175 (1975); Ishikawa et al, J. Immunoassay 4(3) 209.327 (1983); and Jabl〇nski, AnaL Biochem. 148:199 (1985). Labeling can be achieved by indirect methods, such as using spacers or other members of a specific binding pair. An example of this is the detection of biotinylated antibodies with unlabeled streptavidin and biotinylated enzymes, wherein antibiotics and biotinylated enzymes are added sequentially or simultaneously. Thus, the antibody used for detection can be directly detectable by a reporter or indirectly detectable by a first member of a specific binding pair. If the antibody is coupled to the first member of the specific binding pair, the antibody-first member of the specific binding complex is detected by reacting the binding member with the labeled or unlabeled second member. Furthermore, an unlabeled detection antibody can be detected by reacting an unlabeled antibody with a labeled antibody specific for the unlabeled s-antibody. In this case, "detectable label" as used above means an antigenic determinant, and an antibody specific for an unlabeled antibody can be bound by the epitope. The anti-antibody can be labeled directly or indirectly using any of the methods described above. For example, the 5' anti-antibody can be coupled to biotin, and biotin is detected by reaction with the above-described anti-streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase system. Thus, in one embodiment, biotin is used. The biotinylated antibody is then reacted with a streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase complex. O-phenylenediamine, 4-chloro-naphthol, tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ABTS, BTS or ASA can be used for color detection. 144535.doc -63- 201023852 In an immunoassay format, a forward sandwich assay is used where the capture reagent has been immobilized on the surface of the support using conventional techniques. Suitable supports for use in the assay include synthetic polymeric supports such as polypropylene, polystyrene, substituted polystyrene (eg aminated or carboxylated polystyrene), polyacrylamide, polyamine, polystyrene , glass beads, agarose or nitrocellulose. One or more biomarkers may also be assessed using a combination of two or more of the above assays. The values obtained from the test and/or control samples can be statistically processed using any suitable statistical analysis method to establish a suitable baseline content using standard methods for establishing baseline content values in the art. Statistical significance can be readily determined as described further in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/781,946. By way of example only, 'in one embodiment' the statistical significance is at least p < 0. Therapeutic Proliferative Diseases Described herein are compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for treating a patient suffering from a proliferative disorder by administering alone or with one or more other active ingredients (eg, an anticancer agent) and/or therapeutic therapy ( For example, surgery) is achieved by administering an effective amount of a catechol butane described herein (i.e., a single compound of a dual kinase inhibitor). This application is generally directed to a method of treating a disease using catechol butane (or a derivative thereof) as described herein. For example, it relates to catechol butane NDGA or a salt, solvate, isomer, tautomer, metabolite, analog or prodrug thereof for treating proliferative by inhibiting IGF-1R and EGFR Use in disease. 144535.doc • 64· 201023852 Provided herein is a method of treating a disease comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical compound capable of inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase of IGF-1R and EGFR, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is a catechol described herein Butane (i.e., a compound that is a dual kinase inhibitor). • Also provided herein is a method of treating an individual's disease that has developed resistance to one or more EGF-R inhibitors or IGF-1R inhibitors, comprising administering an effective amount of a tyrosine kinase capable of inhibiting IGF-1R and EGFR An active pharmaceutical compound wherein the pharmaceutical compound is catechol butane (i.e., a dual kinase inhibitor). ® In one embodiment, the disease is a proliferative disease. Proliferative diseases include, but are not limited to, malignant, premalignant or benign cancers. Cancers to be treated using the disclosed methods include, for example, solid tumors, lymphomas, or white disease. In one embodiment, the cancer can be, for example, a brain tumor (eg, a malignant, pre-malignant or benign brain tumor such as a glioblastoma, astrocytoma, a meningomoma, a neuroblastoma or a peripheral neuroectoderm) Tumors, carcinomas (eg gallbladder, bronchial, basal cell carcinoma (basai φ cel1 carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, large cell undifferentiated carcinoma, adenoma, cystadenoma, etc.) Basal cell tumor (basali〇rna), teratoma, retinoblastoma, choroidal melanoma, seminoma, sarcoma (eg Ewing's sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, craniopharyngioma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Muscle, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, Askin's tumor, lymphosarcoma, neurosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, cutaneous fibrosarcoma, vascular sarcoma, etc.), plasmacytoma, head and neck tumors (eg mouth, throat) , nasopharyngeal, esophageal, etc.), liver tumor, kidney tumor, renal cell tumor, squamous cell carcinoma, uterine tumor, bone tumor, prostate tumor, milk 144535.doc -65- 201023852 Tumors (including but not limited to, Her2- and/or ER- and/or PR-tumor breast tumors), bladder tumors, pancreatic tumors, endometrial tumors, squamous cell carcinomas, gastric tumors, glial tumors , colorectal tumor, testicular tumor, colon tumor, rectal tumor, ovarian tumor, cervical tumor, eye tumor, central nervous system tumor (such as primary CNS lymphoma, spinal tumor, brain stem glioma, pituitary adenoma Etiology, thyroid neoplasms, lung tumors (eg non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) or small cell lung cancer), leukemia or lymphoma (eg cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), non-skin peripheral T-cell lymphoma, with pro-human T Lymphoma associated with cellular lymphovirus (HTLV) (such as adult tau cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATLL)), sputum cell lymphoma, acute non-lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic osteomyelitis, acute bone marrow Leukemia, lymphoma, and multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), chronic lymphocytic leukemia ( CLL), Hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma, adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma, acute myeloid white disease (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) or hepatocellular carcinoma, etc., multiple Myeloma, skin tumors (eg basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma (such as malignant melanoma, cutaneous melanoma or intraocular melanoma), protuberous cutaneous fibrosarcoma, Merkel cell carcinoma Or Kaposi's sarcoma, gynecological tumors (such as uterine sarcoma, fallopian tube cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal cancer, vaginal cancer, etc.), Hodgkin's disease, small intestine cancer, endocrine system cancer (such as 曱Tumors, mesothelioma, adrenal cancer, etc., mesothelioma, urethral cancer, penile cancer, Golling's syndrome-related tumors (eg, neuroblastoma, meningococcal tumor, etc.), swelling of unknown origin 144535.doc -66 - 201023852 Tumor, or any of them. In another embodiment, the cancer is a lung tumor, a breast tumor, a colon tumor, a colorectal tumor, a head and neck tumor, a liver tumor, a prostate tumor, a glioma, a glioblastoma multiforme, an ovarian tumor, or a thyroid tumor, Or the transfer of either. In another embodiment, the cancer is an endometrial tumor, a bladder tumor, multiple myeloma, melanoma, renal tumor, sarcoma, cervical tumor, leukemia, and neuroblastoma. The tumor provided herein can be a primary tumor or a metastatic tumor. Cancer can also be epithelial-based cancer. In one embodiment, the tumor cells can exhibit EGFR. In another embodiment, the tumor cells can exhibit IGF·丨R. In another embodiment, the tumor cells can exhibit EGFR and IGF-1R. Provided herein are methods of treating malignant, pre-malignant or benign cancer comprising an effective amount of a pharmaceutical compound capable of inhibiting the activity of phosphatase of IGF-IR and EGFR, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is catechol butane (also It is a single compound of a dual kinase inhibitor). Provided herein are methods of selecting an individual for treatment with catechol butyl ketone capable of inhibiting tyrosine kinase activity of IGF-IR and EGF-R, wherein the individual is identified as having IGF-1R, EGFR, or both. The control group content was twice the baseline content or baseline content. In one aspect, an individual has previously been treated with an EGFR inhibitor or an IGF-IR inhibitor. In another aspect, the individual may be treated with at least one tyrosine kinase inhibitor (eg, only an EGFR inhibitor or only an IGF-IR inhibitor or an IGF-IRR and 144535.doc-67-201023852 EGFR inhibitor) Resistance. Provided herein are methods for degrading cancer cells of epithelial origin, inhibiting the growth of such cancer cells, or killing such cancer cells, comprising causing such cells to degrade, inhibit the growth of such cancer cells, or kill such cancers The amount of cells is contacted with the tea phenol butane. A method for inhibiting an increase in tumor size in an individual, reducing tumor size in an individual, reducing tumor proliferation in an individual, or preventing tumor proliferation in an individual, comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a catechol butane described herein Inhibit tumor size increase, reduce tumor size, reduce tumor proliferation or prevent tumor proliferation. In some cases, treating a tumor involves arresting the symptoms, i.e., by treating the patient, so that the cancer does not deteriorate and prolongs the patient's survival. Symptoms of one or more multiple time points of the patient may be assessed, including before, during, and after treatment therapy. Treatment may improve the condition of the individual and may be assessed by determining whether one or more of the following events have occurred: reduced tumor size, decreased tumor cell proliferation, decreased cell number, decreased neovascularization, and/or increased cell death. The occurrence of one or more may lead to partial or total removal of cancer and prolong the survival of the patient in some cases. Or, 'In the late stages of cancer, treatment may arrest the disease, produce a better quality of life and/or prolong survival. Other methods of assessing treatment are known in the art and are encompassed herein. It is to be understood that the cancer therapies described herein can be assessed using the classification and grading systems described herein. Additionally, other fractionation protocols are known in the art and can be used in conjunction with the methods described herein. By way of example only, the TNM classification of malignant tumors can be used as a cancer grading system to describe the cancer course in a patient 144535.doc -68 - 201023852 degrees. T describes the size of the tumor and whether it has invaded nearby tissue, n describes the regional lymph nodes involved and describes the distant cancer metastasis. TNM is provided by the International Union Against Cancer (UICC) and is affiliated with the American Joint Committee on Cancer (American Joint)
Committee on Cancer,A JCC)及國際婦產科聯盟(international Federation of Gynecology and Obstetrics,FIGO)使用。吾 人應瞭解並非所有腫瘤均具有TNM分類,諸如腦腫瘤。一 般而言,T(a為(0) 1 -4)量測為原發性腫瘤之尺寸或浸潤 (direct)程度。N(0-3)係指擴散至區域淋巴結之程度·· N〇意 謂區域淋巴結無腫瘤細胞,N1意謂腫瘤細胞擴散至最接近 或少數區域淋巴結’ N2意謂腫瘤細胞擴散至N1與N3之間 的程度;N3意謂腫瘤細胞擴散至最遠端或諸多區域淋巴 結。Μ(〇/ι)係指癌轉移之存在:M〇意謂不存在遠端癌轉 移’ Ml意謂遠端器官(區域淋巴結以外)已發生癌轉移。亦 可坪疋其他參數。G( 1 -4)係指癌細胞級別(亦即若其看上去 類似於正常細胞,則其為低等級,且若其看上去分化不 良’則為高等級)。R(0/1/2)係指手術之澈底性 (C〇mpleteness)(亦即切除邊界不含癌細胞或含癌細胞)。 L(〇/l)係指侵入淋巴管中^ v(〇/1)係指侵入靜脈中。c(1_4) 係指v可靠性(certainty)(品質(quality))之調節參數(m〇difier) 〇 乳癌 在一態樣中,本文提供治療乳癌之方法,乳癌諸如乳腺 導管組織中之乳腺管癌、為Her2-及/或ER-及/或PR·癌之乳 癌0 144535.doc •69- 201023852 存在數種可由本文所述方法治療之乳癌。小葉原位癌及 乳腺管原位癌分別為已在小葉及導管中產生但尚未擴散至 乳房周圍之脂肪組織或身體其他區域的乳癌。浸潤(或侵 襲)性小葉及乳腺管癌為已分別在小葉及導管中產生且已 擴散至乳房之脂肪組織及/或身體其他部分的癌症。將受 益於藉由該等方法治療的其他乳癌為髓質癌、膠質性癌、 管狀癌及發炎性乳癌。 在一實施例中’乳癌根據TNM系統分級。在臨床試驗與 臨床實踐中’預後與分級結果密切相關,且亦利用分級將 患者分配至各療法中。 簡言之,分級資訊如下: τχ :不能評定原發性腫瘤。T0 :無腫瘤證據。Tis :原 位癌’無侵襲;T1 :肢瘤為2 cm或小於2 cm ; T2 :腫瘤大 於2 cm,但不大於5 cm ; T3 :腫瘤大於5 cm ; T4 :生長至 胸壁或皮膚中之任何尺寸之腫瘤,或發炎性乳癌。 NX :不能評定附近淋巴結。NO :癌症尚未擴散至區域 淋巴結^ N1 :癌症已擴散至1至3個腋窩淋巴結或1個内乳 淋巴結。N2 :癌症已擴散至4至9個腋窩淋巴結或多個内乳 淋巴結。N3 :以下之一適用:癌症已擴散至1〇個或10個以 上腋窩淋巴結’或癌症已擴散至鎖骨下之淋巴結’或癌症 已擴散至鎖骨上之淋巴結,或癌症涉及腋窩淋巴結且具有 增大之内乳淋巴結,或癌症涉及4個或4個以上腋窩淋巴 結’且前哨淋巴結活檢中於内乳淋巴結中發現很少量的癌 症0 144535.doc •70· 201023852 MX :不能評定遠端擴散(癌轉移)之存在。M〇 :無遠端 擴散。Ml:已擴散至遠端器官(不包括鎖骨上淋巴結)。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向乳癌患者提供有利作 用。 卵巢癌 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療卵巢癌(包括上皮卵巢腫 瘤)之方法。該方法較佳治療選自以下之卵巢癌:卵巢中 之腺癌及已自印巢遷移至腹腔之腺癌。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向卵巢癌患者提供有利作 用。 子宮頸癌 在另一態樣中,該方法治療子宮頸癌,較佳子宮頸上皮 中之腺癌。存在此癌症之兩種主要類型:鱗狀細胞癌及腺 癌。前者構成全部子宮頸癌之約8〇_9〇%,且在外子宮頸 (最接近陰道之部分)與子宮頸内膜(最接近子宮之部分)接 合處中產生。後者在|宮頸内膜之產生黏液之腺細胞中產 生。—些子宮頸癌具有此兩者之特徵且稱作腺鱗癌或混合 型癌。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶盼丁⑮或投與兒茶紛 丁垸與-或多#抗癌’療法之組合向子宮頸癌患者提供有利 作用。 前列腺癌 144535.doc •71· 201023852 在另-態樣巾,本文提供治療前列腺癌之方法,較佳為 選自以下之前列腺癌:腺癌或已遷移至骨中之腺癌。前列 腺癌在男性之圍繞尿道之第-部分的前列腺器官中產生。 前列腺具有數種細胞類型,但腫瘤之99%為在負責產生精 液之腺細胞中產生的腺癌。 存在兩種常用方案將前列腺癌分級。最常見之方案為 TNM系統,其評㈣瘤之尺寸' 所涉及淋巴結之程度及任 何癌轉移(遠端擴散)。如同許多其他癌症一 分成四一㈣使用之另一方案為惠特摩通= 分級(Whitmore-Jewett stage)。 簡言之’第I期疾病為在出於其他原因移除前列腺組織 時在-小部分樣品中㈣發現的癌症,諸如良性前列腺肥 大,且細胞極其類似正常細胞且檢查手指感覺腺體正常。 在第II期中,涉及較多前列腺,且腺體内可感覺到腫塊。 在第III期中,腫瘤已經由前列腺囊擴散且可在腺體表面上 感覺到腫塊。在第IV期疾病中,腫瘤已侵襲附近結構,或 已擴散至淋巴結或其他器官。分級(grading)係基於來自活 檢之細胞内容物及組織架構(Gleason),其可估算疾病之破 壞潛力及最終預後。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向前列腺癌患者提供有利 作用。 叛腺癌 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療胰腺癌之方法,較佳為選 144535.doc -72· 201023852 自以下之胰腺癌:胰管組織中之上皮樣癌及胰管中之腺 癌。最常見胰腺癌類型為腺癌,其在胰管之内層中發生。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向胰腺癌患者提供有利作 • 用。 » 膀脱癌 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療膀胱癌之方法,較佳為膀 胱中之移行細胞癌。膀胱癌為尿道上皮癌(移行細胞癌)或 》膀胱内層之尿道上皮細胞中之腫瘤。膀胱癌之其餘病例 為鱗狀細胞癌、腺癌及小細胞癌。視尿道上皮癌為非侵襲 性或侵襲性及為乳頭狀或平坦型而定,存在數種尿道上皮 癌亞型。非侵襲性腫瘤處於膀胱最内層_尿道上皮中,而 侵襲性腫瘤已自尿道上皮擴散至膀胱主要肌肉壁之較深 層。如襲性乳頭狀尿道上皮癌為細長指狀突出物,其向膀 胱中二中、分又,且亦向外生長至膀耽壁中。非侵襲性乳 φ 頭狀尿道上皮腫瘤朝向膀胱中心生長。非侵襲性平坦型尿 道上皮腫瘤(亦稱作平坦型原位癌)侷限於最接近膀胱内部 中空部分之細胞層,而侵襲性平坦型尿道上皮癌侵襲膀胱 之較深層’尤其肌肉層。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 烧/、或多種抗癌療法之組合向膀胱癌患者提供有利作 用。 急性骨髓性白血病 在另—態樣中,本文提供治療急性骨髓性白血病(aml) 144535.doc •73- 201023852 之方法’較佳為周邊血液中之急性前髓細胞性白血病。 AML始於骨髄中,但可擴散至身體之其他部分,包括淋巴 結、肝臟、脾臟、中樞神經系統及睪丸。急性意謂其發展 迅速且若在數月内不治療則可能致命。AML之特徵在於不 成熟之骨髓細胞,通常粒細胞或單核細胞,其持續再生且 堆積。 存在亦可藉由本文所提供方法治療之其他類型白血病, 包括(但不限於)急性淋巴細胞性白血病、急性骨髓性白血 病、慢性淋巴細胞性白血病、慢性骨髄性白血病、毛細胞 白血病、脊髓發育不良及脊髓增生病症。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向白血病患者提供有利作 用。 肺癌 在另-態樣中’本文提供治療肺癌之方法。最常見肺癌 類型為非小細胞肺癌(NSCLC),纟佔肺癌之約80_85%,且 分為鱗狀細胞癌、腺癌及大細胞未分化癌。小細胞肺癌佔 肺癌之15_20%。 肺癌分級為癌症自其初始來源擴散之程度的評定。其為 影響肺癌之預後及潛在療法的重要因素、細胞肺癌分 為叫「-個A」;最佳預後)至IV(「四」:最差預後)期。若 小細胞肺癌侷限於胸部之一半且在單一放射療法區域範圍 内’則其歸類為偈限期(limited stage);否則其歸類為擴散 期(extensive stage) ° 144535.doc •74- 201023852 肺癌可使用EUS(内窺鏡超音波)或TNM進行分級。分級 為評定患有非小細胞肺癌之患者的一部分。此等患者進行 分級作為考慮預後及療法之過程的一部分。AJCC推薦 ΤΝΜ分級繼而進一步分組。 原發性腫瘤(Τ): ΤΧ :不能評定原發性腫瘤,或唾液中或支氣管肺泡灌 洗時存在惡性細胞,但成像或支氣管鏡檢時不可見;Committee on Cancer, A JCC) and the International Federation of Gynecology and Obstetrics (FIGO). We should understand that not all tumors have a TNM classification, such as a brain tumor. In general, T (a is (0) 1-4) is measured as the size or directness of the primary tumor. N(0-3) refers to the extent of diffusion to regional lymph nodes. · N〇 means that there are no tumor cells in regional lymph nodes. N1 means that tumor cells spread to the closest or a few regional lymph nodes. N2 means that tumor cells spread to N1 and N3. The degree of N3 means that the tumor cells spread to the most distal or many regional lymph nodes. Μ(〇/ι) refers to the presence of cancer metastasis: M〇 means that there is no distant cancer metastasis' Ml means that the distant organ (beyond the regional lymph node) has metastasized. Other parameters can also be applied. G(1 -4) refers to the level of cancer cells (i.e., if it looks similar to normal cells, it is a low grade, and if it appears to be poorly differentiated, it is a high grade). R (0/1/2) refers to the C〇mpleteness of the operation (ie, the resected border contains no cancer cells or cancer cells). L (〇 / l) refers to invading the lymphatics ^ v (〇 / 1) refers to the invasion of the vein. c(1_4) refers to the regulation parameter (m〇difier) of v-certainty (quality). In one aspect, this article provides a method for treating breast cancer, such as breast tube in breast duct tissue. Cancer, breast cancer of Her2- and/or ER- and/or PR·cancer 0 144535.doc • 69- 201023852 There are several breast cancers that can be treated by the methods described herein. Lobular carcinoma in situ and ductal carcinoma in situ are breast cancers that have been produced in the lobules and ducts but have not spread to the adipose tissue around the breast or other areas of the body. Infiltrating (or invasive) lobular and ductal carcinoma are cancers that have been produced in the lobule and duct, respectively, and have spread to the adipose tissue of the breast and/or other parts of the body. Other breast cancers that would benefit from treatment by such methods are medullary carcinoma, glial cancer, tubular cancer, and inflammatory breast cancer. In one embodiment, 'breast cancer is graded according to the TNM system. The prognosis and grading results are closely related in clinical trials and clinical practice, and patients are also assigned to each therapy using grading. In short, the classification information is as follows: τχ: The primary tumor cannot be assessed. T0: No evidence of cancer. Tis: carcinoma in situ 'no invasion; T1: 2 cm or less than limbs; T2: tumors larger than 2 cm but not more than 5 cm; T3: tumors larger than 5 cm; T4: growing to the chest wall or skin A tumor of any size, or an inflammatory breast cancer. NX: Cannot assess nearby lymph nodes. NO: The cancer has not spread to the area. Lymph nodes ^ N1 : The cancer has spread to 1 to 3 axillary lymph nodes or 1 internal milk lymph node. N2: Cancer has spread to 4 to 9 axillary lymph nodes or multiple internal milk lymph nodes. N3: One of the following applies: cancer has spread to 1 or more axillary lymph nodes 'or cancer has spread to the subclavian lymph nodes' or lymph nodes that have spread to the clavicle, or cancer involves axillary lymph nodes and has an increase Intramalignant lymph nodes, or cancer involving 4 or more axillary lymph nodes' and a small amount of cancer found in the internal mammary lymph nodes in sentinel lymph node biopsy. 0 144535.doc •70· 201023852 MX: Cannot assess distal spread (cancer The existence of transfer). M〇: no distal diffusion. Ml: has spread to the distal organs (excluding the supraclavicular lymph nodes). The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to breast cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Ovarian Cancer In another aspect, a method of treating ovarian cancer, including an epithelial ovarian tumor, is provided herein. Preferably, the method treats ovarian cancer selected from the group consisting of adenocarcinoma in the ovary and adenocarcinoma that has migrated from the nest to the abdominal cavity. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to ovarian cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Cervical cancer In another aspect, the method treats cervical cancer, preferably adenocarcinoma in the cervical epithelium. There are two main types of this cancer: squamous cell carcinoma and adenocarcinoma. The former constitutes approximately 8〇_9〇% of all cervical cancer and is produced in the junction of the outer cervix (the part closest to the vagina) and the endocervix (the part closest to the uterus). The latter is produced in the glandular cells that produce mucus in the endocervix. Some cervical cancers have the characteristics of both and are called adenosquamous carcinoma or mixed type cancer. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to cervical cancer patients by administering a combination of catechins 15 or administering catechins and/or anti-cancer therapies. Prostate Cancer 144535.doc • 71· 201023852 In another form, a method of treating prostate cancer is provided herein, preferably a prostate cancer selected from the group consisting of adenocarcinoma or adenocarcinoma that has migrated to the bone. Prostate cancer is produced in the prostate organ of the male-part of the urethra. The prostate has several cell types, but 99% of the tumors are adenocarcinomas produced in the glandular cells responsible for producing semen. There are two common protocols for grading prostate cancer. The most common protocol is the TNM system, which evaluates the extent of the lymph nodes involved in the size of the tumor and any cancer metastasis (distal spread). Like many other cancers, another option for use in four (four) is the Whitmore-Jewett stage. Briefly, the 'stage I disease is a cancer found in a small portion of the sample (4) when the prostate tissue is removed for other reasons, such as benign prostatic hypertrophy, and the cells are extremely similar to normal cells and the finger feels normal gland. In the second phase, more prostate is involved, and a mass can be felt in the gland. In stage III, the tumor has spread from the prostatic sac and a mass can be felt on the surface of the gland. In stage IV disease, the tumor has invaded nearby structures or has spread to lymph nodes or other organs. Grading is based on the cellular contents and tissue architecture (Gleason) from the biopsy, which estimates the disease's rupture potential and the final prognosis. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to prostate cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for treating pancreatic cancer, preferably 144535.doc -72· 201023852 from the following pancreatic cancer: epithelioid carcinoma in the pancreatic duct tissue and adenocarcinoma in the pancreatic duct . The most common type of pancreatic cancer is adenocarcinoma, which occurs in the inner layer of the pancreatic duct. The methods provided herein can provide beneficial effects to pancreatic cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. » Breast Cancer In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating bladder cancer, preferably transitional cell carcinoma in the bladder. Bladder cancer is a tumor in urothelial carcinoma (transitional cell carcinoma) or in the urethral epithelial cells of the bladder inner layer. The remaining cases of bladder cancer are squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma and small cell carcinoma. Urethral epithelial cancer is non-invasive or invasive and papillary or flat, and there are several subtypes of urothelial carcinoma. Non-invasive tumors are in the innermost layer of the bladder, the urethral epithelium, and invasive tumors have spread from the urethral epithelium to the deeper layers of the main muscle wall of the bladder. A papillary urothelial carcinoma of the genital area is a slender finger-like projection that bisects into the bladder, and also grows outward into the wall of the bladder. Non-invasive milk φ Head urethral epithelial tumors grow toward the center of the bladder. Non-invasive flat urothelial tumors (also known as flat-type carcinoma in situ) are confined to the cell layer closest to the hollow portion of the bladder, while invasive flat urothelial carcinoma invades the deeper layers of the bladder, especially the muscle layer. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to bladder cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol, or a combination of various anti-cancer therapies. Acute myeloid leukemia In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for treating acute myeloid leukemia (aml) 144535.doc • 73-201023852, preferably acute promyelocytic leukemia in peripheral blood. AML begins in the epiphysis but spreads to other parts of the body, including the lymph nodes, liver, spleen, central nervous system, and testicles. Acute means that it develops rapidly and can be fatal if left untreated within a few months. AML is characterized by immature bone marrow cells, usually granulocytes or monocytes, which continue to regenerate and accumulate. There are other types of leukemia that can also be treated by the methods provided herein, including but not limited to acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic osteomyelitis, hairy cell leukemia, myelodysplasia And spinal cord hyperplasia. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to leukemia patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Lung cancer is in another aspect. Herein, a method of treating lung cancer is provided. The most common type of lung cancer is non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), which accounts for about 80_85% of lung cancer and is classified into squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, and large cell undifferentiated carcinoma. Small cell lung cancer accounts for 15-20% of lung cancer. Lung cancer grade is an assessment of the extent to which cancer has spread from its original source. It is an important factor affecting the prognosis and potential therapy of lung cancer. Cell lung cancer is classified as “-A” (best prognosis) to IV (“four”: worst prognosis). If small cell lung cancer is confined to one and a half of the chest and within the scope of a single radiotherapy area, it is classified as a limited stage; otherwise it is classified as an extended stage ° 144535.doc •74- 201023852 Lung cancer Classification can be performed using EUS (Endoscopic Ultrasonic) or TNM. Graded to assess a portion of a patient with non-small cell lung cancer. These patients are graded as part of the process of considering prognosis and therapy. AJCC recommends ΤΝΜ grading and then further grouping. Primary tumor (Τ): ΤΧ: The primary tumor cannot be assessed, or malignant cells are present in saliva or bronchoalveolar lavage, but not visible during imaging or bronchoscopy;
Tis :原位癌。 T0 :無原發性腫瘤之證據。 T1 :腫瘤最大尺寸小於3 cm,由肺或内臟胸腔圍繞且支 氣官鏡檢未侵入主支氣管中。 Τ2.具有任何以下特徵之腫瘤:最大尺寸大於3 cm;擴 散至主支氣管(但距隆凸超過2 cm遠)及阻塞性肺炎(但不涉 及整個肺)。 T3 :具有任何以下特徵之腫瘤:侵襲胸壁、隔膜、縱隔 胸膜或壁層心包膜(parietal pericardium);擴散至主支氣 管’在隆凸2 cm内,但不涉及隆凸;及整個肺之阻塞性肺 炎。 T4 .具有任何以下特徵之腫瘤:侵襲縱隔、心臟、大血 管、氣管、食道、椎骨或隆凸;同一肺葉中分離之腫瘤節 結;及惡性胸膜滲出液。 淋巴結(N) : NX :不能評定淋巴結·,NO :不涉及淋巴 結;N1 :向同側支氣管周或同側肺門淋巴結轉移;N2 : 向同側縱隔或隆凸下淋巴結轉移;及N3 :向任何以下部位 144535.doc 75- 201023852 轉移:同侧鎖骨上淋巴結;同側斜角肌淋巴結;及對側淋 巴結。 遠端癌轉移(Μ): MX:不能評定遠端癌轉移;M〇 :無 遠端癌轉移;及Ml :存在遠端癌轉移。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向肺癌患者提供有利作 用。 皮膚癌 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療皮膚癌之方法。存在數種 始於皮膚之癌症。最常見類型為基底細胞癌(basal een carcinoma)及鱗狀細胞癌,其為非黑色素瘤皮膚癌。光化 性角化病為有時發展成鱗狀細胞癌之皮膚病。非黑色素瘤 皮膚癌極少擴散至身體其他部分。黑色素瘤(最罕見皮膚 癌形式)很可能侵襲附近組織且擴散至身體其他部分。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向皮膚癌患者提供有利作 用。 眼癌’視網膜母細胞瘤 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療眼部視網膜母細胞瘤之方 法。視網膜母細胞瘤為視網膜之惡性腫瘤。儘管視網膜母 細胞瘤可在任何年齡發生,但其最常在年幼兒童中,通常 5歲之前發生。該腫瘤可僅在一眼中或在兩眼中。視網膜 母細胞瘤通常侷限於眼,且不會擴散至附近組織或身體其 他部分。 144535.doc •76- 201023852 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烧與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向眼部視網膜母細胞瘤患 者提供有利作用。 眼癌,眼内黑色素瘤 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療眼内(眼部)黑色素瘤之方 法。眼内黑色素瘤(一種罕見癌症)為癌細胞存在於眼中稱 作葡萄膜之部分中的疾病。葡萄膜包括虹膜、睫狀體及脈 絡膜。眼内黑色素瘤最常發生在中年人中。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向眼内黑色素瘤患者提供 有利作用。 子宮内膜癌 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療子宮内膜癌之方法。子宮 内膜癌為一種始於子宮内膜(子宮之内層)之癌症。子宮癌 及子宮内膜癌之一些實例包括(但不限於)腺癌、腺棘皮 癌、腺鱗癌、乳突漿液腺癌、透明細胞腺癌、子宮肉瘤、 基質肉瘤、惡性混合型中胚葉腫瘤及平滑肌肉瘤。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與-或多種抗癌療法之組合向子宮内膜癌患者提供有 利作用。 肝癌 在另一態樣中,本文提供一種治療原發性肝癌(始於肝 臟之癌症)之方法。原發性肝癌可在成人及兒童甲發生。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶盼丁烧或投與兒茶紛 144535.doc -77· 201023852 丁烷與一 用。 或多種抗癌療法夕 縻去之組合向肝癌患者提供有利作 二=樣中,本文提供治療腎癌之方法。腎癌(亦稱 :腎細胞癌症或腎腺癌)為惡性細胞存在於腎 中的疾病。 1增 本文所提ί'之方法可藉由投與兒茶盼丁提或投與兒茶紛 、元與或夕種抗癌療法之組合向腎癌患者提供有利作 甲狀腺癌 在另態樣中,本文提供治療甲狀腺癌之方法。甲狀腺 癌為癌症(惡性)細胞存在於甲狀腺組織中之疾病。曱狀腺 癌之四種主要類型為乳頭性、濾泡性、魏質性及退行性曱 狀腺癌。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向甲狀腺癌患者提供有利 作用。 AIDS相關癌症 本文提供治療AIDS相關癌症之方法,AIDS相關癌症包 括(但不限於)AIDS相關淋巴瘤及卡波西氏肉瘤。本文所提 供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚丁烷與一或 多種抗癌療法之組合向AIDS相關癌症提供有利作用。 AIDS相關淋巴瘤 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療AIDS相關淋巴瘤之方 144535.doc • 78 · 201023852 法。AIDS相關淋巴瘤為惡性細胞在患有後天免疫缺乏症 候群(AIDS)之患者淋巴系統中形成的疾病。AIDS由人類 免疫缺乏病毒(HIV)所致,該病毒攻擊且削弱身體之免疫 系統。隨後免疫系統不能對抗侵襲身體之感染及疾病。患 有HI V疾病之人類具有增加之產生感染、淋巴瘤及其他類 型癌症之風險。淋巴瘤為影響淋巴系統白血球之癌症。淋 巴瘤分為兩種一般類型:霍奇金氏淋巴瘤及非霍奇金氏淋 巴瘤°霍奇金氏淋巴瘤與非霍奇金氏淋巴瘤可在aids患 者中發生’但非霍奇金氏淋巴瘤更常見。若患有aids之 個人患有非霍奇金氏淋巴瘤,則其稱作AIDs相關淋巴 瘤。非霍奇金氏淋巴瘤可為惰性(緩慢生長)或侵襲性(快速 生長)的。AIDS相關淋巴瘤通常為侵襲性的。AIDS相關淋 巴瘤之三種主要類型為彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤、b細胞免 疫母細胞淋巴瘤及小無裂細胞淋巴瘤。 aids相關淋巴瘤之療法將淋巴瘤之療法與AIDS之療法 組合°患有AIDS之患者具有削弱之免疫系統且治療可能 引起進一步損傷。為此,患有AIDS相關淋巴瘤之患者通 常用低於不患有AIDS之淋巴瘤患者之劑量的藥物治療。 使用面效抗反轉錄病毒療法(HA ART)減緩HIV之發展。亦 使用預防及治療可能嚴重之感染的藥物。 卡波西氏肉瘤 在另一態樣中’本文提供治療卡波西氏肉瘤之方法。卡 波西氏肉瘤為癌細胞存在於皮膚或為口、鼻及肛門内層之 黏膜下之組織中的疾病。典型卡波西氏肉瘤通常在猶太、 144535.doc •79- 201023852 意大利或地中海域之年長男性中發生。此類卡波西氏肉 瘤發展緩慢,有時經1()至15年。卡波西氏肉瘤可在服用免 疫抑制劑之人類中發生。患、有後天免疫缺乏症候群(aids) 之患者中的卡波西氏肉瘤稱作流行性卡波西氏肉瘤。患有 AIDS之人群中的卡波西氏肉瘤通常比其他類型卡波西氏 肉瘤擴散迅速,且通常存在於身體之許多部分中。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與或夕種抗癌療法之組合向卡波西氏肉瘤提供有利 作用。 病毒誘發之癌症 在另一態樣中,本文提供治療病毒誘發之癌症的方法。 數種常見病毒為特定惡性病症病因的明確或可能原因因 素。此等病毒通常造成潛伏感染或少數病毒可能變成持續 感染。腫瘤發生可能與受感染宿主中病毒活化程度提高有 關,該病毒活化程度提高反映重病毒劑量或受損之免疫控 制》主要病毒惡性病症系統包括B型肝炎病毒(HBV)、C型 肝炎病毒(HCV)及肝細胞癌;1型人類嗜淋巴細胞病毒 (HTLV-1)及成人τ細胞白血病/淋巴瘤;及人類乳頭狀瘤病 毒(HPV)及子宮頸癌。一般而言,此等惡性病症在相對生 命初期發生,通常在中年或中年之前到達峰_值。 病毒誘發之肝細胞癌 HBV及HCV與肝細胞癌或肝癌之間的因果關係經由實質 上流行病學證據建立。兩者似乎均經由在肝臟中藉由引起 細胞死亡及隨後再生來慢性複製而發揮作用。 144535.doc -80- 201023852 病毒誘發之成人了細胞白血病丨淋巴瘤 已確切地建立HTLV-1與成人T細胞白血病(ATL)之間的 關聯。不同於全世界發現之其他致癌病毒,HTLV-1高度 受地域限制’主要在曰本南部、加勒比海(Caribbean)、非 •洲西部及中部及南太平洋島發現。因果關係之證據包括幾 • 乎所有ATL病例攜帶者中均單株整合病毒基因組。HTLV-1 相關惡性病症之風險因素似乎為圍產期感染、高病毒負荷 及存在雄性特徵。成人丁細胞白血病為血液及骨髓之癌 ® 症。 病毒誘發之子宮頸癌 子宮頸感染人類乳頭狀瘤病毒(HPV)為子宮頸癌之最常 見原因。然而,並非所有患有HPV感染之女性均產生子宮 頸癌。子宮頸癌通常隨時間緩慢發展。在子宮頸出現癌症 之剷,子宮頸細胞經歷稱作發育異常之變化,其中不正常 細胞開始出現在子宮頸組織中。隨後,癌細胞開始生長且 ^ 更深地擴散至子宮頸及周圍區域中。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向病毒誘發之癌症提供有 利作用。 ' 中樞神經系統(CNS)癌症 腦及脊锻腫瘤為存在於顱骨或骨脊柱(其為中㈣㈣ 統(CNS)之主要組份)内之組織之異常生長。良性腫瘤為非 癌性的,且惡性腫瘤為癌性的。CNS位於剛性骨區(b〇ny quarter)(亦即顱骨及脊柱)内,故無論良性或惡性之任何異 144535.doc -81 - 201023852 常生長均可能對敏感性組織施加壓力且損害功能。在腦或 脊趙中產生之腫瘤稱作原發性腫瘤。大多數原發性腫瘤由 圍繞且支撐神經元之細胞的不受控生長所致。在少數個體 中原發性腊瘤可能由特定遺傳疾病(例如多發性神經纖 維瘤、結節性硬化症)或暴露於放射或致癌化學品造成。 大多數原發性腫瘤之原因仍然未知。 診斷腦及脊柱腫瘤之第一測試為神經檢查。亦使用特殊 成像技術(電腦斷層攝影術及磁共振成像、正電子發射斷 層攝〜術)實驗至測試包括EEG及脊椎抽液(spinal tap)。 魯 活檢(自疑似腫瘤採集組織樣品之手術程序)有助於醫師診 斷腫瘤類型。 腫瘤係根據似乎產生腫瘤之細胞種類分類。成人之最常 見原發性腦腫瘤來自腦中稱作星形細胞之細胞,其構成血 腦障壁且有助於中樞神經系統之營養。此等通瘤稱作神經 膠質瘤(星形細胞瘤、退行性星形細胞瘤或多形性神經膠 母細胞瘤)且佔全部原發性中枢神經系統腫瘤之65%。一些 腫瘤為(但不限於)寡樹突神經膠細胞瘤、室管膜瘤、腦膜_ 瘤、淋巴瘤、神經鞘瘤及神經管母細胞瘤。 CNS之神經上皮腫瘤 星形細胞腫瘤,諸如星形細胞瘤;退行性(惡性)星形細 胞瘤諸如半球退行性星形細胞瘤、間腦退行性星形細胞 瘤視退行ϋ星形細胞瘤、腦幹退行性星形細胞瘤、小腦 退行性星形細胞瘤;多形性神經膠母細胞瘤;毛狀星形細 胞瘤諸如半球毛狀星形細胞瘤、間腦毛狀星形細胞瘤、 144535.doc -82. 201023852 腦幹毛狀星形細胞瘤 、小腦毛狀星形Tis: carcinoma in situ. T0: No evidence of primary tumor. T1: The largest tumor size is less than 3 cm, surrounded by the lung or visceral thoracic cavity and the bronchoscopy did not invade the main bronchus. Τ 2. Tumors with any of the following characteristics: maximum size greater than 3 cm; diffusion to the main bronchus (but more than 2 cm from the protuberance) and obstructive pneumonia (but not the entire lung). T3: Tumor with any of the following characteristics: invasion of the chest wall, diaphragm, mediastinal pleura or parietal pericardium; diffusion into the main bronchus within 2 cm of the bulge, but not involving the protuberance; and obstruction of the entire lung Pneumonia. T4. A tumor having any of the following characteristics: invasion of the mediastinum, heart, large blood vessels, trachea, esophagus, vertebrae or carina; tumor nodules isolated in the same lobe; and malignant pleural effusion. Lymph node (N): NX: no lymph node assessment, NO: no lymph node involvement; N1: metastasis to the ipsilateral bronchial or ipsilateral hilar lymph node; N2: metastasis to the ipsilateral mediastinum or subcarinal lymph node; and N3: to any The following site 144535.doc 75- 201023852 metastasis: ipsilateral supraclavicular lymph nodes; ipsilateral scalene muscle lymph nodes; and contralateral lymph nodes. Distal cancer metastasis (Μ): MX: unable to assess distant cancer metastasis; M〇: no distant cancer metastasis; and Ml: distal cancer metastasis. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to lung cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Skin Cancer In another aspect, a method of treating skin cancer is provided herein. There are several types of cancer that start with the skin. The most common types are basal een carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma, which are non-melanoma skin cancers. Actinic keratosis is a skin disease that sometimes develops into squamous cell carcinoma. Non-melanoma Skin cancer rarely spreads to other parts of the body. Melanoma (the rarest form of skin cancer) is likely to invade nearby tissues and spread to other parts of the body. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to skin cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Eye Cancer 'Retinoblastoma In another aspect, a method of treating ocular retinoblastoma is provided herein. Retinoblastoma is a malignant tumor of the retina. Although retinoblastoma can occur at any age, it is most often seen in young children, usually before the age of five. The tumor can be in only one eye or in both eyes. Retinoblastoma is usually confined to the eye and does not spread to nearby tissues or other parts of the body. 144535.doc •76- 201023852 The method provided herein can provide beneficial effects to ocular retinoblastoma patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butyl ketone with one or more anticancer therapies. . Eye cancer, intraocular melanoma In another aspect, a method of treating intraocular (ocular) melanoma is provided herein. Intraocular melanoma (a rare cancer) is a disease in which cancer cells are present in the eye as part of the uvea. The uvea includes the iris, ciliary body, and choroid. Intraocular melanoma most often occurs in middle-aged people. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to intraocular melanoma patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Endometrial Cancer In another aspect, a method of treating endometrial cancer is provided herein. Endometrial cancer is a cancer that begins in the endometrium (the inner layer of the uterus). Some examples of uterine and endometrial cancer include, but are not limited to, adenocarcinoma, acanthosis, adenosquamous carcinoma, papillary serous adenocarcinoma, clear cell adenocarcinoma, uterine sarcoma, stromal sarcoma, malignant mixed mesodermal tumor And leiomyosarcoma. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to endometrial cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with - or a combination of various anti-cancer therapies. Liver Cancer In another aspect, a method of treating primary liver cancer (a cancer that begins in the liver) is provided herein. Primary liver cancer can occur in adults and children. The method provided in this article can be used by administering catechins or catechins with catechu tea. 144535.doc -77· 201023852 Butane and one. Or a combination of anti-cancer therapies to provide benefits to patients with liver cancer. This article provides a method for treating kidney cancer. Kidney cancer (also known as renal cell carcinoma or renal adenocarcinoma) is a disease in which malignant cells are present in the kidney. 1 Adding the method proposed in this article can provide favorable treatment for thyroid cancer in patients with renal cancer by administering catechins or catechins, or combination of anti-cancer therapies. This article provides methods for treating thyroid cancer. Thyroid cancer is a disease in which cancer (malignant) cells are present in thyroid tissue. The four main types of squamous cell carcinoma are papillary, follicular, and proliferative and degenerative squamous adenocarcinoma. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to thyroid cancer patients by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. AIDS-related cancers Provided herein are methods of treating AIDS-related cancers including, but not limited to, AIDS-related lymphomas and Kaposi's sarcoma. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to AIDS-related cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. AIDS-associated lymphoma In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for treating AIDS-associated lymphoma 144535.doc • 78 · 201023852 Method. AIDS-associated lymphoma is a disease in which malignant cells are formed in the lymphatic system of patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). AIDS is caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), which attacks and weakens the body's immune system. The immune system is then unable to fight infections and diseases that affect the body. Humans with HI V disease have an increased risk of developing infections, lymphomas, and other types of cancer. Lymphoma is a cancer that affects white blood cells in the lymphatic system. Lymphoma is divided into two general types: Hodgkin's lymphoma and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Hodgkin's lymphoma and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma can occur in patients with aids' but not Hodgkin Lymphoma is more common. If an individual with aids has a non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, it is called an AIDs-associated lymphoma. Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma can be inert (slow growth) or invasive (rapid growth). AIDS-related lymphomas are usually invasive. The three main types of AIDS-related lymphoma are diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, b-cell immunoblastic lymphoma, and small non-cleaved cell lymphoma. The treatment of aids-associated lymphoma combines the treatment of lymphoma with the treatment of AIDS. Patients with AIDS have a weakened immune system and treatment may cause further damage. For this reason, patients with AIDS-related lymphomas are generally treated with drugs at a lower dose than patients with lymphoma who do not have AIDS. Use of anti-retroviral therapy (HA ART) to slow the progression of HIV. Drugs that prevent and treat potentially serious infections are also used. Kaposi's sarcoma In another aspect, a method of treating Kaposi's sarcoma is provided herein. Kaposi's sarcoma is a disease in which cancer cells are present in the skin or in the tissues under the mucosa of the mouth, nose and anus. Typical Kaposi's sarcoma usually occurs in Jewish, 144535.doc •79-201023852 in older men in Italy or the Mediterranean. This type of Kaposi's sarcoma develops slowly, sometimes from 1 () to 15 years. Kaposi's sarcoma can occur in humans taking immunosuppressants. Kaposi's sarcoma in patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (Aids) is called epidemic Kaposi's sarcoma. Kaposi's sarcoma in people with AIDS usually spreads faster than other types of Kaposi's sarcoma and is usually present in many parts of the body. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to Kaposi's sarcoma by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with or in combination with an anti-cancer therapy. Virus-Induced Cancer In another aspect, provided herein are methods of treating a virus-induced cancer. Several common viruses are a clear or probable cause of the cause of a particular malignant condition. These viruses usually cause latent infections or a small number of viruses may become persistent infections. Tumor development may be associated with increased viral activation in infected hosts, and increased viral activation reflects heavy viral dose or impaired immune control. Major viral malignant disorders include hepatitis B virus (HBV) and hepatitis C virus (HCV). And hepatocellular carcinoma; type 1 human lymphotropic virus (HTLV-1) and adult tau cell leukemia/lymphoma; and human papillomavirus (HPV) and cervical cancer. In general, these malignant conditions occur at an early stage of life, usually reaching peak-values before middle or middle age. Viral-induced hepatocellular carcinoma The causal relationship between HBV and HCV and hepatocellular carcinoma or liver cancer is established by substantial epidemiological evidence. Both seem to function by chronic replication in the liver by causing cell death and subsequent regeneration. 144535.doc -80- 201023852 Virus-induced adult cell leukemia 丨 lymphoma The association between HTLV-1 and adult T-cell leukemia (ATL) has been established. Unlike other oncogenic viruses found throughout the world, HTLV-1 is highly geographically restricted' mainly found in southern Sakamoto, Caribbean, non-Western and Central, and South Pacific islands. Evidence for causality includes a single integrated viral genome in all ATL case carriers. Risk factors for HTLV-1 related malignancies appear to be perinatal infections, high viral load, and presence of male characteristics. Adult D-cell leukemia is a cancer of the blood and bone marrow. Viral-induced cervical cancer Cervical infections Human papillomavirus (HPV) is the most common cause of cervical cancer. However, not all women with HPV infection develop cervical cancer. Cervical cancer usually develops slowly over time. In the shovel of cancer in the cervix, cervical cells undergo a change called dysplasia, in which abnormal cells begin to appear in the cervical tissue. Subsequently, the cancer cells begin to grow and diffuse deeper into the cervix and surrounding areas. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to virus-induced cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. 'Central Nervous System (CNS) Cancer Brain and spinal forge tumors are abnormal growth of tissues present in the skull or bone spine, which is the main component of the middle (four) (four) system (CNS). Benign tumors are non-cancerous and malignant tumors are cancerous. The CNS is located in the b〇ny quarter (ie, the skull and spine), so any difference in benign or malignant 144535.doc -81 - 201023852 often causes stress on the sensitive tissue and impairs function. A tumor produced in the brain or ridge is called a primary tumor. Most primary tumors are caused by uncontrolled growth of cells surrounding and supporting neurons. In a small number of individuals, primary tumors may be caused by a specific genetic disease (such as multiple neurofibroma, tuberous sclerosis) or exposure to radiation or carcinogenic chemicals. The cause of most primary tumors remains unknown. The first test to diagnose brain and spinal tumors is a neurological examination. Special imaging techniques (computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging, positron emission tomography) were also used to test including EEG and spinal taps. Lu biopsy (surgical procedures for suspected tumor-collecting tissue samples) helps physicians diagnose tumor types. Tumor lines are classified according to the type of cells that appear to produce tumors. The most common form of adult brain tumors comes from cells called astrocytes in the brain that make up the blood-brain barrier and contribute to the nutrition of the central nervous system. These tumors are called gliomas (astrocytoma, degenerative astrocytoma or pleomorphic glioblastoma) and account for 65% of all primary central nervous system tumors. Some tumors are (but are not limited to) oligodendroglioma, ependymoma, meningiomas, lymphomas, schwannomas, and neuroblastomas. CNS neuroepithelial tumor astrocytic tumors, such as astrocytoma; degenerative (malignant) astrocytoma such as hemisphere degenerative astrocytoma, metaneoplastic astrocytoma, degenerative astrocytoma, Brain stem degenerative astrocytoma, cerebellar degenerative astrocytoma; pleomorphic glioblastoma; hairy astrocytoma such as hemisphere hairy astrocytoma, mesencephalic astrocytoma, 144535.doc -82. 201023852 Brain stem hairy astrocytoma, cerebellum hairy star
視毛狀星形細胞瘤 細胞瘤;室管膜下 細胞瘤。寡榭$妯 元膠質腫瘤,諸如神經節細胞瘤;小腦發育不良性神經節 細胞瘤(勒米特杜庫勒(Lhermitte-Duclos));神經節膠質細 胞瘤;退行性(惡性)神經節膠質細胞瘤;促纖維增生性嬰 兒型神經節膠質細胞瘤,諸如促纖維增生性嬰兒型星形細 胞瘤;中樞神經細胞瘤;胚胎發育不良性神經上皮腫瘤; 嗅神經母細胞瘤(olfactory neuroblastoma,esthesioneuroblastoma)。 松果體實質性腫瘤,諸如松果體細胞瘤;松果體母細胞 瘤;及混合型松果體細胞瘤/松果體母細胞瘤。具有神經 母細胞或神經膠母細胞成份之腫瘤(胚胎性瘤),諸如髓上 皮瘤;具有多向分化之原始神經外胚層瘤,諸如神經管母 細胞瘤;大腦原始神經外胚層瘤;神經母細胞瘤;視網膜 母細胞瘤;及室管膜母細胞瘤。 其他CNS贅瘤 144535.doc -83- 201023852 蝶部(Sellar Region)之腫瘤,諸如垂體腺瘤;垂體癌; 及顱咽管瘤。造血腫瘤,諸如原發性惡性淋巴瘤;漿細胞 瘤,及粒細胞肉瘤。生殖細胞腫瘤,諸如胚組織瘤;胚胎 癌;卵黃囊腫瘤(内胚層竇瘤);絨膜癌;畸胎瘤;及混合 型生殖細胞腫瘤。腦膜腫瘤,諸如腦膜瘤;非典型腦膜 瘤’及退行性(惡性)腦膜瘤。腦膜之非腦膜上皮腫瘤(Ν〇η· menigothelial tumor) ’諸如良性間葉細胞非腦膜上皮腫 瘤’惡性間葉細胞非腦膜上皮腫瘤;原發性黑素細胞病 變,造血贅瘤;及不確定組織生成之腫瘤,諸如血管母細 ❹ 胞瘤(毛細管血管母細胞瘤)。腦神經及脊神經腫瘤,諸如 神、、左鞠瘤(schwannoma、neurinoma、neurilemoma);神經 纖維瘤;惡性周邊神經鞘腫瘤(惡性神經鞘瘤),諸如上皮 樣惡性周邊神經鞘腫瘤、發散間葉(divergent mesenchymal)或上皮分化惡性周邊神經鞘腫瘤及黑色素性 惡性周邊神經鞘腫瘤。區域腫瘤之局部擴散;諸如副神經 卽瘤(化予受器瘤),脊索瘤;軟骨瘤(chodroma);軟骨肉 瘤;及癌瘤。轉移性腫瘤’未分類腫瘤及囊腫及腫瘤樣病 〇 變’諸如瑞塞克裂囊腫(Rathke cleft cyst);表皮樣腫瘤; 皮樣腫瘤·,第三腦室之膠樣囊腫;腸原囊腫;神經膠質囊 經’粒細胞腫瘤(迷芽瘤、垂體細胞瘤);下視丘神經元錯 構瘤;鼻神經膠質異位;及漿細胞肉芽腫。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁炫與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向CNS贅瘤提供有利作 用。 144535.doc -84· 201023852 外周神經系統癌症 外周神經系統由自腦及脊髓分出之神經組成。此等神經 形成CNS與身體部分之間的傳遞網路。外周神經系統進— 步再分為體幹神經系統及自主神經系統。體幹神經系統由 通向皮膚及肌肉之神經組成且參與意識活動。自主神經系 ‘ 統由將CNS與内臟器官(諸如心臟、胃及腸)連接之神經組 成。其介導無意識活動。 聽神經瘤為由平衡神經(亦稱作第八腦神經或聽神經)產 生之良性纖維性生長。此等腫瘤為非惡性腫瘤,意謂其不 擴散或轉移至身體其他部分。此等腫瘤位於與腦幹之重要 腦中心相鄰的顱骨内深處。隨著腫瘤增大,其涉及與重要 功能有關之周圍結構。在大多數情況下,此等腔瘤經數年 緩慢生長。 惡性周邊神經鞘種瘤(MPNST)為良性軟組織腫瘤(諸如 神經纖維瘤及神經鞘瘤)之惡性對應物。其最常見於軟組 ❿ 織冰處,通常極其接近神經幹。最常見部位包括坐骨神 經、臂叢及瓶叢(sarcal plexus)。最常見症狀為疼痛,此通 常需要活檢。其為一種罕見、侵襲性且致死之眼眶贅瘤, 通常自成人三又神經之感覺分叉出現。惡性PNS腫瘤沿神 經擴散至涉及腦,且大多數患者在臨床診斷5年内死亡。 MPNST可根據上皮樣、間葉細胞或腺特徵分成三種主要類 別。一些MPNST包括(但;限於)伴軟骨分化之皮下惡性上 皮樣神經鞘瘤、腺性惡性神經鞘瘤、伴神經束膜分化之惡 性周邊神經勒腫瘤、具有桿狀特徵之皮庸上皮樣惡性神經 144535.doc -85- 201023852 鞠腫瘤、淺表上皮樣MPNST、螺螺瘤(Triton Tumor)(伴橫 紋肌母細胞分化之MPNST)、伴橫紋肌母細胞分化之神經 鞘瘤。罕見MPNST病例含有多種肉瘤組織類型,尤其骨肉 瘤、軟骨肉瘤及血管肉瘤。其有時與軟組織之惡性間葉瘤 不可區分。 其他PNS癌症類型包括(但不限於)惡性纖維性細胞瘤、 惡性纖維性組織細胞瘤、惡性腦膜瘤、惡性間皮瘤及惡性 混合型苗勒管(Miillerian)踵瘤。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶紛 _ 丁烧與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向PNS癌症提供有利作 用。 口腔及口咽癌 控制患有中樞神經系統(CNS)癌症之患者仍為一項艱巨 的任務。可使用本文所述之化合物治療諸如以下之癌症: 下嗓癌、喉癌、鼻咽癌、口咽癌。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶紛 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向口腔及口咽癌提供有利❹ 作用。 胃癌 胃癌為胃内層細胞變化之結果。存在三種主要胃癌類 型·淋巴瘤、胃基質腫瘤及類癌瘤。淋巴瘤為免疫系統組 織之癌症,其有時存在於胃壁中。胃基質腫瘤由胃壁組織 產生類癌瘤為胃中產生激素之細胞之腫瘤。胃癌之原因 仍有爭議。遺傳及環境(飲食、吸菸等)之組合均認為發揮 144535.doc -86- 201023852 一部分作用。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁炫與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向胃癌提供有利作用。 睾九癌Oral astrocytoma cell tumor; subependymal cell tumor. Oligomeric 妯 glial glioma, such as ganglioneuroma; cerebellar dysplastic ganglioneuroma (Lhermitte-Duclos); ganglion glioblastoma; degenerative (malignant) ganglion Cell tumor; profibrotic infantile ganglion glioblastoma, such as fibroproliferative infantile astrocytoma; central neurocytoma; embryonic dysplastic neuroepithelial neoplasm; olfactory neuroblastoma (esthesioneuroblastoma) ). Substantial tumors of the pineal gland, such as pineal cell tumors; pineal blastoma; and mixed pineal cell tumor/ pineal blastoma. Tumor (embryonic tumor) having neurotrophic or glial cell components, such as myeloma; primary neuroectodermal tumor with multi-directional differentiation, such as neuroblastoma; brain primitive neuroectodermal tumor; neuromuscular Cell tumor; retinoblastoma; and ependymioblastoma. Other CNS tumors 144535.doc -83- 201023852 Tumors of the Sellar Region, such as pituitary adenomas; pituitary cancer; and craniopharyngioma. Hematopoietic tumors, such as primary malignant lymphoma; plasmacytoma, and granulocyte sarcoma. Germ cell tumors, such as embryonic tissue tumors; embryonic carcinoma; yolk sac tumors (endodermal sinus tumors); choriocarcinoma; teratomas; and mixed germ cell tumors. Meningeal tumors, such as meningiomas; atypical meningiomas' and degenerative (malignant) meningiomas. Non-mening epithelial tumor of the meninges (Ν〇η·menigothelial tumor) 'such as benign mesenchymal non-mesis epithelial tumors' malignant mesenchymal non-mesis epithelial tumors; primary melanocyte lesions, hematopoietic neoplasms; and uncertain tissues The resulting tumor, such as a hemangioblastoma (capillary hemangioblastoma). Cranial and spinal nerve tumors, such as the god, left sac tumor (schwannoma, neurinoma, neurilemoma); neurofibromatosis; malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (malignant schwannomas), such as epithelioid malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor, divergent mesenchymal ( Divergent mesenchymal) or epithelial differentiation of malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors and melanoma malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors. Local spread of regional tumors; such as paraneoplastic tumors (sacralized tumors), chordoma; chonroma; chondrosarcoma; and carcinoma. Metastatic tumors 'unclassified tumors and cysts and tumor-like lesions' such as Rathke cleft cysts; epidermoid tumors; skin-like tumors, colloidal cysts in the third ventricle; intestinal cysts; The glial sac passes through 'granulocyte tumors (bulb buds, pituitary cell tumors); lower vertebral neurons hamartoma; nasal glial ectopic; and plasma cell granuloma. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to CNS tumors by administering catechol butane or administering catechol Dingxue in combination with one or more anti-cancer therapies. 144535.doc -84· 201023852 Peripheral Nervous System Cancer The peripheral nervous system consists of nerves that are separated from the brain and spinal cord. These nerves form a transmission network between the CNS and the body part. The peripheral nervous system is further divided into the body stem nervous system and the autonomic nervous system. The body stem nervous system consists of nerves leading to the skin and muscles and participates in consciousness activities. The autonomic nervous system is composed of nerves that connect the CNS to internal organs such as the heart, stomach, and intestines. It mediates unconscious activities. An acoustic neuroma is a benign fibrous growth produced by a balanced nerve (also known as the eighth cranial nerve or auditory nerve). These tumors are non-malignant tumors, meaning they do not spread or metastasize to other parts of the body. These tumors are located deep inside the skull adjacent to the important brain center of the brainstem. As the tumor enlarges, it involves surrounding structures associated with important functions. In most cases, these tumors grow slowly over several years. Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors (MPNST) are malignant counterparts of benign soft tissue tumors such as neurofibromas and schwannomas. It is most commonly found in soft tissue woven ice, usually very close to the nerve trunk. The most common sites include the ischial nerve, the brachial plexus, and the sarcal plexus. The most common symptom is pain, which usually requires a biopsy. It is a rare, invasive and lethal eye tumor that usually appears from the adult three-and-one nerve. Malignant PNS tumors spread along the nerve to the brain, and most patients die within 5 years of clinical diagnosis. MPNST can be divided into three main categories based on epithelial, mesenchymal or glandular features. Some MPNST include, but are limited to, subcutaneous malignant epithelioid schwannomas associated with cartilage differentiation, malignant malignant schwannomas, malignant peripheral nerve tumors with differentiation of the perineurium, and cutaneous mesoderm-like malignant nerves with rod-like features 144535.doc -85- 201023852 Tumor, superficial epithelial-like MPNST, Triton Tumor (MPNST with rhabdomyoblast differentiation), schwannomas with rhabdomyoblast differentiation. Rare cases of MPNST contain a variety of sarcoma tissue types, particularly osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, and angiosarcoma. It is sometimes indistinguishable from malignant mesenchymal tumors of soft tissue. Other types of PNS cancer include, but are not limited to, malignant fibrous cell tumors, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, malignant meningioma, malignant mesothelioma, and malignant mixed Miillerian tumors. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to PNS cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechins in combination with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Oral and Oropharyngeal Cancer Controlling patients with central nervous system (CNS) cancer remains a daunting task. Cancers such as the following can be treated with the compounds described herein: squamous cell carcinoma, laryngeal cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, oropharyngeal cancer. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect on oral and oropharyngeal cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechin butane in combination with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Gastric cancer Gastric cancer is the result of changes in the gastric lining cells. There are three major types of gastric cancer, lymphoma, gastric stromal tumors, and carcinoid tumors. Lymphoma is a cancer of the immune system that is sometimes present in the stomach wall. Gastric stromal tumors produce tissue-like tumors from the stomach wall tissue as tumors of hormone-producing cells in the stomach. The cause of stomach cancer is still controversial. The combination of genetics and environment (diet, smoking, etc.) is considered to play a part in the role of 144535.doc -86- 201023852. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect to gastric cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechol Dingxue in combination with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Testosterone
睾丸癌為通常在年輕男性之一個或兩個睾丸中產生的癌 症。睾丸癌在稱作生殖細胞之特定細胞中產生。男性中發 生的生殖細胞腫瘤(GCT)的兩種主要類型為精原細胞瘤 (60。/。)及非精原細胞瘤(4〇%)。腫瘤亦可在睾丸之支撐及激 素產生組織或基質中產生。該等腫瘤稱作性腺基質瘤。兩 種主要類型為萊氏細胞腫瘤(Leydig cell tumor)及塞爾托利 細胞腫瘤(Sertoli cell tumor)。繼發性睾丸腫瘤為始於另一 器官且隨後擴散至睾丸之睾丸腫瘤。淋巴瘤為最常見繼發 性睾丸癌。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向睾丸癌提供有利作用。 胸腺癌 胸腺為位於胸部之上部/前部的小器官,其自咽喉底部 延伸至心臟前部。胸腺含有兩種主要細胞類型:胸腺上皮 細胞及淋巴細胞。胸腺上皮細胞可產生胸腺瘤及胸腺癌。 胸腺或淋巴結中之淋巴細胞可變為惡性且發展成稱作霍奇 金病(Hodgkin disease)及非霍奇金淋巴瘤之癌症。胸腺亦 含有另一極不常見細胞類型,稱作庫爾契茨基細胞 (Kulchitsky cell)或神經内分泌細胞,其通常釋放特定激 素。此等細胞可產生稱作類癌(carcin〇id)或類癌瘤(earein〇id 144535.doc -87· 201023852 tumor)之癌症,其通常釋放相同類型之激素且類似於其他 由身體別處神經内分泌細胞產生之腫瘤。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶紛 丁烷與一或多種抗癌療法之組合向胸腺癌提供有利作用。 本文提供治療皮膚病症之方法,其包含投與有效量之能 夠抑制IGF-1R及EGFR之酪胺酸激酶活性的醫藥化合物, 其中該醫藥化合物為兒茶酚丁烷。 在一態樣中’皮膚病症為例如腫瘤、光化性角化病、粉 刺、牛皮癬、皮膚創傷、疣、細菌感染、真菌感染或病毒 感染。病毒感染包括(但不限於)HI V感染、HP V感染及 HSV感染。腫瘤包括(但不限於)基底細胞癌(basal eell carcinomas)、鱗狀細胞癌、黑色素瘤、隆凸性皮膚纖維肉 瘤、梅克爾細胞癌及卡波西氏肉瘤。 結腸癌及結腸直腸癌 結腸直腸癌(亦稱作結腸癌或大腸癌)包括結腸、直腸及 闌尾中之癌性生長。在全世界每年655,000例死亡中,其 為第二致常見癌症形式,及西方世界癌症相關死亡之第二 主要原因。遇為許多結腸直腸癌由結腸之腺瘤性息肉產 生。此等蘑菇樣生長通常為良性的,但一些可能隨時間發 展成癌症。 在另一實施例中,可使用杜克分類(Duke classification) 基於第A-D期將結腸直腸癌分類。第a期係指侷限於黏膜 之結腸直腸癌(亦即尚未穿過腸壁侵襲)。第81期係指擴散 至固有肌層,但不穿透固有肌層(亦即尚未侵襲淋巴結); 144535.doc -88- 201023852 而第B2期癌症已穿透固有肌層,但不穿透固有肌層(亦即 尚未侵襲淋巴結)。第。期係指擴散至固有肌層,但未穿 透固有肌層之癌症(亦即涉及淋巴結);而第C2期係指擴散 至固有肌層且穿透固有肌層的癌症(亦即涉及淋巴結卜第 D期係指遠端轉移性擴散β TNM系統亦可用於根據此項技 術中已知之習知方法將結腸直腸癌分級。 本文所提供之方法可藉由投與兒茶酚丁烷或投與兒茶酚Testicular cancer is a cancer that usually occurs in one or both testes of a young male. Testicular cancer is produced in specific cells called germ cells. The two main types of germ cell tumors (GCT) in men are seminoma (60%) and non-seminoma (4%). Tumors can also be produced in the testis support and in the tissue or matrix from which the hormone is produced. These tumors are called gonadal stromal tumors. The two main types are Leydig cell tumor and Sertoli cell tumor. A secondary testicular tumor is a testicular tumor that begins in another organ and then spreads to the testis. Lymphoma is the most common secondary testicular cancer. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect on testicular cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechol butane with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Thymic cancer The thymus is a small organ located above/front of the chest that extends from the base of the throat to the front of the heart. The thymus contains two major cell types: thymic epithelial cells and lymphocytes. Thymic epithelial cells produce thymoma and thymic carcinoma. Lymphocytes in the thymus or lymph nodes can become malignant and develop into cancers called Hodgkin disease and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. The thymus also contains another very uncommon cell type, called Kulchitsky cells or neuroendocrine cells, which usually release specific hormones. Such cells can produce a cancer called carcinoid or carcinoid (earein〇id 144535.doc -87·201023852 tumor), which usually releases the same type of hormone and is similar to other neuroendocrines from other parts of the body. A tumor produced by a cell. The methods provided herein can provide a beneficial effect on thymic cancer by administering catechol butane or administering catechin butane in combination with one or more anti-cancer therapies. Provided herein are methods of treating a skin condition comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical compound capable of inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase of IGF-1R and EGFR, wherein the pharmaceutical compound is catechol butane. In one aspect, the skin condition is, for example, a tumor, actinic keratosis, acne, psoriasis, skin wounds, sputum, bacterial infection, fungal infection or viral infection. Viral infections include, but are not limited to, HI V infection, HP V infection, and HSV infection. Tumors include, but are not limited to, basal eell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, hyperplastic cutaneous fibrosarcoma, Merkel cell carcinoma, and Kaposi's sarcoma. Colon and colorectal cancer Colorectal cancer (also known as colon or colorectal cancer) includes cancerous growth in the colon, rectum, and appendix. Among the 655,000 deaths per year worldwide, it is the second most common form of cancer and the second leading cause of cancer-related deaths in the Western world. Many colorectal cancers are caused by colonic adenomatous polyps. These mushroom-like growths are usually benign, but some may develop into cancer over time. In another embodiment, colorectal cancer can be classified based on the D-A classification based on the Duke classification. Stage a refers to colorectal cancer that is confined to the mucosa (ie, has not yet penetrated the intestinal wall). The 81st phase refers to the spread to the muscularis propria but does not penetrate the muscularis propria (ie, has not yet invaded the lymph nodes); 144535.doc -88- 201023852 and the B2 cancer has penetrated the muscularis propria but does not penetrate Muscle layer (ie, not yet invading the lymph nodes). First. Period refers to cancer that spreads to the muscularis propria but does not penetrate the muscularis propria (ie, involves lymph nodes); and phase C2 refers to cancer that spreads to the muscularis propria and penetrates the muscularis propria (ie, involves lymph nodes). Stage D refers to the distal metastatic spread of the β TNM system and can also be used to classify colorectal cancer according to conventional methods known in the art. The methods provided herein can be administered by administering catechol butane or administering Catechol
丁烧與-或多種抗癌療法之組合向結腸直腸癌提供有利作 用。 給藥 醫師或獸醫可易於確定且指定組合物抑制咖汉與服-1R所需之「有效量」(ED50)。舉例而言,醫師或獸醫可以 組合物中所用〖合物低於達成所需治療作用所需水準之劑 量開始,且逐漸提高劑量直至達成所需作用。 如本文所用之「治療有效量」為在器官或組織中達成至 少部分所需治療或預防作用的量。在—實例中,抑制劑預 防及/或治療性處理疾病之量本身並不固定。所投與抑制 劑之量應隨疾病類型、疾病程度及罹患疾病之哺乳動物物 種大小而變化。 -個實施例涵蓋使用纟文所述組合物製備用於治療本文 所述病狀、疾病或病症的藥物。藥物可基於需治療'串者/ 個體之身體特徵調配’且可基於病狀、疾病或病:症之;段 以單-或多調配物調配。藥物可包裝於具有適當伊籤之: 適包裝中以分配至醫院及診所,其中該標籤係用^干: 144535.doc •89- 201023852 療患有本文所述疾病之個體。藥物可包裝為單一單位或多 個單位。如本文別處所述,包裝可包括關於組合物劑量及 投與之說明書。 本發明實施例之醫藥組合物可經調配以用於藉由任何投 藥途徑給藥,諸如鼻内投藥;經口投藥;吸入投藥;皮下 投藥;經皮投藥;動脈内投藥,在有或無阻塞的情況下; 顱内投藥;室内投藥;靜脈内投藥;頰内投藥;腹膜内投 藥;眼内投藥;肌肉内投藥;植入投藥;及中樞靜脈投 藥。在一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷經調配以用於經口投藥。 在另一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷經調配以用於靜脈内投藥。 兒茶酚丁烷可以每劑量約5 mg/kg至約375 mg/kg ;每劑 量約5 mg/kg至約250 mg/kg ;每劑量約5 mg/kg至約200 mg/kg ;每劑量約5 mg/kg至約150 mg/kg ;每劑量約5 mg/kg至約 100 mg/kg ;每劑量約 5 mg/kg至約 75 mg/kg ;或 每劑量約5 mg/kg至約50 mg/kg之量投與。或者,兒茶紛丁 烷可以每日約1,500 mg至每日約2,500 mg ;每日約1,800 mg至每曰約2,300 mg ;或每曰約2,000 mg之量以均一劑量 投與。在一實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷可與標靶細胞以在約1 μΜ至約30 μΜ之範圍内的濃度接觸。在另一實施例中,兒 茶酚丁烷可與標靶細胞以在約1 μΜ至約10 μΜ之範圍内的 濃度接觸。 在另一實施例中,NDGA可以不同給藥及投藥進度投 與,諸如:(1)在第1曰-第28曰每日經口投與兩次。在無疾 病發展或無不可接受之毒性的情況下,每28日重複治療; 144535.doc •90- 201023852 ΟThe combination of diced and/or multiple anticancer therapies provides a beneficial effect on colorectal cancer. The administering physician or veterinarian can readily determine and specify the "effective amount" (ED50) required for the composition to inhibit the kanji-1R. For example, the physician or veterinarian can begin with the composition used in the composition below the level required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. A "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein is an amount that achieves at least a portion of the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in an organ or tissue. In the example, the amount of inhibitor prophylaxis and/or therapeutic treatment of the disease itself is not fixed. The amount of inhibitor administered should vary with the type of disease, the extent of the disease, and the size of the mammal in question. An embodiment encompasses the use of a composition as described herein to prepare a medicament for the treatment of a condition, disease or condition as described herein. The drug may be formulated based on the need to treat 'stringer/individual physical characteristics' and may be based on the condition, disease or disease: the segment is formulated as a single- or multi-dose. The drug may be packaged in a suitable package: in a suitable package for distribution to hospitals and clinics, where the label is used: 144535.doc • 89- 201023852 Individuals suffering from the diseases described herein. The drug can be packaged in a single unit or in multiple units. As described elsewhere herein, the package may include instructions regarding the dosage of the composition and the administration of the composition. The pharmaceutical composition of the embodiments of the present invention may be formulated for administration by any administration route, such as intranasal administration; oral administration; inhalation administration; subcutaneous administration; transdermal administration; intra-arterial administration, with or without occlusion Intracranial administration; intra-dosing; intravenous administration; intra- buccal administration; intraperitoneal administration; intraocular administration; intramuscular administration; implant administration; and central venous administration. In one embodiment, catechol butane is formulated for oral administration. In another embodiment, catechol butane is formulated for intravenous administration. The catechol butane may be from about 5 mg/kg to about 375 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 250 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg per dose; From about 5 mg/kg to about 150 mg/kg; from about 5 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg per dose; from about 5 mg/kg to about 75 mg/kg per dose; or from about 5 mg/kg to about every dose A dose of 50 mg/kg is administered. Alternatively, the catechin can be administered from about 1,500 mg per day to about 2,500 mg per day; from about 1,800 mg per day to about 2,300 mg per week; or about 2,000 mg per dose in a uniform dose. In one embodiment, the catechol butane can be contacted with the target cells at a concentration ranging from about 1 μΜ to about 30 μΜ. In another embodiment, the catechol butane can be contacted with the target cells at a concentration ranging from about 1 μΜ to about 10 μΜ. In another embodiment, the NDGA can be administered at different dosing and dosing schedules, such as: (1) Oral administration twice daily at Day 1 - Day 28. Repeat treatment every 28 days without disease progression or unacceptable toxicity; 144535.doc •90- 201023852 Ο
(2)每曰經口投與一次2000 mg ; (3)在第1曰-第$曰靜脈内 投與’在無疾病發展或不可接受之毒性的情況下每28日重 複治療;(4)劑量以起始進度增加至每立方公分腫瘤體積汕 mg之目標,且隨後,新患者群組之進度延至每週投藥歷時 4週。在假定耐受的情況下’繼續增加劑量,使得群組可 治療6週’且最終8週;(5)每週經24小時靜脈内投與,劑量 以100毫克/小時(24小時2400 mg)開始在5個具有3至6個患 者之群組中以每小時25 mg之增量增加至最大值2〇〇 mg/hr(24小時4800 mg)或直至確定最大耐受劑量(MTD); (6)局部施用於子宮頸;及(7)增加劑量,其中每28日靜脈 内輸注5個連續曰。 在一實施例中’醫藥組合物可每6日投與一次以上歷時 一段時間,或每2日投與一次以上歷時一段時間。在一實 施例中,每日投與醫藥組合物歷時四週。在另一實施例 中每曰才又與醫藥組合物三次歷時三週,纟中在開始新循 環,前中斷-週。在另一實施例中,每日投與醫藥組合物 歷%週,繼而中斷一週。在另一實施例中,每日投與醫 藥組合物歷時兩週,繼而中斷兩週。在另-實施例中’每 日連續投與醫藥組合物一次或兩次,或在開始新循環之前 中斷一週。在另一實施例中,每週投與醫藥組合物-次或 每週投與兩次。吾人應瞭解,視需要,在考慮治療循環 時’患者可經評定且視需要反覆治療。 。在各個f施例中,&茶紛丁燒可以游離驗或其醫藥學上 可接又之鹽、溶劑合物' 多晶型、酯、互變異構體或前藥 144535.doc 201023852 形式製備。亦描述包含兒茶酚丁烷或其醫藥學上可接受< 鹽、溶劑合物、多晶型、酯、互變異構體或前藥之醫藥組 合物。本文所述之化合物及組合物可根據標準醫藥實踐單 獨投與或與醫藥學上可接受之載劑、賦形劑或稀釋劑組合 以醫藥組合物形式投與。 除給藥、循環及循環進度之上述實例及實施例以外,上 述用於共投與化合物與第二化學治療化合物、放射療法或 手術之給藥、循環及循環進度的諸多變換涵蓋於本文中, 且可如合格醫學專家所確定根據患者、癌症類型及/或適❹ 當治療進度投與。 在各個實施例中,使用本文所述兒茶酚丁烷劑量之治療 專效量。 在各個實施例中,給與兒茶酚丁烷以使對患者之毒性減 至最低。在一些實施例中,以適用於在人類患者中提供特 定藥代動力學(pk)參數的方式給與兒茶酚丁烷。在一些實 施例中,以適用於提供兒茶酚丁烷之特定最大血液濃度 (cmax)的方式給與兒茶酚丁烷。在一些實施例中,以適用 〇 於提供獲知兒茶酚丁烷之最大血液濃度的特定時間(u 的方式給與兒命盼丁烷。在一些實施例中,以適用於提供 兒命酚丁烷之特定血漿濃度曲線下面積(AUC)的方式給與 兒茶紛丁院。在-些實施例中,以提供兒茶紛丁烧之特定 清除速率(CL/F)或特定半衰期(Τι/2)的方式給與兒茶紛丁 烷在本文中除非另外規定,否則本文(包括隨附申請專 利範圍)中所述ΡΚ參數係指相同給藥進度下至少3個患者之 H4535.doc •92· 201023852 群組的平均PK值。因此’除非另外規定,否則:auc =至 少3個患者之群組的平均AUC ; Cmax=至少3個患者之群組 的平均Cmax,Tmax=至少3個患者之群組的平均; τ,,,= 至少3個患者之群組的平均τ1/;2 ;且CL/F=至少3個患者之群 . 組的平均CL/F。在一些實施例中,平均值為至少6個患者 • 或至少12個患者或至少24個患者或至少36個患者之群組的 平均值。若欲為非平均PK值,則將指明該值僅關於個體。 同樣,除非另外說明,否則在本文中,AUC係指至少3個 ® 患者之群組的平均AUC,根據標準清除模型無限外推。若 欲為特定時間之AUC,則應藉由字尾名稱指明「Auc」之 起始(X)及結束(y)時間(例如AUCx,y)。 組合療法 本文所述實施例之一態樣提供使用不同治療方案組合治 療癌症之方法。舉例而言,該等兒茶酚丁烷化合物與一或 多種各種抗贅生性化學治療劑、化學預防劑、副作用限制 φ 劑及/或抗贅生性療法(例如手術)結合。 在本文所提供之任何該等方法中,個體可另外投與一或 多種其他抗癌劑。如上所述,此等其他癌症療法可為例如 手術、放射療法、投與化學治療劑及此等方法之任何兩者 ^所有之組合。組合療法可依次或同時進行,且組合療法 可為新辅助療法或輔助療法。抗癌劑包括(但不限於)DNa 破壞劑、拓撲異構酶抑制劑及有絲分裂抑制劑。許多化與 治療劑目前為此項技術中已知且可與本文所述化合物組: 使用。在一些實施例中,化學治療劑係選自由以下組成之 144535.doc •93· 201023852 群:有絲分裂抑制劑、烷化劑、抗代謝物、插入型抗生素 (intercalating antibiotic)、生長因子抑制劑、細胞週期抑 制劑、酶、拓撲異構酶抑制劑、生物反應調節劑、抗激 素、血管生成抑制劑及抗雄激素。 在一實施例中,欲治療個體可能對用至少—種酪胺酸激 酶抑制劑(例如僅EGFR抑制劑、僅IGF_1R抑制劑 抑制劑及IGF-1R抑制劑)治療具有抗性。 如本文所用之術語「癌症治療」、「癌症療法」及其類似 術語包涵以下治療,諸如手術(諸如切割、切除、消融(藉 由物理或化學方法或物理或化學方法之組合)、縫合雷 射處理或以其他方式實體改變身體組織及器官)、放射療 法、投與化學治療劑及此等方法之任何兩者或所有之組 合。組合療法可依次或同時進行。諸如放射療法及/或化 學療法之在手術之前投與的治療稱作新辅助療法。諸如放 射療法及/或化學療法之在手術之後投與的治療在本文中 稱作輔助療法。可用於癌症治療之手術之實例包括(但不 限於)根除性前列腺切除術、冷凍療法、乳房切除術、乳 房腫瘤切除術、經尿道前列腺切除術及其類似手術。 已知許多化學治療劑且其經由多種作用方式起作用。在 一些非限制性實施例中,化學治療劑為細胞毒性劑、抗增 殖劑、靶向劑(諸如激酶抑制劑及細胞週期調節劑)或生物 藥劑(諸如細胞激素、疫苗、病毒劑及其他免疫刺激劑, 諸如BCG、激素、單株抗體及siRNA^涉及投與化學治療 劑之組合療法的性質取決於所用藥劑之類型。 144535.doc -94- 201023852 若涵蓋組合療法,則;生丨办丨 抑制劑不欲受組合之特定性質限 制。舉例而言’抑制劑可以簡單混合物以及化學混合物 (hybrld)形式组合投與1者之—實例為化合物與乾向載 體或活性藥物共價鍵聯。共價結合可以多種方法實現,該 等方法諸如(但不限於)使用市售交聯化合物。 如本文所用之術語「藥物組合」、「投與另一療法」、「投 與另-治療劑」及其類似術語係指由混合或組合一種以上 活性成份產生之藥物療法,且包括活性成份之固定及非固 定組合。術語「固定組合」意謂以單一實體或劑㈣式同 時向患者投與抑制劑與至少_種輔劑。術語「非固定組 合」意謂以獨立實體形式向患者同時、共同或依次以可變 插入時限投與抑制劑與至少一種辅劑,其中該投與在患者 體内提供該兩種或兩種以上化合物之有效含量。其亦適用 於混合療法,例如投與三種或三種以上活性成份。 如本文所用之術語「共投與」、「與···組合投與」及其語 法上等效術語或其類似術語意欲包涵向單一患者投與所選 治療劑,且意欲包括藉由相同或不同投藥途徑或在相同或 不同時間投與藥劑的治療方案。在—些實施例中,抑制劑 …、他藥冑起共投與。此等術語包涵向動物投與兩種或 兩種以上藥劑’以使兩種藥劑及/或其代謝物同時存在於 動物中。其包括同時以獨立組合物投與,在不同時間以獨 立組合物投與,及/或以兩種藥劑均存在之組合物投與。 因此,在一些實施<列中,抑制劑及其他藥劑以單一組合物 投與。在-些實施例中’抑制劑及其他藥劑在組合物中混 144535.doc -95- 201023852 合。 如本文所用之「抗癌劑或抗癌療法」係指(但不限於)用 於個體之化學治療劑、核酸破壞劑、核酸破壞療法、抗癌 抗體、抗增殖劑或抗增殖療法。吾人應瞭解下列治療方案 之清單表示習知療法,但本發明實施例包涵本文未特別揭 示之其他已知治療方案。 本發明方法中欲使用之合適抗贅生性化學治療劑包括 (但不限於)烷化劑、抗代謝物、天然抗贅生劑、激素抗贅 生劑、血管生成抑制劑、分化劑、RNA抑制劑、抗體或免 疫治療劑、基因治療劑、小分子酶抑制劑、生物反應調節 劑及抗癌轉移劑。 炫化劑 已知烷化劑經由將大分子(諸如癌細胞之DNA)烷基化而 發揮作用,且通常為強親電子劑。此活性可破壞DNA合成 及細胞分裂。適用於本文之烷化劑之實例包括氮芥及其類 似物及衍生物,包括環填醢胺(cyclophosphamide)、異環 蛾醢胺(ifosfamide)、苯丁酸氮芥(chlorambucil)、雌莫司 汀(estramustine)、氮芥(mechlorethamine)鹽酸鹽、美法侖 (melphalan)及尿鳴咬氮芥(uracil mustard)。炫化劑之其他 實例包括烷基磺酸酯(例如白消安(busulfan))、亞硝基脲 (例如卡莫司汀(carmustine)、洛莫司汀(lomustine)及鏈脲 佐菌素(streptozocin))、三氮烯(例如達卡巴°秦(dacarbazine) 及替莫β坐胺(temozolomide))、伸乙基亞胺/甲基三聚氰胺 (例如六曱密胺(altretamine)及塞替派(thiotepa))及甲基肼 144535.doc -96- 201023852 衍生物(例如丙卡巴肼(procarbazine))。烧化劑組中包括類 烧基化含銘藥物,包含卡波銘(carboplatin)、順銘 (cisplatin)及奥赛力銘(oxaliplatin)。 抗代謝物 抗代謝抗贅生劑結構類似天然代謝物,且參與癌細胞之 . 正常代謝過程,諸如核酸及蛋白質之合成。其與天然代謝 物足夠不同從而其可干擾癌細胞之代謝過程。欲用於本發 明方法中之合適抗代謝抗贅生劑可根據其所影響之代謝過 β 程分類,且可包括(但不限於)葉酸、嘧啶、嘌呤及胞苷之 類似物.及衍生物。適用於本文之葉酸組藥劑之成員包括 (但不限於)曱胺嗓呤(methotrexate)(胺甲嗓吟 (amethopterin))、培美曲嗤(pemetrexed)及其類似物及衍生 物。適用於本文之嘧啶劑包括(但不限於)阿糖胞苷 (cytarabine)、敗尿普(floxuridine)、氟尿嘴咬 (fluorouracil)(5-氟尿喊咬)、卡培他濱(capecitabine)、吉西 他濱(gemcitabine)及其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文之嘌 φ 呤劑包括(但不限於)Μ基嗓呤(mercaptopurine)(6-疏基°票 呤)、喷司他、;丁(pentostatin)、硫鳥嘌吟(thioguanine)、克 拉屈濱(cladribine)及其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文之胞 苷劑包括(但不限於)阿糖胞苷(胞嘧啶阿拉伯糖苷)、阿紮 胞普(azacitidine)(5- It 胞苦(5-azacytidine))及其類似物及衍 生物。 天然抗贅生劑 天然抗贅生劑包含抗有絲分裂劑、拖生素抗贅生劑、喜 144535.doc -97- 201023852 樹驗(camptothecin)類似物及酶。適用於本文之抗有絲分裂 劑包括(但不限於)長春花屬生物驗(vinca alkaloid),如長 春驗(vinblastine)、長春新驗(vincristine)、長春地辛 (vindesine)、長春瑞濱(vinorelbine)及其類似物及衍生物。 其來源於長春花(Madagascar peri winkle)植物且通常對於μ 期具有細胞週期特異性,結合癌細胞微管中之微管蛋白。 適用於本文之其他抗有絲分裂劑為鬼臼毒素 (podophyllotoxin) ’其包括(但不限於)依託泊苷 (etoposide)、替尼泊苷(teniposide)及其類似物及衍生物。 ❹ 此等試劑主要靶向細胞週期之G2期及S後期。 天然抗贅生劑亦包括抗生素抗贅生劑。抗生素抗贅生劑 為通常經由與癌細胞DNA相互作用而具有抗腫瘤特性的抗 菌藥。適用於本文之抗生素抗贅生劑包括(但不限於)博來 徽素(belomycin)、放線菌素(dactinomycin)、小紅莓 (doxorubicin)、依達比星(idarubicin)、表柔比星 (epirubicin)、絲裂徽素(mitomycin)、米托蒽親 (mitoxantrone)、喷司他汀、普卡黴素(plicamycin)及其類 _ 似物及衍生物。 天然抗贅生劑分類亦包括適用於本文之喜樹鹼類似物及 衍生物,且包括喜樹驗、拓朴替康及伊立替康 . (mnotecan)。此等藥劑主要藉由靶向細胞核酶拓撲異構酶 1發揮作用。天然抗贅生劑之另一亞類為酶L-天冬醯胺酶 及其變異體。L-天冬醯胺酶藉由催化天冬醯胺循環水解為 天冬胺酸及氨而去除一些癌細胞的L_天冬醯胺來發揮作 144535.doc -98· 201023852 用。 激素抗贅生劑 激素抗贅生劑主要對與前列腺組織、乳房組織、子宮内 膜組織、卵巢組織、淋巴瘤及白血病有關之激素依賴性癌 , 細胞發揮作用。該等組織可對諸如糖皮質激素、孕酮、雌 , 激素及雄激素之藥劑類別作出反應且視該等藥劑類別而 定。作為促效劑或拮抗劑之類似物與衍生物均適合於治療 腫瘤。適用於本文之糖皮質激素促效劑/拮抗劑之實例為 β 地塞米松(dexamethasone)、皮質醇(cortisol)、皮質固酮 (corticosterone)、潑尼松(prednisone)、米非司酿I (mifepristone)(RU486)、其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文 之孕酮促效劑/拮抗劑亞類藥劑包括(但不限於)羥孕酮 (hydroxyprogesterone)、曱經孕酮(medroxyprogesterone)、 乙酸甲地孕酮(megestrol acetate)、米非司酮(RU486)、 ZK98299、其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文之雌激素促效 劑/拮抗劑亞類藥劑之實例包括(但不限於)雌激素、他莫昔 芬(tamoxifen)、托瑞米芬(toremifene)、RU58668、 SR16234 、 ZD164384 、 ZK191703 、氟維司群 (fulvestrant)、其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文之抑制雌激 素產生之芳香酶抑制劑的實例包括(但不限於)雄烯二酮 (androstenedione)、福美司坦(formestane)、依西美坦 (exemestane)、胺魯米特(aminoglutethimide)、阿那曲 °坐 (anastrozole)、來曲嗤(letrozole)、其類似物及衍生物。適 用於本文之雄激素促效劑/拮抗劑亞類藥劑的實例包括(但 144535.doc -99- 201023852 不限於)睪酮(testosterone)、雙氫睾酮(dihydrotestosterone)、 氟經曱基睪酮(fluoxymesterone)、睾内醋(testolactone)、 庚酸睪酮、丙酸睾酮、促性腺激素釋放激素促效劑/拮抗 劑(例如亮丙立德(leuprolide)、戈舍瑞林(goserelin)、曲普 瑞林(triptorelin)、布舍瑞林(buserelin))、己稀雌盼 (diethylstilbestrol) ' 阿巴瑞克(abarelix)、環杜酮 (cyproterone)、氟他胺(flutamide)、尼魯胺(nilutamide)、 比卡魯胺(bicalutamide)、其類似物及衍生物。 血管生成抑制劑 ❹ 血管生成抑制劑藉由抑制踵瘤之血管生成而起作用。血 管生成抑制劑包涵多種藥劑,包括小分子藥劑、抗體藥劑 及靶向RNA功能之藥劑。適用於本文之血管生成抑制劑之 實例包括(但不限於)蘭尼單抗(ranibizumab)、貝伐單抗 (bevacizumab)、SU11248、PTK787、ZK222584、CEP-7055、安吉酶(angiozyme)、達替肝素(dalteparin)、沙力度 胺(thalidomide)、蘇拉明(suramin)、CC-5013、考布他汀 〇 (combretastatin)A4填酸鹽、LY317615、大豆異黃酮(soy isoflavone)、AE-941、干擾素 α、PTK787/ZK 222584、 ZD6474、EMD 121974、ZD6474、BAY 543-9006、塞來昔 布(celecoxib)、鹵夫酿I (halofuginone)氫溴酸鹽、貝伐單 抗、其類似物、變異體或衍生物。 分化劑 分化劑經由誘發癌細胞分化之機制抑制腫瘤生長。適用 於本文之一種該亞類藥劑包括(但不限於)維生素A類似物 144535.doc -100- 201023852(2) 2000 mg per oral administration; (3) Intravenous administration of the first 曰-第 曰 ' ' repeated treatment every 28 days in the absence of disease progression or unacceptable toxicity; (4) The dose was increased to a target of 汕mg per cubic centimeter of tumor volume, and subsequently, the progress of the new patient group was extended to 4 weeks per week. In the case of putative tolerance, 'continue to increase the dose so that the group can be treated for 6 weeks' and finally 8 weeks; (5) intravenously administered 24 hours a week, the dose is 100 mg / hour (24 hours 2400 mg) Beginning in 5 groups of 3 to 6 patients in increments of 25 mg per hour to a maximum of 2 mg/hr (24 hours 4800 mg) or until the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) is determined; 6) Topical application to the cervix; and (7) Increasing the dose, wherein 5 consecutive infusions were intravenously infused every 28 days. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition can be administered more than once per 6 days for a period of time, or once every 2 days for a period of time. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered daily for four weeks. In another embodiment, each time the drug composition was again in three weeks for three weeks, and the middle cycle was started at the beginning of the cycle. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered daily for up to a week and then interrupted for one week. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered daily for two weeks, followed by two weeks of interruption. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered once or twice a day, or one week prior to the start of a new cycle. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered weekly or twice a week or twice a week. We should be aware that patients may be assessed and treated as needed, as needed, when considering the treatment cycle. . In each of the f examples, & tea can be prepared by free test or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate 'polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug 144535.doc 201023852 . Pharmaceutical compositions comprising catechol butane or a pharmaceutically acceptable <salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof are also described. The compounds and compositions described herein can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition, either alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent, according to standard pharmaceutical practice. In addition to the above examples and examples of administration, circulation, and circulation schedule, the above-described various changes in the administration, circulation, and cycle schedules for co-administered compounds and second chemotherapeutic compounds, radiation therapy, or surgery are encompassed herein. It can be administered as determined by a qualified medical professional based on the patient, type of cancer, and/or appropriate when the treatment progresses. In various embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount of the catechol butane dose described herein is used. In various embodiments, catechol butane is administered to minimize toxicity to the patient. In some embodiments, catechol butane is administered in a manner suitable for providing specific pharmacokinetic (pk) parameters in a human patient. In some embodiments, catechol butane is administered in a manner suitable for providing a specific maximum blood concentration (cmax) of catechol butane. In some embodiments, the butane is administered in a manner suitable for providing a maximum blood concentration for the known catechol butane (in some embodiments, to provide a pupa The area under the specific plasma concentration curve (AUC) of the alkane is given to the catechins. In some embodiments, to provide a specific clearance rate (CL/F) or specific half-life of the catechin (Τι/) 2) The manner in which catechin is given to catechins Unless otherwise specified, the ΡΚ parameters described herein (including the scope of the accompanying claims) refer to H4535.doc • 92 for at least 3 patients at the same dosing schedule. · 201023852 Average PK value for the group. Therefore 'unless otherwise specified: auc = average AUC for groups of at least 3 patients; Cmax = average Cmax for groups of at least 3 patients, Tmax = at least 3 patients Average of the groups; τ,,, = average τ1/2 of the group of at least 3 patients; and CL/F = group of at least 3 patients. Average CL/F of the group. In some embodiments, average Value is at least 6 patients • or at least 12 patients or at least 24 patients or at least 36 patients The average of the group. If it is a non-average PK value, it will indicate that the value is only relevant to the individual. Likewise, unless otherwise stated, AUC refers to the average AUC of a group of at least 3® patients, Infinite extrapolation according to the standard clearing model. If you want the AUC for a specific time, you should specify the start (X) and end (y) time of the "Auc" by the suffix name (for example, AUCx, y). One aspect of the embodiments provides a method of treating cancer using a combination of different treatment regimens. For example, the catechol butane compounds and one or more of various anti-neoplastic chemotherapeutic agents, chemopreventive agents, side effects limiting agents And/or anti-neoplastic therapy (eg, surgery) combination. In any of the methods provided herein, the individual may additionally administer one or more additional anti-cancer agents. As noted above, such other cancer therapies may be, for example, surgery , radiation therapy, administration of a chemotherapeutic agent, and any combination of these methods. Combination therapy may be performed sequentially or simultaneously, and the combination therapy may be neoadjuvant therapy or adjuvant therapy. Agents include, but are not limited to, DNa breakers, topoisomerase inhibitors, and mitotic inhibitors. Many chemical and therapeutic agents are currently known in the art and can be used with the compounds described herein: Use. In some embodiments The chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of 144535.doc • 93· 201023852 group: mitotic inhibitors, alkylating agents, antimetabolites, intercalating antibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, Enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, anti-hormones, angiogenesis inhibitors and antiandrogens. In one embodiment, the individual to be treated may be resistant to treatment with at least one tyrosinase inhibitor (e.g., only an EGFR inhibitor, only an IGF_1R inhibitor inhibitor and an IGF-1R inhibitor). The terms "cancer treatment", "cancer therapy" and the like as used herein encompass the following treatments, such as surgery (such as cutting, resection, ablation (by physical or chemical means or a combination of physical or chemical methods), suturing a laser Processing or otherwise physically altering body tissues and organs), radiation therapy, administration of a chemotherapeutic agent, and any combination or combination of these methods. Combination therapies can be performed sequentially or simultaneously. Treatments such as radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy that are administered prior to surgery are referred to as neoadjuvant therapy. Treatments administered after surgery, such as radiotherapy and/or chemotherapy, are referred to herein as adjuvant therapies. Examples of procedures that can be used in cancer treatment include, but are not limited to, eradication prostatectomy, cryotherapy, mastectomy, breast tumor resection, transurethral resection of the prostate, and the like. Many chemotherapeutic agents are known and act through a variety of modes of action. In some non-limiting embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is a cytotoxic agent, an anti-proliferative agent, a targeting agent (such as a kinase inhibitor and a cell cycle regulator), or a biological agent (such as a cytokine, vaccine, viral agent, and other immune agents). The nature of the stimulant, such as BCG, hormones, monoclonal antibodies, and siRNA^, in combination therapy with a chemotherapeutic agent, depends on the type of agent used. 144535.doc -94- 201023852 If combination therapy is covered, then 丨 丨Inhibitors are not intended to be limited by the particular nature of the combination. For example, 'inhibitors can be administered in combination as a simple mixture as well as in a chemically hybrid (hybrld) form - examples are compounds covalently linked to a dry carrier or active drug. The valence combination can be achieved in a variety of ways, such as, but not limited to, the use of commercially available cross-linking compounds. As used herein, the terms "pharmaceutical combination", "administering another therapy", "administering another therapeutic agent", and A similar term refers to a pharmaceutical therapy produced by mixing or combining more than one active ingredient, and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of active ingredients. "Fixed combination" means that the inhibitor is administered to the patient simultaneously with at least one adjuvant in a single entity or agent (IV). The term "non-fixed combination" means variable insertion into the patient simultaneously, collectively or sequentially in the form of a separate entity. The time limit administration inhibitor and at least one adjuvant, wherein the administration provides an effective amount of the two or more compounds in the patient. It is also suitable for combination therapy, for example, administration of three or more active ingredients. The terms "co-administered", "combined with", and grammatically equivalent terms or the like, as used herein, are intended to encompass the administration of a selected therapeutic agent to a single patient, and are intended to include the same or different a route of administration or a treatment regimen for administering the agent at the same or different times. In some embodiments, the inhibitor ..., the drug is co-administered. These terms encompass the administration of two or more agents to the animal' So that both agents and/or their metabolites are present in the animal simultaneously, including simultaneous administration in separate compositions, administration in separate compositions at different times, and/or in both agents The composition is administered. Thus, in some embodiments, the inhibitor and other agents are administered as a single composition. In some embodiments, the 'inhibitor and other agents are mixed in the composition 144535.doc - 95-201023852. As used herein, "anticancer or anticancer therapy" means (but is not limited to) a chemotherapeutic agent, nucleic acid disrupting agent, nucleic acid disrupting therapy, anticancer antibody, antiproliferative agent or antibiotic used in an individual. Proliferative Therapy. It is to be understood that the following list of treatment regimens represents conventional therapies, but the present invention encompasses other known therapeutic regimens not specifically disclosed herein. Suitable anti-neoplastic chemotherapeutic agents to be used in the methods of the invention include (but Not limited to) alkylating agents, antimetabolites, natural antibiotics, hormonal antibiotics, angiogenesis inhibitors, differentiation agents, RNA inhibitors, antibodies or immunotherapeutics, gene therapy agents, small molecule enzyme inhibitors , biological response modifiers and anti-cancer transfer agents. Hyuning Agents Alkylating agents are known to function by alkylating macromolecules, such as DNA of cancer cells, and are typically strong electrophiles. This activity disrupts DNA synthesis and cell division. Examples of alkylating agents suitable for use herein include nitrogen mustard and its analogs and derivatives, including cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, chlorambucil, estramust Estramustine, mechlorethamine hydrochloride, melphalan, and uracil mustard. Other examples of stimuli include alkyl sulfonates (e.g., busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine, lomustine, and streptozotocin). Streptozocin)), triazene (eg dacarbazine and temozolomide), ethyl imine/methyl melamine (eg altretamine and thiotepa) Thiotepa)) and methyl 肼 144535.doc -96- 201023852 derivatives (such as procarbazine). The burn-in group includes an alkaloid-containing drug, including carboplatin, cisplatin, and oxaliplatin. Antimetabolites Anti-metabolite anti-neoplastic agents are structurally similar to natural metabolites and are involved in cancer cells. Normal metabolic processes, such as the synthesis of nucleic acids and proteins. It is sufficiently different from natural metabolites that it can interfere with the metabolic processes of cancer cells. Suitable anti-metabolic anti-neoplastic agents to be used in the methods of the invention may be classified according to their metabolic pathways and may include, but are not limited to, folic acid, pyrimidine, purine and cytidine analogs and derivatives. . Members of the folic acid group of agents useful herein include, but are not limited to, methotrexate (amethopterin), pemetrexed, and analogs and derivatives thereof. Pyrimidine agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, cytarabine, floxuridine, fluorouracil (5-fluoropurine shouting), capecitabine (capecitabine) , gemcitabine and its analogues and derivatives. Suitable 本文 呤 呤 适用 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 包括 mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer mer Cladribine and its analogues and derivatives. Suitable cytidine agents for use herein include, but are not limited to, cytarabine (cytosine arabinoside), azacitidine (5-azacytidine), and analogs and derivatives thereof. . Natural anti-biological agents Natural anti-neoplastic agents include anti-mitotic agents, biotin antibiotics, hi 144535.doc -97- 201023852 camptothecin analogs and enzymes. Anti-mitotic agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, vinca alkaloids, such as vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, vinorelbine. And their analogues and derivatives. It is derived from the plant of Madagascar peri winkle and usually has cell cycle specificity for the μ phase and binds to tubulin in the microtubules of cancer cells. Other anti-mitotic agents suitable for use herein are podophyllotoxin' which include, but are not limited to, etoposide, teniposide, and analogs and derivatives thereof. ❹ These agents are primarily targeted at the G2 and S stages of the cell cycle. Natural antibiotics also include antibiotic antibiotics. Antibiotic antibiotics are antibacterial agents that have antitumor properties, usually through interaction with cancer cell DNA. Antibiotic antibiotic agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, belomycin, dactinomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin ( Epirubicin), mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pentastatin, plicamycin, and analogs and derivatives thereof. Natural antibiotic biocide classifications also include camptothecin analogs and derivatives suitable for use herein, and include Xishu, Topotecan and Irinotecan (mnotecan). These agents act primarily by targeting the cellular ribozyme topoisomerase 1. Another subclass of natural antibiotic agents is the enzyme L-aspartate and its variants. L-aspartate indoleamine is used as a 144535.doc -98· 201023852 by catalyzing the hydrolysis of aspartic acid and ammonia to the aspartate and ammonia to remove some of the cancer cells. Hormone antibiotics Hormone antibiotics mainly play a role in hormone-dependent cancers and cells related to prostate tissue, breast tissue, endometrial tissue, ovarian tissue, lymphoma and leukemia. Such tissues may respond to classes of agents such as glucocorticoids, progesterone, estrogens, hormones and androgens and will depend on the class of such agents. Both analogs and derivatives as agonists or antagonists are suitable for the treatment of tumors. Examples of glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists suitable for use herein are beta dexamethasone, cortisol, corticosterone, prednisone, and mifepristone I ( Mifepristone) (RU486), analogs and derivatives thereof. Suitable progesterone agonist/antagonist sub-agents for use herein include, but are not limited to, hydroxyprogesterone, medroxyprogesterone, megestrol acetate, mifepristone (RU486), ZK98299, analogs and derivatives thereof. Examples of estrogen agonist/antagonist subclassing agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, estrogen, tamoxifen, toremifene, RU58668, SR16234, ZD164384, ZK191703, Fulvestrant, its analogues and derivatives. Examples of aromatase inhibitors suitable for inhibiting estrogen production herein include, but are not limited to, androstenedione, formestane, exemestane, aminoglutethimide ), anastrozole, letrozole, analogs and derivatives thereof. Examples of androgen agonist/antagonist subclassing agents suitable for use herein include (but 144535.doc -99-201023852 is not limited to) testosterone, dihydrotestosterone, fluoxymesterone, Testolactone, decyl ketone, testosterone propionate, gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonist/antagonist (eg leuprolide, goserelin, triptorelin) ), buserelin, diethylstilbestrol 'abarelix, cyproterone, flutamide, nilutamide, bicel Bicalutamide, its analogues and derivatives. Angiogenesis inhibitors ❹ Angiogenesis inhibitors act by inhibiting angiogenesis in tumors. The angiogenesis inhibitors encompass a variety of agents, including small molecule agents, antibody agents, and agents that target RNA function. Examples of angiogenesis inhibitors suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, ranibizumab, bevacizumab, SU11248, PTK787, ZK222584, CEP-7055, angiozyme, and Heparin (dalteparin), thalidomide, suramin, CC-5013, combretatin A (combretastatin) A4 sate, LY317615, soy isoflavone, AE-941, interference α, PTK787/ZK 222584, ZD6474, EMD 121974, ZD6474, BAY 543-9006, celecoxib, halofiginone hydrobromide, bevacizumab, analogues thereof, variation Body or derivative. Differentiation Agents Differentiators inhibit tumor growth via a mechanism that induces differentiation of cancer cells. One such subclass of agents suitable for use herein includes, but is not limited to, vitamin A analogs 144535.doc -100- 201023852
❹ 或類視黃素及過氧化體增殖物活化受體促效劑(PPAR)。適 用於本文之類視黃素包括(但不限於)維生素A、視網醛 (vitamin A aldehyde)(視黃酸(retinal))、視黃酸、芬維A胺 (fenretinide)、9-順-類視色素酸、13-順-類視色素酸、全-反-視黃酸、異維甲酸(isotretinoin)、維甲酸(tretinoin)、 棕櫚酸視黃酯、其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文之PPAR 之促效劑包括(但不限於)曲格列_ (troglitazone)、環格列 鲷(ciglitazone)、替格列紮(tesaglitazar)、其類似物及衍生 物。 RNA抑制劑 可使用特定RNA抑制劑抑制與癌症表型有關之信使 RNA(「mRNA」)之表現或轉譯。適用於本文之該等藥劑 之實例包括(但不限於)短干擾RNA(「siRNA」)、核糖核酸 酶及反義寡核苷酸。適用於本文之RNA抑制劑之特定實例 包括(但不限於)Cand5、Sirna-027、福米韋生(fomivirsen) 及安吉酶。 抗體/免疫治療劑 抗體藥劑結合在癌細胞中選擇性表現之標靶,且可使用 結合作用殺滅與標靶有關之細胞,或引發身體之免疫反應 以破壞癌細胞。免疫治療劑可由多株抗體或單株抗體構 成。抗體可由非人類動物(例如小鼠)及人類組份構成,或 完全由人類組份構成(「人類化抗體」)。適用於本文之單 株免疫治療劑之實例包括(但不限於)靶向CD-20蛋白之利 妥昔單抗(rituximab)、托西莫單抗(tosibtumomab)、伊莫單 144535.doc •101· 201023852 抗(ibritumomab)。適用於本文之其他實例包括曲妥珠單抗 (trastuzumab)、依決洛單抗(edrecolomab)、貝伐單抗、西 妥昔單抗(cetuximab)、癌胚抗原抗體、吉妥單抗 (gemtuzumab)、阿余單抗(alemtuzumab)、瑪帕妥母單抗 (mapatumumab)、盤尼圖單抗(panitumumab)、EMD 72000、TheraCIM hR3、2C4、HGS-TR2J及 HGS-ETR2。 基因治療劑 基因治療劑將基因複本插入特定患者細胞組中,且可靶 向癌細胞與非癌細胞。基因治療之目標可為用功能基因替 代變化基因,刺激患者對癌症之免疫反應,使癌細胞對化 學療法更敏感,將「自殺」基因置於癌細胞中或抑制血管 生成。可使用病毒、脂質體或其他載體將基因傳遞至標靶 細胞。此可藉由以下方式進行:將基因·載體組合物直接 注入患者中,或離體注入患者中,其中將受感染細胞再引 回至患者中。該等組合物適用於本發明方法。 小分子酶抑制劑 特定小分子治療劑能夠靶向特定細胞受體(諸如表皮生 長因子受體(「EGFR」)或血管内皮生長因子受體 (「VEGFR」))之酪胺酸激酶酶活性或下游信號轉導信號。 該由小分子治療劑達成之靶向可產生抗癌作用。適用於本 文之該等藥劑之實例包括(但不限於)伊馬替尼(imatinib)、 吉非替尼、埃羅替尼(erlotinib)、拉帕替尼(lapatinib)、卡 紐替尼(canertinib)、ZD6474、索拉非尼(sorafenib)(BAY 43-9006)、ERB-569及其類似物及衍生物。 144535.doc -102- 201023852 生物反應調節劑 特定蛋白或小分子藥劑可經由直接抗腫瘤作用或經由間 接作用用於抗癌療法。適用於本文之直接作用劑之實例包 括(但不限於)分化劑(諸如類視黃素及類視黃素衍生物)。 適用於本文之間接作用劑包括(但不限於)調節或促進免疫 系統或其他系統的藥劑,諸如干擾素、介白素、造血生長 因子(例如紅血球生成素)及抗體(單株及多株抗體)。 抗癌轉移劑 癌細胞自初始腫瘤部位擴散至身體周圍其他位置之過程 稱作癌症轉移。某些藥劑具有抗癌轉移特性,其經設計以 抑制癌細胞擴散。適用於本文之該等藥劑之實例包括(但 不限於)馬立馬司他(marimastat)、貝伐單抗、曲妥珠單 抗、利妥昔單抗、埃羅替尼、MMI-166、GRN163L、捕獵 殺手肽(hunter-killer peptide)、金屬蛋白酶之組織抑制劑 (TIMP)、其類似物、衍生物及變異體。 化學預防劑 可使用某些藥劑預防癌症之初始產生或預防復發或癌轉 移。投與該等化學預防劑與一或多種其他抗癌劑(包括兒 茶盼丁烧)之組合可發揮治療癌症且預防癌症復發之作 用。適用於本文之化學預防劑之實例包括(但不限於)他莫 昔芬、雷洛昔芬(raloxifene)、替勃龍(tibolone)、雙膦酸鹽 (bisphosphonate)、伊班膦酸鹽(ibandronate)、雌激素受體 調節劑、芳香酶抑制劑(來曲唑、阿那曲唑)、黃髏生成激 素釋放激素促效劑、戈舍瑞林、維生素A、視黃醛、視黃 144535.doc •103- 201023852 酸、芬維A胺、9-順-類視色素酸、13_順_類視色素酸全 反-視黃酸、異維甲酸、類視黃素、維生素B6、維生素 B12、維生素C、維生素D、維生素E、環加氧酶抑制劑、、 非類固醇消炎藥(NSAID)、阿司匹林(aspirin)、布洛芬 (lbuprofen)、塞來昔布(celec〇xib)、多酚、多酚£、綠茶提 取物、葉酸、葡萄糖二酸、干擾素-α、大茴香腦二硫雜環 戊一烯硫酮(anethole dithiolethione)、辞、u比嘴醇、非那 雄女(finasteride)、多沙嗤嗓(d〇xazosin)、碼、0引〇朵—甲 烯(carbinal)、α-二氟曱基鳥胺酸、類胡蘿蔔素、卜胡蘿蔔 素、番茄紅素、抗氧化劑、輔酶Q1〇、類黃酮、槲皮酮、 薑黃素、兒茶素、表沒食子兒茶素沒食子酸酯、N_乙醯基 半胱胺酸、吲哚-3-甲醇、肌醇六磷酸鹽、異黃酮、葡聚糖 酸(glucanic acid)、迷迭香、大豆、鋸棕櫊(saw palmett〇) 及約。 副作用限制劑 單獨用兒茶酚丁烷或與其他抗贅生性化合物組合治療癌 症可伴隨投與可緩和抗贅生劑產生之副作用的藥劑。適用 於本文之該等藥劑包括(但不限於)抗嘔吐劑、抗黏膜炎 劑、疼痛控制劑、感染控制劑及抗貧血症/抗血小板減少 症劑。適用於本文之抗嘔吐劑之實例包括(但不限於)5_羥 色胺3又體拮抗劑、甲氧氣普胺(met〇ci〇pramide)、類固 醇、勞拉西泮(i〇razepam)、昂丹司瓊(〇ndansetr〇n)、類大 麻酚(cannabinoid)、其類似物及衍生物,適用於本文之抗 黏膜炎劑之實例包括(但不限於)帕利非明({)&11&〇11111)(角質 144535.doc 201023852 細胞生長因子)、類升糖素肽-2、特格魯特(teduglutide)、 L-麩胺醯胺、阿米福汀(amifostin)及纖維母細胞生長因子 20〇適用於本文之疼痛控制劑之實例包括(但不限於)類鴉 片(opioid)、鴆片劑(opiate)及非類固醇消炎化合物。適用 於本文之用於控制感染之藥劑之實例包括(但不限於)抗細 .菌劑,諸如胺基醣苷、青黴素(penicillin)、頭孢菌素 (cephalosporin)、四環素(tetracycline)、氣林可黴素 (clindamycin)、林可黴素(lincomycin)、大環内醋 ® (macrolide)、萬古黴素(vancomycin)、卡巴盤尼姆 (carbapenem)、單酿胺環(monobactam)、氟嗤諾嗣 (fluoroquinolone)、續醢胺(sulfonamide)、石肖0夫妥因 (nitrofurantoin)、其類似物及衍生物。適用於本文之可治 療與化學療法有關之貧血症或血小板減少症的藥劑的實例 包括(但不限於)紅血球生成素及血小板生成素。 亦可用用於與本文所述之兒茶酚丁烷及其他化合物組合 使用的數種其他合適療法。例如參見Goodwaw ά: 公❹ or retinoid and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor agonist (PPAR). Retinoids suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin A aldehyde (retinal), retinoic acid, fenretinide, 9-cis- Retinoids, 13-cis-retinoids, all-trans-retinoic acid, isotretinoin, tretinoin, retinyl palmitate, analogs and derivatives thereof. Affiliating agents for PPAR suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, troglitazone, ciglitazone, tesaglitazar, analogs and derivatives thereof. RNA Inhibitors Specific RNA inhibitors can be used to inhibit the expression or translation of messenger RNA ("mRNA") associated with a cancer phenotype. Examples of such agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, short interfering RNA ("siRNA"), ribonuclease, and antisense oligonucleotides. Specific examples of RNA inhibitors suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, Cand5, Sirna-027, fomivirsen, and anginase. Antibody/Immune Therapeutic Agents Antibody agents bind to targets that are selectively expressed in cancer cells and can use binding to kill cells associated with the target or trigger an immune response in the body to destroy cancer cells. The immunotherapeutic agent can be composed of a plurality of antibodies or monoclonal antibodies. The antibody may be composed of a non-human animal (e.g., mouse) and a human component, or may be composed entirely of human components ("humanized antibody"). Examples of monoclonal immunotherapeutic agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, rituximab (touxibimab), tosibtumomab, and Imodan 144535.doc • 101 that target the CD-20 protein. · 201023852 Resistance (ibritumomab). Other examples suitable for use herein include trastuzumab, edrecolomab, bevacizumab, cetuximab, carcinoembryonic antigen antibody, gemtuzumab (gemtuzumab) ), alimtuzumab, mapatumumab, panitumumab, EMD 72000, TheraCIM hR3, 2C4, HGS-TR2J and HGS-ETR2. Gene Therapeutic Agents Gene therapeutic agents insert a gene copy into a specific patient cell group and target both cancer cells and non-cancer cells. The goal of gene therapy can be to replace the variable gene with a functional gene, stimulate the patient's immune response to cancer, make cancer cells more sensitive to chemotherapy, and place "suicide" genes in cancer cells or inhibit angiogenesis. The gene can be delivered to the target cell using a virus, liposome or other vector. This can be done by injecting the gene vector composition directly into the patient or by injecting it into the patient ex vivo, wherein the infected cells are reintroduced back into the patient. These compositions are suitable for use in the method of the invention. Small molecule enzyme inhibitor-specific small molecule therapeutics are capable of targeting tyrosine kinase activity of specific cellular receptors such as epidermal growth factor receptor ("EGFR") or vascular endothelial growth factor receptor ("VEGFR") or Downstream signal transduction signal. This targeting by small molecule therapeutics can produce an anti-cancer effect. Examples of such agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, imatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, lapatinib, canertinib. ZD6474, sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), ERB-569 and analogues and derivatives thereof. 144535.doc -102- 201023852 Biological Response Modulators Specific protein or small molecule agents can be used for anticancer therapy via direct anti-tumor effects or via indirect effects. Examples of direct acting agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, differentiating agents (such as retinoids and retinoid derivatives). Suitable for use herein are, but are not limited to, agents that modulate or promote the immune system or other systems, such as interferons, interleukins, hematopoietic growth factors (eg, erythropoietin), and antibodies (single and polyclonal antibodies). ). Anticancer Transfer Agent The process by which cancer cells spread from the initial tumor site to other locations around the body is called cancer metastasis. Certain agents have anti-cancer transfer properties designed to inhibit the spread of cancer cells. Examples of such agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, marimastat, bevacizumab, trastuzumab, rituximab, erlotinib, MMI-166, GRN163L Hunter-killer peptide, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase (TIMP), analogs, derivatives and variants thereof. Chemopreventive agents Certain agents can be used to prevent the initial production of cancer or to prevent recurrence or cancer metastasis. The combination of these chemopreventive agents with one or more other anticancer agents, including catechins, can act to treat cancer and prevent cancer recurrence. Examples of chemopreventive agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, tamoxifen, raloxifene, tibolone, bisphosphonate, ibandronate ), estrogen receptor modulator, aromatase inhibitor (letrozole, anastrozole), jaundice hormone releasing hormone agonist, goserelin, vitamin A, retinal, retinal 144535.doc •103- 201023852 Acid, fenretinide, 9-cis-retinoic acid, 13_cis-retinoic acid all-trans-retinoic acid, isotretinoin, retinoid, vitamin B6, vitamin B12, Vitamin C, vitamin D, vitamin E, cyclooxygenase inhibitor, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), aspirin, ibuprofen, celec〇xib, polyphenols, Polyphenols £, green tea extract, folic acid, glucaric acid, interferon-α, anethole dithiolethione, rheumatism, u-bilol, finasteride , 〇沙嗤嗓 (d〇xazosin), code, 0 〇 〇-carbene (carbinal), α- Fluoroguanosine, carotenoids, carotenoids, lycopene, antioxidants, coenzyme Q1, flavonoids, quercetin, curcumin, catechins, epigallocatechin Acid ester, N-acetinyl cysteine, indole-3-carbinol, phytate, isoflavone, glucanic acid, rosemary, soybean, saw palmetto 〇) Peace Treaty. Side effect limiting agents The treatment of cancer with catechol butane alone or in combination with other anti-neoplastic compounds may be accompanied by administration of an agent which can alleviate the side effects produced by the anti-biological agent. Such agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, anti-emetic agents, anti-mucosal agents, pain control agents, infection control agents, and anti-anemia/anti-thrombotic agents. Examples of anti-emetic agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, serotonin 3-conformity antagonists, met〇ci〇pramide, steroids, lorazepam, angdan Examples of anti-mucosal agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, paclivirin ({) & 11 & sinensis (cannabin), cannabinoids, analogs and derivatives thereof. 〇11111) (keratin 144535.doc 201023852 cell growth factor), glucagon peptide-2, teduglutide, L-glutamine, amifostin and fibroblast growth factor Examples of pain management agents suitable for use herein include, but are not limited to, opioids, opiates, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory compounds. Examples of agents useful for controlling infections herein include, but are not limited to, antibacterial agents, such as aminosides, penicillins, cephalosporins, tetracyclines, linnoides Clindamycin, lincomycin, macrolide, vancomycin, carbapenem, monobactam, fluocinolone Fluoroquinolone), sulfonamide, nitrofurantoin, analogs and derivatives thereof. Examples of agents useful in the treatment of anemia or thrombocytopenia associated with chemotherapy include, but are not limited to, erythropoietin and thrombopoietin. Several other suitable therapies for use in combination with the catechol butanes and other compounds described herein can also be used. See, for example, Goodwaw ά: Public
The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics,第 11 版, Brunton LL,Lazo JS 及 Parker KL 編,McGraw-Hill,New York, 2006 ° 印巢癌 在一實施例中,癌症為卵巢癌且一或多種治療性處理為 手術、化學療法(例如小紅莓;鹽酸多柔比星(doxil);吉西 他濱;魯比特康(Rubitecan);及基於鉑之化學治療劑,諸 如順鉑、卡波鉑及奥賽力鉑)、美法侖、太平洋紫杉醇 144535.doc •105· 201023852 (paclitaxel)、拓撲異構酶I抑制劑(諸如拓朴替康及伊立替 康)、基於紫杉炫(taxane)之療法、激素、放射療法、全身 低溫療法、異黃酮衍生物(諸如苯妥帝爾(Phenoxodial))、 細胞毒性大環内酯(諸如埃坡黴素(Epothilone))、血管生成 抑制劑(諸如貝伐單抗)、信號轉導抑制劑(諸如曲妥珠單 抗)、基因療法、RNAi療法、免疫療法、單株抗體、類磷 脂醯環己六醇激酶抑制劑(諸如雷帕黴素(rapamycin))或其 任何組合。在另一實施例中,治療性處理為VEGF受體抑 制劑。VEGF受體抑制劑之非限制性實例包括貝伐單抗 (AVASTIN®)、蘭尼單抗(LUCENTIS®)、VEGF-Trap、舒 尼替尼(sunitinib)(SUTENT®)、索拉非尼(NEXAVAR®)、 阿西替尼(axitinib)、n底加他尼(pegaptanib)及帕°坐帕尼 (pazopanib) 〇 肝癌 在一實施例中,癌症為肝癌,且一或多種抗癌療法為例 如手術、免疫療法、放射療法、化學療法及經皮乙醇注 射。可使用之手術類型為冷凍手術、部分肝切除術、全部 肝切除術及射頻消融術。放射療法可為體外射線束放射療 法、近接放射療法、放射增敏藥或放射性標記抗體。其他 治療類型包括高溫療法及免疫療法。 皮膚癌 可用於患有非黑色素瘤及黑色素瘤皮膚癌及光化性角化 病之患者的不同治療類型包括手術、放射療法、化學療法 及光動力療法。治療皮膚癌之一些可能手術選擇為莫氏顯 144535.doc -106- 201023852 微手術(mohs micrographic surgery)、簡單切除、電乾燥法 及刮除術、冷凍手術、雷射手術。放射療法可為體外射線 束放射療法或近接放射療法。臨床試驗中測試之其他治療 類型為生物療法或免疫療法、化學免疫療法、使用氟尿嘧 * 啶之局部化學療法及光動力療法。 . 子宮内膜癌 在一實施例中,癌症為子宮内膜癌且一或多種抗癌療法 為例如手術、放射療法、化學療法、基因療法、光動力療 ® 法、抗血管生成療法及免疫療法或其組合。 賢癌 在一實施例中,癌症為腎癌且一或多種治療性處理為手 術、化學療法、貝伐單抗(AVASTIN®)、蘭尼單抗 (LUCENTIS®)、VEGF-Trap、舒尼替尼(SUTENT®)、索拉 非尼(NEXAVAR®)、阿西替尼、哌加他尼、帕唑帕尼、干 擾素-a、IL-2或其任何組合。 睾丸癌 在一實施例中,癌症為睾丸癌,且一或多種抗癌療法為 例如手術、免疫療法、化學療法、放射療法、化學療法與 放射療法或生物療法之組合。數種藥物通常用於治療睾丸 癌:坡萊替諾(Platinol)(順鉑)、維比苷(Vepesid)或VP-16(依託泊苷)及博來噁烷(Blenoxane)(博來黴素硫酸鹽)。 另外,可使用伊非克思(Ifex)(異環磷醯胺)、長春花鹼 (Velban)(長春驗硫酸鹽)及其他。 胃癌 : 144535.doc -107- 201023852 在一實施例中,癌症為睾丸癌,且一或多種抗癌療法為 例如手術、免疫療法、化學療法、放射療法、化學療法與 放射療法或生物療法之組合。 胸腺癌 在一實施例中,癌症為胸腺癌,且一或多種抗癌療法為 例如手術、免疫療法、化學療法、故射療法、化學療法與 放射療法或生物療法之組合。已用於治療胸腺瘤及胸腺癌 之抗癌藥為小紅莓(阿徽素(Adriamycin))、順始、異環鱗 酿胺及皮質類固醇(corticosteroid)(潑尼松)。通常,此等 藥物以組合形式提供以提高其有效性。用於治療胸腺癌之 組合包括順始、小紅莓、依託泊苷及環磷醯胺,及順鉑、 小紅莓、環磷醯胺及長春新鹼之組合。 骨魏瘤 在一實施例中,癌症為骨髓瘤,且一或多種治療性處理 為手術、放射療法、VELCADE®、來那度胺 (lenalidomide)或沙力度胺或其組合。在一實施例中,治療 性處理為VELCADE®。任何此等療法之劑量為此項技術中 已知且可相應地隨組合療法調節。 前列腺癌 在實施例中癌症為前列腺癌,且一或多種治療性處 理為手術、放射療法(例如體外射線束放射療法或近接放 射療法)、激素去除(雄激素抑止)、熱休克蛋白9〇(Hsp9〇) 抑制劑化學療法(例如多西他赛(docetaxel);基於鉑之化 學療法,諸如順鉑、卡波鉑、沙始(satraplatin)及奥賽力 144535.doc 201023852 始;紫杉炫·;雌莫司灯)、潑尼松或潑尼松龍(prednisolone)、 降膽固酵藥(諸如他汀(statin))、黃體生成激素釋放激素 (LHRH)促效劑、RNAi療法、全腫瘤細胞遣傳修飾以分泌 粒細胞巨噬細胞-群落刺激因子(GM-CSF)(亦稱作GVAX)或 •其任何組合。在另一實施例中,一或多種治療性處理為 . VEGF受體抑制劑。VEGF受體抑制劑之非限制性實例包括 貝伐單抗(AVASTIN®)、蘭尼單抗(LUCENTIS®)、VEGF-Trap、舒尼替尼(SUTENT®)、索拉非尼(NEXAVAR®)、阿 © 西替尼、β底加他尼及帕°坐帕尼。 肺癌 在一實施例中,癌症為肺癌,且一或多種治療性處理為 手術、放射療法(例如胸部放射療法、使用帶電粒子之放 射療法)、尿。密°定-喃氟咬(Uracil-tegafur)及基於翻之化學 療法(例如順鉑、卡波鉑、奥赛力鉑等)及長春瑞濱、埃羅 替尼(TARCEVA®)、吉非替尼(IRESSA®)、抗表皮生長因 子受體抗體(例如西妥昔單抗)、抗血管内皮生長因子抗體 (例如貝伐單抗)、酷·胺酸激酶之小分子抑制劑、參與肺癌 細胞增殖之蛋白質的直接抑制劑、極光(Aurora)激酶抑制 劑、雷射誘導熱療法、RNAi療法、全腫瘤細胞遺傳修飾 以分泌粒細胞巨噬細胞-群落刺激因子(GM-CSF)(亦稱作 ‘ GVAX)、 貝伐單抗(AVASTIN®)、 蘭尼單抗 (LUCENTIS®)、VEGF-Trap、舒尼替尼(SUTENT®)、索拉 非尼(NEXAVAR®)、阿西替尼、哌加他尼及帕唑帕尼或其 任何組合。另一治療性處理包括紫杉酌·(Taxol)及培美曲 144535.doc -109- 201023852 唑。任何此等療法之劑量為此項技術中已知且可相應地隨 組合療法調節。 乳癌 在一實施例中,癌症為乳癌,且一或多種治療性處理為 手術、單株抗體(例如Her-2抗體、赫賽汀(herceptin)、貝 伐單抗(AVASTIN®)、蘭尼單抗(LUCENTIS®)、舒尼替尼 (SUTENT®)、索拉非尼(NEXAVAR®)、阿西替尼、哌加他 尼及帕唑帕尼)、輔助化學療法(諸如單一藥劑化學療法或 組合化學療法(例如基於蒽環黴素(anthracycline-)及紫杉烧 之綜合化學療法、紫杉酚或有或無内分泌操作且有或無 PMRT下的標靶特異性曲妥珠單抗、長春瑞濱))、VEGF-Trap、希羅達(xeloda)、克癌易(taxotere)、阿黴素、環鱗 醢胺、希羅達、克癌易、選擇性雌激素受體調節劑(諸如 他莫昔芬及雷洛昔芬)、異位雌激素受體調節劑(諸如曲洛 司坦(Trilostane))、放射(例如間質内近接放射療法、 Mammosite裝置、3維適形外放射及手術中放射療法)、抑 止全身合成之芳香酶抑制劑(例如阿那曲嗤、依西美坦及 來曲唑)、RNAi療法、具有免疫抑制性及抗增殖性之雷帕 黴素靜脈内類似物(諸如替羅莫司(Temsirolimus)(CCI779)) 或其任何組合。任何此等療法之劑量為此項技術中已知且 可相應地隨組合療法調節。 結陽癌 在一實施例中,癌症為結腸癌,且一或多種治療性處理 為手術、放射療法及化學療法(例如5 -氟尿°密咬、左旋°米°坐 144535.doc -110- 201023852 (levamisole)、亞葉酸(leucovorin)或司莫司汀 (semustine)(曱基-CCNU))、N-[2-(二甲基胺基)乙基]吖》定-4-甲醯胺及其他相關曱醯胺抗癌藥;非拓撲異構酶II抑制 劑、伊立替康、脂質體拓朴替康、紫杉烷類抗癌劑(例如 •太平洋紫杉醇或多西他赛)、°占噸酮乙酸類化合物(例如 . 5,6-二甲基咕嘴酮-4-乙酸PMAA)、昆布糖(laminarin)、位 點選擇性環狀AMP類似物(例如3',5’-環磷酸8-氣腺苷)、 Cox-2之旅味幷,°朵抑制劑、Cox-2之吟坐抑制劑、Cox-2 ® 之四氫咔唑抑制劑、Cox-2之茚抑制劑、NSAID之局部抑 制劑(localized inhibitor)(例如鄰胺基笨甲酸、阿司匹林(5-乙醯柳酸)、奥柳氮鈉(azodisal sodium)、碳雜環酸 (carboheterocyclic acid)、卡洛芬(carprofen)、苯 丁酸氮 芬、雙氯芬酸(diclophenac)、芬布芬(fenbufen)、芬氣酸 (fenclofenac)、非諾洛芬(fenoprofen)、氟芬那酸 (flufenamic acid)、氟比洛芬(flurbiprofen)、氣洛芬 (fluprofen)、°夫喃苯胺酸(furosemide)、硫代蘋果酸金鈉 ❹ (gold sodium thiomalate)、布洛芬(ibuprofen)、吲哚美辛 (indomethacin)、《51 哚洛芬(indoprofen)、酮基布洛芬 (ketoprofen)、氣那唾酸(lonazolac)、洛索洛芬 (loxoprofen)、曱氣芬那酸(meclofenamic acid)、曱芬那酸 (mefanamic acid)、美法侖、萘普生(naproxen)、青黴胺 (penicillamine)、苯基乙酸、丙酸、柳酸、柳氮確。比啶、 舒林酸(sulindac)、托美丁(tolmetin)、二氫吡唑酮 (pyrazolone)保泰松(butazone)佩帕松(propazone)NSAID、 144535.doc 201023852 美洛昔康(meloxicam)、昔康(oxicam)、°比羅昔康 (piroxicam)、菲爾德利(feldene)、°比羅昔康β環葡聚糖、替 諾昔康(tenoxicam)、依託度酸(etodolac)及°惡丙嗪 (oxaprozin))、HER-2/neu 之抑制劑、RNAi 療法、GM-CSF、單株抗體(例如抗Her-2/neu抗體、抗CEA抗體、 A33(HB 8779)、100-210(HB 11764)及 100-310(HB 11028))、 貝伐單抗(AVASTIN®) ' 蘭尼單抗(LUCENTIS®)、VEGF-Trap、舒尼替尼(SUTENT®)、索拉非尼(NEXAVAR®)、阿 西替尼、旅加他尼、帕吐帕尼及艾比特思(erbitux))、維克 替比(vectibix)、激素療法、嘧咬胺、喜樹驗衍生物(例如 CPT-11)、路葉酸(FA)、吉西他濱、Ara-C、基於銘之化學 治療劑(諸如順鉑、卡波鉑及奥赛力鉑)、cGMP特異性磷酸 二酯酶抑制劑或其任何組合。任何此等療法之劑量為此項 技術中已知且可相應地隨組合療法調節。 職線癌 在一實施例中,癌症為胰腺癌,且一或多種治療性處理 為手術、放射療法(RT)、氟尿嘧啶(5-FU)及RT、全身療法 (systemic therapy)、支架置放術(stenting)、吉西他濱 (GEMZAR®)、吉西他濱及RT、西妥昔單抗、埃羅替尼 (TARCEVA®)、化學放射、貝伐單抗(AVASTIN®)或其任何 組合。任何此等療法之劑量為此項技術中已知且可相應地 隨組合療法調節。 子宮頸癌 在一實施例中’癌症為子宮頸癌,且一或多種抗癌療法 144535.doc -112· 201023852 包括(但不限於)手術、免疫療 一些可能的手術選擇為療法及化學療法。 宮切除術。子宮頸癌患者之二=除術及根除性子 療法或近接放射療法1作包括體外射線束放射 、落孚a -s广 為化子療法之一部分投與以治 療子呂頸癌之抗癌藥包括順翻 康、博來撒去且主 卞波鉑、羥基脲、伊立替 «、長春騎、絲•素、異環祕胺、氣尿 嘧疋依託泊苷、曱胺喋呤及其組合。 曱狀腺癌 ❿ 在-實施例中,癌症為甲狀腺癌,且一或多種抗癌療法 括G不p艮於)手術、免疫療法、放射療法、激素療法及 化干療法。手術為曱狀腺癌之最常見療法。治療甲狀腺癌 之-些可能的手術選擇為腺葉切除術、甲狀腺近全切除 術甲狀腺全切除術及淋巴結切割術。放射療法可為外放 射療法或可能需要攝人含放射性蛾之液體。激素療法使用 激素使癌細胞停止生長。在治療甲狀腺癌時,可使用激素 使身體停止產生會使癌細胞生長之其他激素。 EGFR抑制劑抗性及EGFR抑制劑 過度表現表皮生長因子受體(EGFR)或其配位體tGFc^^ 常與例如乳癌、肺癌及頭頸部癌症有關,且咸信其有助於 此等腫瘤之惡性生長。密集研究工作之領域為開發適用作 抗腫瘤藥之抑制EGFr激酶活性的化合物以及阻斷EGFR活 化的抗體。 經由受體EGFR發揮作用之表皮生長因子(EGF)為上皮細 胞之有絲分裂原及存活因子(Rheinvvald,J. G.及Green, H., 144535.doc -113- 201023852 1977,Nature 265, 421 ; Rodeck,U·等人,1997,J. Cell Science 110, 113)。因此,在化學療法中使用EGFR抑制劑 有可能干擾皮膚及其他上皮組織(諸如角膜及胃腸道之内 層)之正常更新:對增殖組織(諸如皮膚及GI道)之毒性通常 為細胞毒性劑之劑量限制性副作用。該毒性可尤其表現為 皮疹、腹瀉、角膜變薄、頭髮減少或損失、毛囊發育異 常、退化(degeneration)、壞死或發炎、渡泡間表皮增殖或 損傷之後不能癒合或癒合延期的症狀。 如本文所用之術語「EGFR抑制劑」係指目前此項技術 中已知或將來鑑別之任何EGFR抑制劑,且包括向患者投 與之後使得可抑制該患者中與EGFR活化有關之生物活性 (包括另外因EGFR之天然配位體與EGFR結合而引起的任 何下游生物學效應)的任何實體。該等EGFR抑制劑包括可 阻斷EGFR活化或與治療患者癌症有關之EGFR活化之任何 下游生物學效應的任何藥劑。該種抑制劑可藉由直接與受 體之細胞内域結合且抑制其激酶活性而發揮作用。或者, 該種抑制劑可藉由占據EGFR受體或其一部分之配位體結 合位點或其一部分,從而使受體不可接近其天然配位體而 阻止或降低其正常生物活性而發揮作用。EGFR抑制劑包 括(但不限於)低分子量抑制劑、抗體或抗體片段、反義構 築體及核糖核酸酶。在一較佳實施例中,EGFR抑制劑為 有機小分子或特異性結合人類EGFR之抗體。 可根據本發明方法使用之EGFR抑制劑包括(但不限於)在 此項技術中分類為以下之EGFR抑制劑:喧唾淋EGFR抑制 144535.doc -114- 201023852 劑、吡啶幷嘧啶EGFR抑制劑、嘧啶幷嘧啶EGFR抑制劑、 °比咯幷嘧唆EGFR抑制劑、《比吐幷嘧唆EGFR抑制劑、苯基 胺基-嘧啶EGFR抑制劑、羥基吲哚EGFR抑制劑、叫丨„朵幷 咔唑EGFR抑制劑、呔嗓EGFR抑制劑、異黃鲖EGFR抑制 劑、喧琳酮(quinalone)EGFR抑制劑及替伏汀 (tyrphostin)EGFR抑制劑。The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 11th Edition, Brunton LL, Lazo JS and Parker KL, ed. McGraw-Hill, New York, 2006 ° Infected Cancer In one embodiment, the cancer is ovarian cancer and one or more therapeutic treatments are Surgery, chemotherapy (eg cranberries; doxil hydrochloride; gemcitabine; Rubitecan; and platinum-based chemotherapeutic agents such as cisplatin, carboplatin and acesulfide) Melphalan, Pacific paclitaxel 144535.doc •105· 201023852 (paclitaxel), topoisomerase I inhibitors (such as topotecan and irinotecan), taxane based therapy, hormones, radiation therapy , systemic hypothermia, isoflavone derivatives (such as Phenoxodial), cytotoxic macrolides (such as Epothilone), angiogenesis inhibitors (such as bevacizumab), signals Transduction inhibitors (such as trastuzumab), gene therapy, RNAi therapy, immunotherapy, monoclonal antibodies, phospholipid-based cyclohexanol kinase inhibitors (such as rapamycin) or any of them Co. In another embodiment, the therapeutic treatment is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include bevacizumab (AVASTIN®), ranibizumab (LUCENTIS®), VEGF-Trap, sunitinib (SUTENT®), sorafenib ( NEXAVAR®), axitinib, n. pegaptanib, and pazopanib. In one embodiment, the cancer is liver cancer, and one or more anticancer therapies are for example Surgery, immunotherapy, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, and percutaneous ethanol injection. The types of surgery that can be used are cryosurgery, partial hepatectomy, total hepatectomy, and radiofrequency ablation. Radiation therapy can be extracorporeal beam radiation therapy, proximity radiation therapy, radiosensitizers or radiolabeled antibodies. Other treatment types include hyperthermia and immunotherapy. Skin Cancer Different treatment types for patients with non-melanoma and melanoma skin cancer and actinic keratosis include surgery, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, and photodynamic therapy. Some of the possible surgical options for treating skin cancer are Mohs 144535.doc -106- 201023852, microhurgical surgery, simple resection, electro-drying and curettage, cryosurgery, and laser surgery. Radiation therapy can be extracorporeal beam radiation therapy or proximity radiation therapy. Other treatment types tested in clinical trials are biotherapy or immunotherapy, chemoimmunotherapy, topical chemotherapy with fluorouracil and photodynamic therapy. Endometrial Cancer In one embodiment, the cancer is endometrial cancer and one or more anti-cancer therapies are, for example, surgery, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, gene therapy, photodynamic therapy, anti-angiogenic therapy, and immunotherapy. Or a combination thereof. In one embodiment, the cancer is kidney cancer and one or more of the therapeutic treatments are surgery, chemotherapy, bevacizumab (AVASTIN®), ranibizumab (LUCENTIS®), VEGF-Trap, sultanate SUTENT®, Sorafenib (NEXAVAR®), axitinib, pegaptanib, pazopanib, interferon-a, IL-2 or any combination thereof. Testicular cancer In one embodiment, the cancer is testicular cancer and the one or more anti-cancer therapies are, for example, surgery, immunotherapy, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, radiation therapy or combination therapy. Several drugs are commonly used to treat testicular cancer: Platinol (cisplatin), Vepesid (Vepesid) or VP-16 (etoposide) and Blenoxane (Boleoxane) Sulfate). In addition, Ifex (isocyclic phosphoniumamine), vinblastine (Velban) (vinca sulfate) and others can be used. Gastric Cancer: 144535.doc -107- 201023852 In one embodiment, the cancer is testicular cancer, and one or more anti-cancer therapies are, for example, surgery, immunotherapy, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, combination of chemotherapy and radiation therapy or biological therapy . Thymic Cancer In one embodiment, the cancer is thymic carcinoma and the one or more anti-cancer therapies are, for example, surgery, immunotherapy, chemotherapy, accidental therapy, combination of chemotherapy and radiation therapy or biological therapy. Anticancer drugs that have been used to treat thymoma and thymic cancer are cranberries (Adriamycin), cisplatin, isocyclic squamous amines, and corticosteroids (prednisone). Typically, such drugs are provided in combination to increase their effectiveness. Combinations for the treatment of thymic cancer include cisplatin, cranberry, etoposide and cyclophosphamide, and combinations of cisplatin, cranberry, cyclophosphamide and vincristine. Osteoblasts In one embodiment, the cancer is myeloma and one or more of the therapeutic treatments are surgery, radiation therapy, VELCADE®, lenalidomide or talcamine or a combination thereof. In one embodiment, the therapeutic treatment is VELCADE®. The dosage of any such therapy is known in the art and can be adjusted accordingly with the combination therapy. Prostate Cancer In the examples, the cancer is prostate cancer, and one or more therapeutic treatments are surgery, radiation therapy (eg, extracorporeal beam radiation therapy or proximity radiation therapy), hormone removal (androgen suppression), heat shock protein 9 ( Hsp9〇) Inhibitor chemotherapy (eg docetaxel; platinum-based chemotherapy, such as cisplatin, carboplatin, satraplatin, and aussie 144535.doc 201023852; yew ; female Moss lamp), prednisone or prednisolone, cholesterol-lowering drugs (such as statin), luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LHRH) agonist, RNAi therapy, whole tumor cells Modifications are made to secrete granulocyte macrophage-community stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (also known as GVAX) or any combination thereof. In another embodiment, the one or more therapeutic treatments are . VEGF receptor inhibitors. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include bevacizumab (AVASTIN®), ranibizumab (LUCENTIS®), VEGF-Trap, sunitinib (SUTENT®), sorafenib (NEXAVAR®) , Axitininib, β-Putatani and Pa. Lung Cancer In one embodiment, the cancer is lung cancer, and one or more of the therapeutic treatments are surgery, radiation therapy (e.g., chest radiotherapy, radiotherapy using charged particles), urine. Uracil-tegafur and chemotherapeutic based (eg cisplatin, carboplatin, acesulfide, etc.) and vinorelbine, erlotinib (TARCEVA®), gefitinib (IRESSA®), anti-EGFR antibody (eg cetuximab), anti-vascular endothelial growth factor antibody (eg bevacizumab), small molecule inhibitor of tyrosine kinase, involved in lung cancer cell proliferation Direct inhibitor of protein, Aurora kinase inhibitor, laser-induced heat therapy, RNAi therapy, whole tumor cell genetic modification to secrete granulocyte macrophage-community stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (also known as ' GVAX), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®), ranibizumab (LUCENTIS®), VEGF-Trap, sunitinib (SUTENT®), sorafenib (NEXAVAR®), axitinib, pega Tani and pazopanib or any combination thereof. Another therapeutic treatment includes Taxol and Pemetrex 144535.doc-109-201023852 azole. The dosage of any such therapy is known in the art and can be adjusted accordingly with the combination therapy. Breast Cancer In one embodiment, the cancer is breast cancer and one or more therapeutic treatments are surgery, monoclonal antibodies (eg, Her-2 antibody, herceptin, bevacizumab (AVASTIN®), Lenny's single Antibiotics (LUCENTIS®), SUTENT® (SUTENT®), sorafenib (NEXAVAR®), axitinib, pegaptanib and pazopanib), adjuvant chemotherapy (such as single agent chemotherapy or Combination chemotherapy (eg, combination chemotherapy based on anthracycline- and yew-burning, paclitaxel or with or without endocrine manipulation with or without PMRT target-specific trastuzumab, Changchun Ruibin)), VEGF-Trap, xeloda, taxotere, doxorubicin, cyclosporin, Xeloda, dextrosamine, selective estrogen receptor modulator (such as Tamoxifen and raloxifene), ectopic estrogen receptor modulators (such as Trilostane), radiation (eg, interstitial proximal radiotherapy, Mammosite devices, 3-dimensional conformal radiation and Radiation therapy during surgery), aromatase inhibitors that inhibit systemic synthesis (eg A Qufu, exemestane and letrozole), RNAi therapy, rapamycin intravenous analogues with immunosuppressive and antiproliferative properties (such as Temsirolimus (CCI779)) or any combination thereof . The dosage of any such therapy is known in the art and can be adjusted accordingly with the combination therapy. In one embodiment, the cancer is colon cancer, and one or more of the therapeutic treatments are surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy (eg, 5-fluorourine, seizure, left-handedness, 144535.doc-110- 201023852 (levamisole), leucovorin or semustine (thiol-CCNU), N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]anthracene-4-carbamide And other related indoleamine anticancer drugs; non-topoisomerase II inhibitors, irinotecan, liposomal topotecan, taxane anticancer agents (eg • paclitaxel or docetaxel), ° Occupy ketone acetate compounds (eg, 5,6-dimethylpyrone-4-acetic acid PMAA), laminarin, site-selective cyclic AMP analogs (eg, 3', 5'-ring 8-alkaline phosphate phosphate, Cox-2 travel miso, ° inhibitor, Cox-2 squat inhibitor, Cox-2 ® tetrahydrocarbazole inhibitor, Cox-2 inhibitor, Localized inhibitor of NSAID (eg, o-amino acid, aspirin (5- acetic acid), azodisal sodium, carboheterocyclic acid, Carprofen, chlorfenapyr, diclofenac, fenbufen, fenclofenac, fenoprofen, flufenamic acid, fluoride Flurbiprofen, fluprofen, furosemide, gold sodium thiomalate, ibuprofen, indomethacin, "51 indoprofen, ketoprofen, lonazolac, loxoprofen, meclofenamic acid, mefanic acid (mefanamic Acid), melphalan, naproxen, penicillamine, phenylacetic acid, propionic acid, salicylic acid, sulfoxide, pyridine, sulindac, tolmetin , pyrazolone, butazone, propazone, NSAID, 144535.doc 201023852, meloxicam, oxicam, piroxicam, Feldene, ° biroxicon beta-cyclodextran, tenoxicam , etodolac and oxaprozin, inhibitors of HER-2/neu, RNAi therapy, GM-CSF, monoclonal antibodies (eg anti-Her-2/neu antibodies, anti-CEA antibodies, A33 (HB 8779), 100-210 (HB 11764) and 100-310 (HB 11028)), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®) 'Lanibizumab (LUCENTIS®), VEGF-Trap, sunitinib ( SUTENT®), Sorafenib (NEXAVAR®), Axitinib, Begathanib, Paputy and Erbitux, Vectibix, Hormone Therapy, Pyridine , Xishu test derivatives (such as CPT-11), road folic acid (FA), gemcitabine, Ara-C, based on chemotherapeutic agents (such as cisplatin, carbopol and acesulfide), cGMP-specific phosphoric acid Esterase inhibitor or any combination thereof. The dosage of any such therapy is known in the art and can be adjusted accordingly with the combination therapy. In one embodiment, the cancer is pancreatic cancer, and one or more therapeutic treatments are surgery, radiation therapy (RT), fluorouracil (5-FU) and RT, systemic therapy, stent placement Stenting, gemcitabine (GEMZAR®), gemcitabine and RT, cetuximab, erlotinib (TARCEVA®), chemoradiation, bevacizumab (AVASTIN®) or any combination thereof. The dosage of any such therapy is known in the art and can be adjusted accordingly with the combination therapy. Cervical Cancer In one embodiment, 'cancer is cervical cancer, and one or more anti-cancer therapies 144535.doc -112· 201023852 includes, but is not limited to, surgery, immunotherapy, and some possible surgical options are therapy and chemotherapy. Palace resection. The second of the patients with cervical cancer = de-surgery and eradication therapy or near-radiation therapy 1 including extracorporeal beam radiation, a part of the a-s-arapeutic therapy, and the anti-cancer drugs for the treatment of the cervical cancer Shun Fukang, Bolais and main sputum Platinum, hydroxyurea, irinote, _ Changchun, silk, sputum, heterocyclic amine, urinary oxime, etoposide, amidoxime and their combinations. Sickle adenocarcinoma ❿ In the embodiment, the cancer is thyroid cancer, and one or more anti-cancer therapies include G, no treatment, surgery, immunotherapy, radiation therapy, hormone therapy, and stemming therapy. Surgery is the most common treatment for squamous adenocarcinoma. Some of the possible surgical options for thyroid cancer are lobectomy, total thyroidectomy, and total thyroidectomy. Radiation therapy can be an external radiotherapy or a liquid that may require exposure to radioactive moths. Hormone therapy uses hormones to stop cancer cells from growing. In the treatment of thyroid cancer, hormones can be used to stop the body from producing other hormones that cause cancer cells to grow. EGFR inhibitor resistance and overexpression of EGFR inhibitors Epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) or its ligand tGFc^^ is often associated with, for example, breast cancer, lung cancer, and head and neck cancer, and it is believed to contribute to these tumors. Malignant growth. The area of intensive research work is the development of compounds that are useful as antitumor agents to inhibit EGFr kinase activity and antibodies that block EGFR activation. Epidermal growth factor (EGF), which acts via the receptor EGFR, is an epithelial mitogen and a survival factor (Rheinvvald, JG and Green, H., 144535. doc-113-201023852 1977, Nature 265, 421; Rodeck, U. Et al., 1997, J. Cell Science 110, 113). Therefore, the use of EGFR inhibitors in chemotherapy may interfere with the normal renewal of skin and other epithelial tissues, such as the inner layer of the cornea and the gastrointestinal tract: toxicity to proliferating tissues such as the skin and GI tract is usually the dose of cytotoxic agents. Restrictive side effects. This toxicity can be manifested, inter alia, as a rash, diarrhea, thinning of the cornea, loss or loss of hair, abnormal hair follicle development, degeneration, necrosis or inflammation, inability to heal or heal after prolonged epidermal growth or injury. The term "EGFR inhibitor" as used herein refers to any EGFR inhibitor currently known or later identified in the art, and includes administration to a patient such that it inhibits biological activity associated with EGFR activation in the patient (including Any entity that otherwise has any downstream biological effects due to the binding of the natural ligand of EGFR to EGFR. Such EGFR inhibitors include any agent that blocks EGFR activation or any downstream biological effect of EGFR activation associated with treating cancer in a patient. Such an inhibitor acts by directly binding to the intracellular domain of the receptor and inhibiting its kinase activity. Alternatively, the inhibitor may act by blocking or reducing its normal biological activity by occupying a ligand binding site or a portion thereof of the EGFR receptor or a portion thereof, thereby rendering the receptor inaccessible to its natural ligand. EGFR inhibitors include, but are not limited to, low molecular weight inhibitors, antibodies or antibody fragments, antisense constructs, and ribonucleases. In a preferred embodiment, the EGFR inhibitor is an organic small molecule or an antibody that specifically binds to human EGFR. EGFR inhibitors that can be used in accordance with the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the EGFR inhibitors classified in the art as follows: 喧 喧 EGFR inhibition 144535.doc -114-201023852, pyridinium EGFR inhibitor, Pyrimidine pyrimidine EGFR inhibitor, ° pymidine EGFR inhibitor, "pyrazine EGFR inhibitor, phenylamino-pyrimidine EGFR inhibitor, hydroxy 吲哚 EGFR inhibitor, 丨 丨 幷咔 幷咔An azole EGFR inhibitor, a 呔嗓 EGFR inhibitor, an isoxanthin EGFR inhibitor, a quinone EGFR inhibitor, and a tyrphostin EGFR inhibitor.
適用於實踐本發明方法之低分子量EGFR抑制劑之非限 制性實例包括以下專利公開案中所述之任何EGFR抑制劑 及該等EGFR抑制劑之所有醫藥學上可接受之鹽及溶劑合 物:1992年12月30曰公開之歐洲專利申請案EP 520722 ; 1993年10月20日公開之歐洲專利申請案EP 566226 ; 1996 年10月31日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 96/33980 ; 1998年5 月5日頒布之美國專利第5,747,498號;1996年10月3日公開 之PCT國際公開案WO 96/30347 ; 1997年8月6日公開之歐 洲專利申請案EP 787772 ; 1997年8月21曰公開之PCT國際 公開案WO 97/30034 ; 1997年8月21日公開之PCT國際公開 案WO 97/3 0044 ; 1997年10月23日公開之PCT國際公開案 WO 97/38994 ; 1997年12月31日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/49688 ; 1998年4月22曰公開之歐洲專利申請案EP 837063 ; 1998年1月22日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/02434 ; 1997年10月23日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/38983 ; 1995年7月27日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 95/19774 ; 1995年7月27日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 95/19970 ; 1997年4月I7日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 144535.doc -115- 201023852Non-limiting examples of low molecular weight EGFR inhibitors suitable for use in practicing the methods of the invention include any of the EGFR inhibitors described in the following patent publications and all pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates of such EGFR inhibitors: European Patent Application No. EP 520722, issued December 30, 1992; European Patent Application No. EP 566226, issued on October 20, 1993; PCT International Publication No. WO 96/33980, issued on October 31, 1996; U.S. Patent No. 5,747,498 issued on Nov. 5, PCT Publication No. WO 96/30347, issued Oct. 3, 1996, and European Patent Application No. EP 787 772, issued on Aug. 6, 1997; PCT International Publication WO 97/30034; PCT International Publication WO 97/3 0044, published on August 21, 1997; PCT International Publication WO 97/38994, published on October 23, 1997; December 31, 1997 PCT International Publication No. WO 97/49688, published on Apr. 22, 1998, and European Patent Application No. EP 837063, issued on Jan. 22, 1998; PCT International Publication No. WO 98/02434, issued Jan. 22, 1998; Published PCT International Publication WO 97/38983; PCT published on July 27, 1995 Inter Publication WO 95/19774; PCT International Publication of the public July 27, 1995 WO 95/19970; April 1997 I7日公开之 PCT International 201 023 852 -115- 144535.doc Publication WO
97/13771 ; 1998年1月22日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/02437 ; 1998年1月22日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/02438 ; 1997年9月12日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/32881 ; 1998年1月29曰公開之德國申請案DE97/13771; PCT International Publication WO 98/02437, published January 22, 1998; PCT International Publication WO 98/02438, published on January 22, 1998; PCT International Publication, published on September 12, 1997 WO 97/32881; German application published on January 29, 1998
19629652 ; 1998年8月6曰公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/33798 ; 1997年9月12曰公開之PCT國際公開案WO19629652; PCT International Publication WO 98/33798 published on August 6, 1998; PCT International Publication WO published on September 12, 1997
97/32880 ; 1997年9月12日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/32880 ; 1995年11月15日公開之歐洲專利申請案EP 682027 ; 1997年1月23日公開之卩(:1'國際公開案货0 97/02266 ; 1997年7月31日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/27199 ; 1998年2月26日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/07726 ; 1997年9月25日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/34895 ; 1996年10月10日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 96/31510 ; 1998年4月9日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/14449 ; 1998年4月9日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/14450 ; 1998年4月9曰公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/14451 ; 1995年4月13日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 95/09847 ; 1997年5月29日公開之PCT國際公開案WO 97/19065 ; 1998年4月30曰公開之PCT國際公開案WO 98/17662 ; 1998年8月4日頒布之美國專利第5,789,427號; 1997年7月22日頒布之美國專利第5,650,415號;1997年8月 12曰頒布之美國專利第5,656,643號;1999年7月15曰公開 之PCT國際公開案WO 99/35146 ; 1999年7月15曰公開之 PCT國際公開案WO 99/35132 ; 1999年2月18曰公開之PCT 144535.doc -116- 201023852 國際公開案WO 99/07701 ;及1992年11月26日公開之PCT 國際公開案WO 92/20642。低分子量EGFR抑制劑之其他非 限制性實例包括Traxler,P·,1998,Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents 8(12):1599-1625中所述之任何EGFR抑制劑。 可根據本發明方法使用之低分子量EGFR抑制劑之特定 較佳實例包括[6,7-雙(2-曱氧基乙氧基)-4-喹唑啉-4-基]-(3-乙炔基苯基)胺(1998年5月5日頒布之美國專利第5,747,498 號及前述 Moyer 等人,1997) ; C1-1033 及 PD183805 (Sherwood 等人,1999,Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 40:723);及 ZD1839(Woodburn 等人,1997,Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 38:633)。 基於抗體之EGFR抑制劑包括可部分或完全阻斷EGFR之 天然配位體活化EGFR的任何抗EGFR抗體或其抗原結合片 段。基於抗體之EGFR抑制劑之非限制性實例包括 Modjtahedi,H.等人,1993,Br. J. Cancer 67:247-253 ; Teramoto,T.等人,1996,Cancer 77:639-645 ; Goldstein 等 人,1995, Clin· Cancer Res. 1:1311-1318 ; Huang, S. M.等 人,1999,Cancer Res. 15:59(8): 1935-40 ;及 Yang,X.等 人,1999,Cancer Res. 59:1236-1243 中所述之抑制劑。因 此,EGFR抑制劑可為單株抗體Mab E7.6,3(前述Yang, 1999)或Mab C225(ATCC寄存編號HB-8508)或具有其結合 特異性之抗體或其抗原結合片段。基於抗體之EGFR抑制 劑之其他實例包括例如TARCEVA®(埃羅替尼)、 ERBITUX®(西妥昔單抗)及Iressa®(吉非替尼)。 144535.doc -117- 201023852 其他基於抗體之EGFR抑制劑可根據已知方法,藉由向 選自例如豬、母牛、馬、兔、山羊、綿羊及小鼠之宿主動 物投與適當抗原或抗原決定基而產生,可使用此項技術中 已知之各種佐劑促進抗體產生(諸如氫氧化鋁、完全傳氏 佐劑(complete Freund's adjuvant)、不完全傳氏佐劑 (incomplete Freund’s adjuvant)等)〇 適用於實踐該等方法之抗體包括(但並不限於)多株抗 體、單株抗體、人類化抗體、嵌合抗體、人類抗體及經遺 傳工程改造抗體。 術浯「抗趙之抗原結合部分」、「抗原結合片段」、「抗原 結合域」、「抗體片段」或「抗體之功能片段」在本文中可 互換使用以指代抗體之一或多個保留特異性結合抗原之能 力的片段。該等術語中所包括之抗體片段之非限制性實例 包括(但不限於)Fab片段、F(ab’)2片段、由VH及CH1域組成 之Fd片段、Fv片段、SCFv、scFv2(兩個SCFv分子在鏈中頭 尾相接之串聯連接)、dAb片段(Ward等人,(1989) Nature 341:544 546);經分離CDR ; AVIMERTM ; VH ; VL ;及單 鏈結合多肽(與免疫球蛋白FC融合之scFv)。此定義中另外 包括「半」抗體,其包含單一重鏈及單一輕鏈。本文亦包 涵單鏈抗體之其他形式(諸如雙功能抗體)。 「F(ab’)2」及「Fab’」部分可藉由用蛋白酶(諸如胃蛋白 酶及木瓜蛋白酶)處理Ig而產生,且包括藉由在兩條重鏈各 鉸鏈區之間所存在的二硫鍵附近消化免疫球蛋白而產生的 抗體片段。舉例而言,木瓜蛋白酶在兩條重鏈各鉸鏈區之 144535.doc -118- 201023852 間所存在的二硫鍵之上游裂解IgG,產生兩個以下同源抗 體片段,其中由VL及CL(輕鏈恆定區)構成之輕鏈與由VH 及(:Ηγ1(重鏈恆定區中之γΐ區)構成之重鏈片段在其C末端 區經由二硫鍵連接。此兩個同源抗體片段各稱作Fab·。胃 蛋白酶亦在兩條重鏈各鉸鏈區之間所存在的二硫鍵之下游 .裂解IgG,產生略大於兩個上述Fab'在鉸鏈區連接之片段 的抗體片段。此抗體片段稱作F(ab]2。97/32880; PCT International Publication WO 97/32880, published on September 12, 1997; European Patent Application EP 682027, published on November 15, 1995; published on January 23, 1997 (: 1' International Published Cases 0 97/02266; PCT International Publication WO 97/27199, published July 31, 1997; PCT International Publication WO 98/07726, published on Feb. 26, 1998; published on September 25, 1997 PCT International Publication WO 97/34895; PCT International Publication WO 96/31510, published October 10, 1996; PCT International Publication WO 98/14449, published on Apr. 9, 1998; published on April 9, 1998 PCT International Publication WO 98/14450; PCT International Publication WO 98/14451, published April 9, 1998; PCT International Publication WO 95/09847, published on April 13, 1995; May 29, 1997 PCT International Publication WO 97/19065; published PCT International Publication No. WO 98/17662, issued Apr. 30, 1998; U.S. Patent No. 5,789,427, issued on Aug. 4, 1998; issued on July 22, 1997 U.S. Patent No. 5,650,415; U.S. Patent No. 5,656,643 issued August 12, 1997; PCT International Publication No. WO 99/35146, issued July 15, 1999; July 15, 1999 PCT International Publication WO 99/35132; published PCT 144535.doc-116-201023852, published on February 18, 1999, International Publication No. WO 99/07701; and PCT International Publication WO 92, published on November 26, 1992 Other non-limiting examples of low molecular weight EGFR inhibitors include any of the EGFR inhibitors described in Traxler, P., 1998, Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents 8(12): 1599-1625. Specific preferred examples of the low molecular weight EGFR inhibitor used in the method include [6,7-bis(2-decyloxyethoxy)-4-quinazolin-4-yl]-(3-ethynylphenyl) Amine (U.S. Patent No. 5,747,498, issued May 5, 1998, and the aforementioned Moyer et al., 1997); C1-1033 and PD 183805 (Sherwood et al., 1999, Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 40: 723); And ZD1839 (Woodburn et al., 1997, Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 38: 633). Antibody-based EGFR inhibitors include any anti-EGFR antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that partially or completely blocks the natural ligand of EGFR to activate EGFR. Non-limiting examples of antibody-based EGFR inhibitors include Modjtahedi, H. et al, 1993, Br. J. Cancer 67: 247-253; Teramoto, T. et al, 1996, Cancer 77: 639-645; Goldstein et al. Human, 1995, Clin· Cancer Res. 1:1311-1318; Huang, SM et al., 1999, Cancer Res. 15:59(8): 1935-40; and Yang, X. et al., 1999, Cancer Res. Inhibitor as described in 59:1236-1243. Thus, the EGFR inhibitor may be a monoclonal antibody Mab E7.6, 3 (previously Yang, 1999) or Mab C225 (ATCC accession number HB-8508) or an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof having binding specificity. Other examples of antibody-based EGFR inhibitors include, for example, TARCEVA® (erlotinib), ERBITUX® (cetuximab), and Iressa® (gefitinib). 144535.doc -117- 201023852 Other antibody-based EGFR inhibitors can be administered to a host animal selected from, for example, pigs, cows, horses, rabbits, goats, sheep, and mice, according to known methods, with appropriate antigens or antigens. The decision base can be used to promote antibody production using various adjuvants known in the art (such as aluminum hydroxide, complete Freund's adjuvant, incomplete Freund's adjuvant, etc.) Antibodies suitable for use in practicing such methods include, but are not limited to, polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, human antibodies, and genetically engineered antibodies. "Anti-Zhao antigen binding moiety", "antigen-binding fragment", "antigen binding domain", "antibody fragment" or "functional fragment of antibody" are used interchangeably herein to refer to one or more residues of an antibody. A fragment that specifically binds to an antigen. Non-limiting examples of antibody fragments encompassed by such terms include, but are not limited to, Fab fragments, F(ab')2 fragments, Fd fragments consisting of VH and CH1 domains, Fv fragments, SCFv, scFv2 (both SCFv molecules are ligated in tandem with the dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544 546); isolated CDRs; AVIMERTM; VH; VL; and single-stranded binding polypeptides (with immunoglobulins) FC fusion scFv). Also included in this definition is a "semi-" antibody comprising a single heavy chain and a single light chain. Other forms of single chain antibodies (such as bifunctional antibodies) are also encompassed herein. The "F(ab')2" and "Fab" portions can be produced by treating Ig with a protease such as pepsin and papain, and include the presence of two hinge regions between the two heavy chains. An antibody fragment produced by digestion of an immunoglobulin near a sulfur bond. For example, papain cleaves IgG upstream of the disulfide bond present between 144535.doc-118-201023852 in the hinge region of the two heavy chains, resulting in two homologous antibody fragments, VL and CL (light) The light chain formed by the constant region of the chain is linked to the heavy chain fragment composed of VH and (: Ηγ1 (γ-ΐ region in the heavy chain constant region) via a disulfide bond at its C-terminal region. The two homologous antibody fragments are called As a Fab. Pepsin is also downstream of the disulfide bond present between the hinge regions of the two heavy chains. The IgG is cleaved, resulting in an antibody fragment slightly larger than the fragment of the above two Fab' junctions in the hinge region. Called F(ab]2.
Fab片段亦含有輕鏈之恆定域及重鏈之第一恆定域 ❹ (CH1)。Fab'片段不同於Fab片段之處在於在重鏈CH1域之 羧基末端添加數個殘基,包括一或多個來自抗體鉸鏈區之 半胱胺酸。Fab'-SH在本文中指代恆定域之半胱胺酸殘基 具有游離硫醇基之Fab'。F(ab')2抗體片段最初以兩者之間 具有鉸鏈半胱胺酸之Fab'片段對形式產生。亦已知抗體片 段之其他化學偶合。The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain ❹ (CH1) of the heavy chain. The Fab' fragment differs from the Fab fragment by the addition of several residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain, including one or more cysteine acids from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH refers herein to a constant domain cysteinolic acid residue having a free thiol group Fab'. The F(ab')2 antibody fragment was originally produced as a pair of Fab' fragments having hinged cysteine between the two. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
「Fv」係指含有完整抗原識別位點及抗原結合位點之抗 體片段。此區域由緊密、非共價締合的一個重鏈可變域與 一個輕鏈可變域的二聚物組成。在此構型中,正是各可變 域之三個CDR相互作用而在VH-VL二聚物表面上界定抗原 結合位點。總體而言,各VH及VL鏈之一或多個CDR之組 合賦予抗體抗原結合特異性。舉例而言,應瞭解例如 CDRH3及CDRL3在轉移至受體抗體或其抗原結合片段之 VH及VL鏈時可足以賦予抗體抗原結合特異性,且可使用 本文所述之任何技術測試此CDR組合之結合、親和力等。 即使單一可變域(或僅包含三個對抗原具有特異性之CDR 144535.doc -119- 201023852 的半Fv)亦具有識別及結合抗原之能力,但可能親和力低 於與第二可變域組合時之親和力。此外,儘管Fv片段之兩 個域(VL及VH)由獨立基因編碼,但其可使用重組方法藉 由使得其能夠製備為VL及VH區配對以形成單價分子之單 一蛋白質鏈(稱為單鏈Fv(scFv)Bird等人,Science 242:423-426 (1988) ; Huston等人,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883 (1988);及 Osbourn等人,Nat. Biotechnol. 16:778 (1998))的合成連接子接合。該等scFv亦意欲包涵於 術語抗體之「抗原結合部分」内。特定scFv之任何VH及 ® VL序列可與Fc區cDNA或基因組序列連接,以產生編碼完 整Ig(例如IgG)分子或其他同型之表現載體。亦可使用蛋白 質化學法或重組DNA技術將VH及VL用於產生Fab、Fv或其 他Ig片段。 「單鍵Fv」或「sFv」抗體片段包含抗體之VH及VL域’ 其中此等域存在於單一多肽鏈中。在一些實施例中,Fv多 肽在VH與VL域之間另外包含使sFv能夠形成抗原結合所需 結構之多肽連接子。關於sFv之評述,例如參見Pluckthun,"Fv" refers to an antibody fragment containing a complete antigen recognition site and an antigen binding site. This region consists of a dimer of a heavy chain variable domain that is tightly, non-covalently associated with a light chain variable domain. In this configuration, it is the three CDRs of each variable domain that interact to define an antigen binding site on the surface of the VH-VL dimer. In general, the combination of one or more CDRs of each VH and VL chain confers antigen binding specificity to the antibody. For example, it will be appreciated that, for example, CDRH3 and CDRL3 may be sufficient to confer antigen binding specificity to an antibody when it is transferred to a VH and VL chain of an acceptor antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, and the CDR combination can be tested using any of the techniques described herein. Combination, affinity, etc. Even a single variable domain (or a half-Fv comprising only three CDRs 144535.doc-119-201023852 specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, but may have lower affinity than the second variable domain. The affinity of time. Furthermore, although the two domains (VL and VH) of the Fv fragment are encoded by independent genes, they can be recombined by enabling them to be prepared as pairs of VL and VH regions to form a single protein chain of monovalent molecules (referred to as single strands). Fv (scFv) Bird et al, Science 242: 423-426 (1988); Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 5879-5883 (1988); and Osbourn et al, Nat. Biotechnol. :778 (1998)) Synthetic linker ligation. Such scFvs are also intended to be encompassed by the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody. Any of the VH and ® VL sequences of a particular scFv can be ligated to the Fc region cDNA or genomic sequence to produce a representation vector encoding a complete Ig (e.g., IgG) molecule or other isotype. VH and VL can also be used to produce Fab, Fv or other Ig fragments using protein chemistry or recombinant DNA techniques. A "single bond Fv" or "sFv" antibody fragment comprises the VH and VL domains of an antibody where these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain. In some embodiments, the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains that enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of sFv, see, for example, Pluckthun,
The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies,第 113 卷, Rosenburg及 Moore編,Springer-Verlag,New York,第 269-315頁(1994)。 術語「AvimerTM」係指一類人類來源之治療性蛋白,其 與抗體及抗體片段不相關,且由數個模組及可重複使用結 合域(稱作A域(亦稱作A類模組、互補型重複序列或LDL受 體A類域))組成。其由人類細胞外受體域藉由活體外外顯 144535.doc •120· 201023852 子改組及嗟菌體呈現產生(Silverman等人,2005,Nat. Biotechnol. 23:1493-1494 ; Silverman.等人,2006,Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220)。所得蛋白質可含有與單抗原決定基 結合蛋白相比可展現改良親和力(在一些情況下,為亞奈 莫耳濃度)及特異性的多個獨立結合域。例如參見美國專 .利申請公開案第2005/0221384號、第2005/0164301號、第 2005/0053973 號及第 2005/0089932 號、第 2005/0048512 號 及第2004/0175756號,其各以全文引用的方式併入本文 ❹ 中。 已知217個人類A域各包含約35個胺基酸(約4 kDa);且 該等域由平均長度為5個胺基酸之連接子分隔。天然A域迅 速且有效摺疊為均勻穩定結構,其主要由鈣結合及二硫鍵 形成介導。此通用結構需要僅具有12個胺基酸之保守骨架 基元。最終結果為單一蛋白質鏈含有多個域,其各表現獨 立功能。該等蛋白質之各域獨立結合且各域之積極作用為 加和性的。此等蛋白質稱作「Avimers™」,其係源自親和 ❹ 力多聚物(avidity multimer)。 術語「雙功能抗體」係指具有兩個抗原結合位點的小抗 體片段,該等片段包含在同一多肽鏈(VH-VL)中與輕鏈可 變域(VL)連接的重鏈可變域(VH)。藉由使用過短而不致於 使同一鏈上的兩個域之間配對的連接子,使該等域與另一 鏈上之互補域配對且產生兩個抗原結合位點。雙功能抗體 更全面地描述於例如EP 404,097 ; WO 93/11161 ;及 Hollinger等人,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444 6448 144535.doc -121 - 201023852 (1993)中。 抗原結合多肽亦包括重鏈二聚物,諸如來自駱駝及鯊魚 之抗體。駱駝及鯊魚抗體包含兩條類V及類C域之鏈(均無 輕鏈)的均二聚對。因為駱聪中重鏈二聚物IgG之VH區無 需與輕鏈進行疏水性相互作用,故在駱駝中重鏈中通常接 觸輕鍵之區域變為親水性胺基酸殘基。重鍵二聚物IgG之 VH域稱作VHH域。鯊魚Ig-NAR包含一個可變域(稱作V-NAR域)及五個類C恆定域(C-NAR域)之均二聚物。在駱駝 中,抗體譜系之多樣性由VH或VHH區中之CDR 1、CDR 2 及CDR 3決定。駱駝VHH區中之CDR3之特徵在於其相對長 之長度,平均為16個胺基酸(Muyldermans等人,1994, Protein Engineering 7(9): 1129)。其與許多其他物種抗體 之CDR3區形成對比。舉例而言,小鼠VH之CDR3平均具 有9個胺基酸。保持駱駝可變區之活體内多樣性的駱駝來 源抗體可變區之文庫可藉由例如美國專利申請案第 20050037421號中所揭示之方法製備。 非人類(例如鼠類)抗體之「人類化」形式包括嵌合抗 體,其含有源自非人類Ig之最少序列。在大多數情況下, 人類化抗體為人類Ig(受體抗體),其中受體之一或多個 CDR置換為非人類物種抗體(供體抗體)之CDR(諸如具有所 需特異性、親和力及結合功能之小鼠、大鼠、兔或非人類 靈長類抗體的CDR)。在一些情況下,人類Ig之一或多個 FR胺基酸殘基置換為相應非人類胺基酸殘基。此外,人類 化抗體可含有不存在於受體抗體或供體抗體中的殘基。若 144535.doc -122- 201023852 需要,可進行此等修飾以改進抗體效能。人類化抗體可包 含至少一個,在一些情況下兩個可變域中之實質上全部’ 其中高變區中之全部或實質上全部對應於非人類免疫球蛋 白之高變區,且FR中之全部或實質上全部為人類免疫球蛋 白序列之FR。人類化抗體視情況亦可包括免疫球蛋白恆定 . 區之至少一部分(Fc),通常為人類免疫球蛋白恆定區之至 少一部分。詳細說明參見Jones等人,Nature 321: 522-525 (1986) ; Reichmann等人,Nature 332: 323-329 (1988);及 ❹ Presta,Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2: 593-596 (1992) 〇 可使用使培養物中之連續細胞株產生抗體分子之任何技 術製備且分離針對EGFR之單株抗體。產生及分離之技術 包括(但不限於)最初由 Kohler 及 Milstein(Nature,1975,256: 495-497)描述之融合瘤技術;人類B細胞融合瘤技術 (Kosbor等人,1983, Immunology Today 4:72 ; Cote等人, 1983, Proc. Natl· Acad. Sci. USA 80: 2026-2030);及 EBV_ 赢 融合瘤技術(Cole 等人,1985,Monoclonal Antibodies and 9The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, Vol. 113, ed. Rosenburg and Moore, Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994). The term "AvimerTM" refers to a class of human-derived therapeutic proteins that are not associated with antibodies and antibody fragments and are composed of several modules and reusable binding domains (referred to as A-domains (also known as Class A modules, complementary). Type repeats or LDL receptor class A domains)). It is produced by the human extracellular receptor domain by in vitro exogenous 144535.doc •120· 201023852 sub-recombination and sputum (Silverman et al., 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23:1493-1494; Silverman. et al. , 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220). The resulting protein may contain multiple independent binding domains that exhibit improved affinity (in some cases, the concentration of the nanomolar) and specificity as compared to a single epitope binding protein. For example, see U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0221384, No. 2005/0164301, No. 2005/0053973, and No. 2005/0089932, No. 2005/0048512, and No. 2004/0175756, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. The way is incorporated into this article. It is known that 217 human A domains each contain about 35 amino acids (about 4 kDa); and these domains are separated by a linker having an average length of 5 amino acids. The natural A domain is rapidly and efficiently folded into a uniform stable structure, which is mainly mediated by calcium binding and disulfide bond formation. This general structure requires a conserved backbone motif with only 12 amino acids. The end result is that a single protein chain contains multiple domains, each of which performs an independent function. The domains of the proteins are independently joined and the positive effects of each domain are additive. These proteins are referred to as "AvimersTM" and are derived from the affinity amerity multimer. The term "bifunctional antibody" refers to a small antibody fragment having two antigen binding sites comprising a heavy chain variable domain linked to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL). (VH). By using a linker that is too short to pair between the two domains on the same strand, the domains are paired with complementary domains on the other strand and two antigen-binding sites are created. Bifunctional antibodies are more fully described, for example, in EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444 6448 144535.doc-121-201023852 (1993). Antigen binding polypeptides also include heavy chain dimers, such as antibodies from camels and sharks. Camel and shark antibodies contain homodimerized pairs of two classes of V and C-like domains (both without light chains). Since the VH region of the heavy chain dimer IgG of Luocong does not need to interact hydrophobically with the light chain, the region in the heavy chain of the camel that normally contacts the light bond becomes a hydrophilic amino acid residue. The VH domain of the heavy bond dimer IgG is referred to as the VHH domain. The shark Ig-NAR comprises a homodimer of a variable domain (referred to as the V-NAR domain) and five C-like constant domains (C-NAR domain). In camels, the diversity of antibody lineages is determined by CDR 1, CDR 2 and CDR 3 in the VH or VHH regions. The CDR3 in the camel VHH region is characterized by its relatively long length, averaging 16 amino acids (Muyldermans et al., 1994, Protein Engineering 7(9): 1129). It is in contrast to the CDR3 region of antibodies from many other species. For example, the CDR3 of mouse VH has an average of 9 amino acids. A library of camel-derived antibody variable regions that maintains in vivo diversity of camel variable regions can be prepared by the methods disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 20050037421. "Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies include chimeric antibodies containing minimal sequences derived from non-human Ig. In most cases, the humanized antibody is a human Ig (receptor antibody) in which one or more CDRs of the receptor are replaced with CDRs of a non-human species antibody (donor antibody) (such as having the desired specificity, affinity, and Binding to functional CDRs of mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate antibodies). In some cases, one or more of the FR amino acid residues of human Ig are replaced with the corresponding non-human amino acid residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies may contain residues that are not present in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications can be made to improve antibody performance if required by 144535.doc -122- 201023852. A humanized antibody may comprise at least one, in some cases substantially all of the two variable domains, wherein all or substantially all of the hypervariable regions correspond to a hypervariable region of a non-human immunoglobulin, and in the FR All or substantially all of the FR of the human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody may optionally also comprise an immunoglobulin constant. At least a portion of the region (Fc), typically at least a portion of the human immunoglobulin constant region. For a detailed description, see Jones et al, Nature 321: 522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al, Nature 332: 323-329 (1988); and ❹ Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2: 593-596 (1992 〇 Monoclonal antibodies against EGFR can be prepared and isolated using any technique that produces antibody molecules from a continuous cell line in culture. Techniques for production and isolation include, but are not limited to, fusion tumor technology originally described by Kohler and Milstein (Nature, 1975, 256: 495-497); human B cell fusion tumor technology (Kosbor et al., 1983, Immunology Today 4: 72; Cote et al, 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80: 2026-2030); and EBV_ win fusion tumor technology (Cole et al., 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies and 9
Cancer Therapy,Alan R. Liss,Inc.,第 77-96頁)。 或者,用於產生單鏈抗體所述之技術(例如參見美國專 .利第4,946,778號)可適合於產生抗EGFR單鏈抗體。適用於 實踐本發明方法之基於抗體之EGFR抑制劑亦包括抗EGFR 抗體片段,包括(但不限於)F(ab')2片段,其可由胃蛋白酶 消化完整抗體分子產生;及Fab片段,其可由還原F(ab,)2 片段之二硫橋產生。或者,可建構Fab及/或scFv表現文庫 (例如參見 Huse等人,1989,Science 246: 1275-1281)以使 144535.doc -123- 201023852 得可迅速鑑別對EGFR具有所需特異性之片段。Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Alternatively, the techniques described for the production of single-chain antibodies (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778) may be adapted to produce anti-EGFR single chain antibodies. Antibody-based EGFR inhibitors suitable for use in practicing the methods of the invention also include anti-EGFR antibody fragments, including, but not limited to, F(ab')2 fragments, which can be produced by pepsin digestion of intact antibody molecules; and Fab fragments, which can be Reduction of the disulfide bridge of the F(ab,)2 fragment is produced. Alternatively, Fab and/or scFv expression libraries can be constructed (see, for example, Huse et al., 1989, Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow 144535.doc-123-201023852 to rapidly identify fragments having the desired specificity for EGFR.
產生及分離單株抗體及抗體片段之技術為此項技術所熟 知,且另外描述於 Harlow及 Lane,1988, Antibodies : ATechniques for the production and isolation of monoclonal antibodies and antibody fragments are well known in the art and are additionally described in Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies : A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory及 J. W.Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory and J. W.
Goding, 1986, Monoclonal Anti-bodies : Principles and Practice, Academic Press, London中。人類化抗EGFR抗體 及抗體片段亦可根據已知技術製備,該等技術諸如 Vaughn,T. J·等人,1998, Nature Biotech. 16:535-539及其 中所引用之參考文獻中所述之技術,且該等抗體或其片段 亦適用於實踐本發明方法。 抑制性小RNA(siRNA)亦可充當適用於本發明方法之 EGFR抑制劑。EGFR基因表現可藉由使腫瘤、個體或細胞 與雙鏈小RNA(dsRNA)或使得可產生雙鏈小RNA之載體或 構築體接觸,而特異性抑制EGFR之表現(亦即RNA干擾或 RNAi)來降低。為序列已知之基因選擇適當dsRNA或 dsRNA編碼載體的方法為此項技術中所熟知(例如參見 Tuschi, T.等人,(1999) Genes Dev. 13(24):3191-3197 ; Elbashir,S. Μ.等人,(2001) Nature 411:494-498 ; Hannon, G. J. (2002) Nature 418:244-251 ; McManus, Μ. T.及 Sharp, P. A. (2002) Nature Reviews Genetics 3:737-747 ; Bremmelkamp,T. R.等人,(2002) Science 296:550-553 ;美 國專利第6,573,099及6,506,559號;及國際專利公開案第 WO 01/36646 號、第 WO 99/32619 號及第 WO 01/68836 號)。 144535.doc -124- 201023852 核糖核酸酶亦可充當適用於本發明方法之EGFR抑制 劑。核糖核酸酶為酶促RNA分子,其能夠催化RNA之特異 性裂解。核糖核酸酶作用機制涉及核糖核酸酶分子與互補 才示無RNA之序列特異性雜交’繼而内切核苷酸裂解。特異 性且有效催化EGFR mRNA序列之内切核苷酸裂解的工程 改造髮夾或錘頭基元核糖核酸酶分子由此適用於本發明方 法之範脅内。任何潛在RNA標靶内之特異性核糖核酸酶裂 解位點最初藉由掃描標靶分子之核糖核酸酶裂解位點鑑 別’該等裂解位點通常包括以下序列:GUA、GUU及 GUC °鑑別之後,可針對可能造成募核苷酸序列不適合之 預測結構特徵(諸如二級結構)評估對應於含裂解位點標靶 基因區之具有約15個與20個之間的核糖核苷酸的短RNA序 列。候選標靶之合適性亦可藉由使用例如核糖核酸酶保護 檢定測試其與互補寡核苷酸雜交之可達性來評估。 可向該等方法之募核苷酸引入各種修飾作為提高細胞内 穩定性及半衰期之手段。可能修飾包括(但不限於)向分子 之5’及/或3’端添加核糖核苷酸或脫氧核糖核苷酸之側接序 列’或在寡核苷酸骨架内使用硫代磷酸酯或2,-0-甲基而非 磷酸二酯酶鍵聯。 適用於本發明方法之反義寡核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核 糖核酸酶可藉由多種已知方法或將來開發出之方法合成。 舉例而言,吾人可使用化學合成法,諸如使用Dharmacon, Inc.之專屬ACE⑧技術的方法。或者,吾人亦可使用模板依 賴性合成法。可使用如本文所揭示之經修飾或未經修飾、 144535.doc -125- 201023852 天然或非天然鹼基進行合成。此外,可用或不用如本文所 揭示之經修飾或未經修飾核酸骨架進行合成。 另外,可在宿主細胞中藉由用於在宿主細胞中合成反義 募核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖核酸酶分子的多種已知方 法及任何將來開發出之方法合成反義寡核苷酸構築體、 siRNA及核糖核酸酶。舉例而言,反義寡核苷酸構築體、 siRNA及核糖核酸酶可由重組環形或線性DNA載體使用任 何合適啟動子表現。用於由適用於該等方法之載體表現反 義或抑制性RNA分子之合適啟動子包括例如U6或HI RNA pol III啟動子序列及細胞巨大病毒啟動子。其他合適啟動 子之選擇屬於此項技術之技能範疇内。用於本發明方法之 合適載體包括美國專利第5,624,803號中所述之載體,該專 利之揭示内容係以全文引用的方式併入本文中。該等實施 例之重組質體亦可包含誘導型或調控型啟動子以在特定組 織或特定細胞内環境中表現反義寡核苷酸構築體、siRNA 及核糖核酸酶。 本文所述實施例之反義募核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖 核酸酶可由重組核酸載體以兩個獨立互補RNA分子或具有 兩個互補區之單一 RNA分子形式表現。適用於表現反義寡 核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖核酸酶之載體之選擇,插入 核酸序列以於載體中表現反義寡核苷酸構築體、siRNA及 核糖核酸酶的方法,及將重組載體傳遞至所關注細胞之方 法屬於此項技術之技能範疇内。例如參見Tuschl,T. (2002), Nat. Biotechnol,20: 446-448 ; Brummelkamp T R等 144535.doc •126· 201023852 人,(2002),Science 296: 550-553 ; Miyagishi Μ等人, (2002),Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 497-500 ; Paddison P J等人, (2002),Genes Dev. 16: 948-958 ; Lee N S等人,(2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 500-505 ;及 Paul C P 等人,(2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 505-508 ’其全部揭示内容係以引用的 .方式併入本文中。其他用於傳遞及細胞内表現之方法描述 於例如美國專利申請公開案第20040005593號、第 20050048647號、第20050060771號中,其全部揭示内容係 ® 以引用的方式併入本文中。 在一實施例中,使細胞與兒茶酚丁烷接觸之後,EGFR 抑制劑可抑制EGFR之活性至少約2倍,至少約5倍,至少 約10倍,至少約20倍,至少約25倍,至少約50倍,至少約 100倍或100倍以上。在另一實施例中,抑制劑可抑制 EGFR之活性至少約5%,至少約1〇%,至少約15%,至少 約20%,至少約50%,至少約60%,至少約70%,至少約 參 80°/。,至少約90%,至少約95%或至少約1〇〇%。在另一實 施例中,抑制EGFR使已接受兒茶酚丁烷及EGFR抑制劑之 組合投與的患者的症狀停滯。 IGF-1R抑制劑抗性及抑制劑 IGF-1R(1型胰島素樣生長因子受體)為主要結合1(317_1但 亦以較低親和力結合IGF-II及胰島素之跨膜RTK。IGF-1與 其受體結合產生多個細胞效應,包括受體募聚化、酪胺酸 激酶活化、分子間受體自體磷酸化及細胞基質(諸如IRS1 及She)鱗酸化。配位體活化之IGF-1R亦誘發正常細胞中之 144535.doc -127- 201023852 有絲分裂活性且在異常生長中發揮重要作用。IGF-l系統 之主要生理學作用為促進正常生長及再生。過度表現IGF-1R可引發致有絲分裂,且促進配位體依賴性贅生性轉型。 此外,IGF-1R參與惡性表型之建立及保持。已證明數個致 癌基因影響IGF-1及IGF-1R表現,真IGF-1R表現之降低與 對轉型之抗性有關。使細胞暴露於與IGF-1R RNA反義之 mRNA可阻止數種人類腫瘤細胞株之軟瓊脂生長(soft agar growth)。IGF-1R在活體内與活體外不進展至細胞凋亡, 且IGF-1R含量減至低於野生型含量造成活體内腫瘤細胞洞 亡。 IGF-1R過度表現通常存在於各種腫瘤(乳房、結腸、肺 肉瘤)中且通常與侵襲性表型有關。高循環IGF1濃度亦與 前列腺癌、肺癌及乳癌風險有關。此外,IGF-1R與活體外 及活體内轉型表型之建立及保持有關(Baserga Εχρ Cell. Res·,1999, 253, 1-6)。IGF-lR之激酶活性參與數種致 癌基因(諸如EGFR、PDGFR、SV40 T抗原、經活化Ras、 Raf及v-Src)之轉型活性。IGF-1R在正常纖維母細胞中之表 現誘發贅生性表型,其可隨後在活體内形成腫瘤。iGF_1r 表現在錨定非依賴性生長中發揮重要作用。亦已展示Igf_ 1R保護細胞免於化學療法、放射及細胞激素誘發之〉周亡。 相反地,已展示藉由顯性陰性IGF-1R、三螺旋形成或反義 表現載體抑制内源IGF-1R可抑制動物模型中之活體外轉型 活性及腫瘤生長。如對EGFR抑制劑之抗性,腫瘤/癌症可 類似地對IGF- 1R抑制劑產生抗性。 144535.doc -128· 201023852 在一實施例中,本發明方法係關於使用抑制IGF-1R之化 合物。 如本文所用之術語「WF-1汉抑制劑」係指諸多1GF·1尺抑 制劑,諸如任何化學實體(例如小分子)或生物實體(例如抗 體、結合蛋白、寡核苷酸等),其在向患者投與之後使得 可抑制該患者中與IGF-1受體活化有關之生物活性’包括 另外因IGF-1R之天然配位體與IGF-1R結合而引起的任何下 游生物學效應。IGF-1R激酶抑制劑包括可阻斷IGF-1R活化 或與治療患者癌症有關之IGF-1R活化的任何下游生物學效 應的任何藥劑。該等抑制劑之例示性作用方式包括(但不 限於)直接結合受體之細胞内域及抑制其激酶活性。或 者,IGF-1R抑制劑可藉由占據IGF-1受體之配位體結合位 點或其一部分,從而使受體不可接近其天然配位體而阻止 或降低其正常生物活性而發揮作用。或者,IGF-1R抑制劑 可藉由調節IGF-1R多肽之二聚或IGF-1R多肽與其他蛋白質 之相互作用或促進IGF-1R之泛素化及内飲降解而發揮作 用。IGF-1R抑制劑亦可藉由以下方式降低可用於活化IGF-1R之IGF-1之量而發揮作用:例如拮抗IGF-1與其受體之結 合,降低IGF-1之含量,或促進IGF-1與非IGF-1R蛋白質 (諸如IGF結合蛋白(例如IGFBP3))締合。IGF-1R抑制劑包 括(但不限於)低分子量抑制劑、抗體或抗體片段、反義構 築體、抑制性小RNA(例如藉由dsRNA達成之RNA干擾; RNAi)及核糖核酸酶。在一實施例中,IGF-1R抑制劑為有 機小分子或特異性結合人類IGF-1R之單株抗體。 144535.doc -129- 201023852 在一實施例中,igf-ir抑制劑為有機小分子。例示性 IGF_ 1R抑制劑包括(但不限於)p米嗤幷β比唤1GF_ 1尺激酶抑制 劑、喹唑啉IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、吡啶幷嘧啶IGF-1R激酶抑 制劑、嘧啶幷嘧啶IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、吡咯幷嘧啶IGF_1R 激酶抑制劑、°比唑幷嘧啶IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、苯基胺基_ 嘧啶IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、羥基吲哚IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、°弓丨 哚幷咔唑IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、呔嗪IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、異 黃酮IGF-1R激酶抑制劑、喹啉酮IGF-1R激酶抑制劑及替伏 汀IGF-1R激酶抑制劑及該等IGF-1R激酶抑制劑之所有醫藥 學上可接受之鹽及溶劑合物。 IGF-1R抑制劑之其他實例包括以下中之IGF-1R抑制劑: 國際專利公開案第WO 05/037836號(咪唑幷吡嗪IGF-IR^ 酶抑制劑);國際專利公開案第WO 03/018021號及第WO 03/018022號(嘧啶及基於嘧啶之化合物);國際專利公開案 第WO 02/102804號及第WO 02/102805號(環木脂體 (cyclolignan));國際專利公開案第WO 〇2/〇92599號(吡咯 幷嘧啶);國際專利公開案第WO 01/72751號(吡咯幷嘧 啶);及國際專利公開案第WO 00/71129號(吡咯幷三嗪抑 制劑);及國際專利公開案第WO 97/28161號(吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶);Parrizas等人(具有活體外及活體内IGF-1R抑制活 性之替伏汀(Endocrinology,138:1427-1433 (1997)));國際 專利公開案第WO 00/35455號(雜芳基芳基脲);國際專利 公開案第WO 03/048133號(嘧啶衍生物);國際專利公開案 第 WO 03/024967 號、第 WO 03/035614 號、第 03/035615 144535.doc •130· 201023852 號、第03/035616號及第WO 03/035619號(對激酶蛋白具有 抑制作用之化合物);國際專利公開案第WO 03/068265號 (用於治療過度增殖病狀之組合物);國際專利公開案第 WO 00/172〇3號(吡咯幷嘧啶);日本專利公開案第JP . 07/133280 號(頭孢烯(cephem)化合物);及 Albert,A·等人, . Journal of the Chemical Society, 11: 1540-1547 (1970)(^ 咬(pteridine)及4位未經取代之嗓咬)。 其他例示性小分子抑制劑包括(但不限於)OSI-906(OSI) ® 及XL228(Exelixis)。在一態樣中,IGF-1R抑制劑可為小分 子抑制劑。例示性小分子抑制劑包括(但不限於)〇SI-906(OSI)及 XL228(Exelixis)。 OSI-906(OSI)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投與,諸 如:(1)以增加劑量每曰經口投與一或兩次直至疾病發展或 不可接受之毒性(高達21日);及(2)以S1開始治療(每14曰1-3曰每曰一次),在觀察到S 1中臨床顯著相關毒性>=2級之 • 後開始進行S2(每14曰1-5曰每日一次)。同樣,在觀察到S2 中臨床顯著相關毒性>=2級之後開始進行S3(每14日1-7曰 每日一次)。在各進度中,在各指定日投與單次劑量,繼 而直至第14曰為無藥物期。 XL228(Exelixis)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投與,諸 如:每週1小時靜脈内投與。 可根據本發明方法使用之IGF-1R抑制劑之其他特定實例 包括 h7C10(Centre. de Recherche Pierre Fabre),一種IGF-1 拮抗劑;EM-164(ImmunoGen Inc.),一種IGF-1R調節劑; 144535.doc -131 - 201023852 CP-751871(Pfizer Inc.) ,IGF-1 拮抗劑;蘭瑞肽 (lanreotide)(Ipsen),一種IGF-1拮抗劑;IGF-1R寡核苷酸 (Lynx Therapeutics Inc.) ; IGF-1寡核普酸(美國國家癌症研 究所(National Cancer Institute));由 Novartis 開發之 IGF-1R蛋白酷·胺酸激酶抑制劑(例如NVP-AEW541,Garcia-Echeverria,C.等人,(2004) Cancer Cell 5:231-239 ;或 NVP-ADW742,Mitsiades,C. S.等人,(2004) Cancer Cell 5:221-230) ; IGF-1R蛋白酪胺酸激酶抑制劑(Ontogen Corp) ; AG-1024(Camirand,A.等人,(2005) Breast Cancer Research 7:R570-R579(DOI 10.11 86/bcrl028) ; Camirand, A.及 Pollak,M·,(2004) Brit· J. Cancer 90:1825-1829; Pfizer Inc.) ; IGF-1拮抗劑;替伏汀AG-538 及 I-OMe-AG 538 ; BMS-536924,IGF-1R之一種小分子抑制劑;&PNU-145 15 6E(Pharmacia & Upjohn SpA),一種IGF-1 结抗劑。 基於抗體之IGF-1 R抑制劑包括可部分或完全阻斷IGF-1R 之天然配位體活化IG F -1R的任何抗IG F -1R抗體或其抗原結 合片段。基於抗體之IGF-1R抑制劑亦包括可部分或完全阻 斷IGF-1R活化的任何抗IGF-1抗體或抗體片段。基於抗體 之IGF-1R抑制劑之非限制性實例包括Larsson,0·等人, (2005) Brit. J. Cancer 92:2097-21 01 及 Ibrahim, Υ· H.及 Yee, D. (2005) Clin. Cancer Res. 11; 944s-950s 中所述之抑制 劑;由National Cancer Institute開發及測試之單株抗體 IMC-A12 ;商業上開發之抗體,包括Imclone之抗體(例如 A12)、Amgen之抗體(AMG479)或 Schering-Plough Research 144535.doc -132- 201023852Goding, 1986, Monoclonal Anti-bodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, London. Humanized anti-EGFR antibodies and antibody fragments can also be prepared according to known techniques, such as those described in Vaughn, T. J. et al., 1998, Nature Biotech. 16:535-539 and references cited therein. The techniques, and such antibodies or fragments thereof, are also suitable for use in practicing the methods of the invention. Inhibitory small RNA (siRNA) can also serve as an EGFR inhibitor suitable for use in the methods of the invention. EGFR gene expression specifically inhibits the expression of EGFR (ie, RNA interference or RNAi) by contacting a tumor, individual, or cell with a double-stranded small RNA (dsRNA) or a vector or construct that produces a double-stranded small RNA. Come down. Methods for selecting appropriate dsRNA or dsRNA encoding vectors for sequences of known genes are well known in the art (see, for example, Tuschi, T. et al., (1999) Genes Dev. 13(24): 3191-3197; Elbashir, S. Μ. et al., (2001) Nature 411: 494-498; Hannon, GJ (2002) Nature 418: 244-251; McManus, Μ. T. and Sharp, PA (2002) Nature Reviews Genetics 3: 737-747; Bremmelkamp, TR et al., (2002) Science 296: 550-553; U.S. Patent Nos. 6,573,099 and 6,506,559; and International Patent Publication Nos. WO 01/36646, WO 99/32619, and WO 01/68836) . 144535.doc -124- 201023852 Ribonuclease can also serve as an EGFR inhibitor suitable for use in the methods of the invention. Ribonuclease is an enzymatic RNA molecule that is capable of catalyzing the specific cleavage of RNA. The mechanism of ribonuclease action involves the sequence-specific hybridization of a ribonuclease molecule to a complementary RNA-free sequence followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Engineered hairpin or hammerhead ribonuclease molecules that specifically and efficiently catalyze the cleavage of the endonucleotide of the EGFR mRNA sequence are thus suitable for use within the scope of the methods of the invention. The specific ribonuclease cleavage site within any potential RNA target is initially identified by scanning the ribonuclease cleavage site of the target molecule. These cleavage sites typically include the following sequences: after GUA, GUU, and GUC ° identification, A short RNA sequence having between about 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the cleavage site target gene region can be evaluated for predicted structural features (such as secondary structure) that may result in unsuitable nucleotide sequence recruitment . The suitability of a candidate target can also be assessed by testing its accessibility to hybridization with a complementary oligonucleotide using, for example, a ribonuclease protection assay. Various modifications can be introduced to the nucleotides of such methods as a means of increasing intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of a ribonucleotide or deoxyribonucleotide flanking sequence to the 5' and/or 3' end of the molecule' or the use of a phosphorothioate or 2 in the oligonucleotide backbone. , -0-methyl instead of phosphodiesterase linkage. Antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs and ribonucleases suitable for use in the methods of the invention can be synthesized by a variety of known methods or methods developed in the future. For example, we may use chemical synthesis methods such as those using the proprietary ACE8 technology of Dharmacon, Inc. Alternatively, we can also use template-dependent synthesis. Synthesis may be carried out using modified or unmodified, 144535.doc-125-201023852 natural or non-natural bases as disclosed herein. In addition, the synthesis may or may not be carried out with modified or unmodified nucleic acid backbones as disclosed herein. In addition, antisense oligonucleotides can be synthesized in host cells by various known methods for synthesizing antisense nucleotide constructs, siRNA and ribonuclease molecules in host cells, and any methods developed in the future. Constructs, siRNA and ribonuclease. For example, antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs, and ribonucleases can be expressed by recombinant circular or linear DNA vectors using any suitable promoter. Suitable promoters for expressing an antisense or inhibitory RNA molecule from vectors suitable for such methods include, for example, the U6 or HI RNA pol III promoter sequence and the cellular giant viral promoter. The selection of other suitable promoters falls within the skill of this technology. Suitable carriers for use in the methods of the present invention include the vectors described in U.S. Patent No. 5,624,803, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The recombinant plastids of these embodiments may also comprise an inducible or regulated promoter to express an antisense oligonucleotide construct, siRNA and ribonuclease in a particular tissue or in a particular intracellular environment. Antisense nucleotide constructs, siRNAs, and ribonucleases of the embodiments described herein can be represented by recombinant nucleic acid vectors in the form of two separate complementary RNA molecules or a single RNA molecule having two complementary regions. Suitable for selection of vectors expressing antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs and ribonucleases, methods for inserting nucleic acid sequences for expression of antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs and ribonucleases in vectors, and recombination Methods of delivery of the vector to the cell of interest are within the skill of the art. See, for example, Tuschl, T. (2002), Nat. Biotechnol, 20: 446-448; Brummelkamp TR et al. 144535.doc • 126· 201023852 person, (2002), Science 296: 550-553; Miyagishi et al., (2002) ), Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 497-500; Paddison PJ et al., (2002), Genes Dev. 16: 948-958; Lee NS et al., (2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 500-505; Paul CP et al, (2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 505-508 'the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Other methods for delivery and intracellular expression are described in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20040005593, No. 20050048647, No. 20050060771, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In one embodiment, the EGFR inhibitor inhibits EGFR activity by at least about 2 fold, at least about 5 fold, at least about 10 fold, at least about 20 fold, and at least about 25 fold after contacting the cells with catechol butane. At least about 50 times, at least about 100 times or more than 100 times. In another embodiment, the inhibitor inhibits EGFR activity by at least about 5%, at least about 1%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, At least about 80 ° /. At least about 90%, at least about 95% or at least about 1%. In another embodiment, inhibition of EGFR arrests symptoms of a patient who has been administered a combination of catechol butane and an EGFR inhibitor. IGF-1R inhibitor resistance and inhibitor IGF-1R (type I insulin-like growth factor receptor) is the major binding 1 (317_1 but also binds IGF-II and insulin transmembrane RTK with lower affinity. IGF-1 and Receptor binding produces multiple cellular effects, including receptor recruitment, tyrosine kinase activation, intermolecular receptor autophosphorylation, and cytochemicalization of cell matrices such as IRS1 and She. Ligand-activated IGF-1R It also induces mitotic activity in normal cells and plays an important role in abnormal growth. The main physiological role of IGF-1 system is to promote normal growth and regeneration. Excessive expression of IGF-1R can cause mitosis, And promote ligand-dependent neonatal transformation. In addition, IGF-1R participates in the establishment and maintenance of malignant phenotype. It has been proved that several oncogenes affect the performance of IGF-1 and IGF-1R, and the decrease of true IGF-1R performance It is related to the resistance of transformation. Exposing cells to mRNA antisense to IGF-1R RNA can prevent soft agar growth of several human tumor cell lines. IGF-1R does not progress to cells in vivo and in vitro. Dead, and IGF-1R contains Reduction to below-type wild-type content causes tumor cell death in vivo. IGF-1R overexpression usually occurs in various tumors (breast, colon, lung sarcoma) and is usually associated with an invasive phenotype. High circulating IGF1 concentration is also associated with the prostate. Cancer, lung cancer and breast cancer risk. In addition, IGF-1R is involved in the establishment and maintenance of in vitro and in vivo transformed phenotypes (Baserga Εχρ Cell. Res·, 1999, 253, 1-6). IGF-lR kinase activity Participation in the transformation activities of several oncogenes (such as EGFR, PDGFR, SV40 T antigen, activated Ras, Raf and v-Src). The expression of IGF-1R in normal fibroblasts induces a neoplastic phenotype, which can then Tumors are formed in vivo. iGF_1r plays an important role in anchorage-independent growth. Igf_1R has also been shown to protect cells from chemotherapy, radiation and cytokine-induced death. Conversely, it has been shown to be dominant. Negative IGF-1R, triple helix formation or antisense expression vector inhibits endogenous IGF-1R and inhibits in vitro transformation activity and tumor growth in animal models. For example, resistance to EGFR inhibitors, tumor/cancer Resistant to IGF-1R inhibitors. 144535.doc -128· 201023852 In one embodiment, the method of the invention relates to the use of a compound that inhibits IGF-1R. The term "WF-1 Han inhibitor" as used herein. Refers to a number of 1GF·1 scale inhibitors, such as any chemical entity (eg, a small molecule) or biological entity (eg, antibodies, binding proteins, oligonucleotides, etc.) that, after administration to a patient, can inhibit the patient from Biological activity associated with IGF-1 receptor activation 'includes any further downstream biological effects caused by the binding of the natural ligand of IGF-1R to IGF-1R. IGF-1R kinase inhibitors include any agent that blocks IGF-1R activation or any downstream biological effect of IGF-1R activation associated with treating cancer in a patient. Exemplary modes of action of such inhibitors include, but are not limited to, direct binding to the intracellular domain of the receptor and inhibition of its kinase activity. Alternatively, an IGF-1R inhibitor can act by occupying a ligand binding site of the IGF-1 receptor or a portion thereof such that the receptor is inaccessible to its natural ligand to prevent or reduce its normal biological activity. Alternatively, an IGF-1R inhibitor can act by modulating the dimerization of an IGF-1R polypeptide or the interaction of an IGF-1R polypeptide with other proteins or promoting ubiquitination and endogenous degradation of IGF-1R. IGF-1R inhibitors can also act by reducing the amount of IGF-1 that can be used to activate IGF-1R by, for example, antagonizing the binding of IGF-1 to its receptor, reducing the level of IGF-1, or promoting IGF- 1 is associated with a non-IGF-1R protein, such as an IGF binding protein (eg, IGFBP3). IGF-1R inhibitors include, but are not limited to, low molecular weight inhibitors, antibodies or antibody fragments, antisense constructs, inhibitory small RNAs (e.g., RNA interference by dsRNA; RNAi) and ribonucleases. In one embodiment, the IGF-1R inhibitor is an organic small molecule or a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to human IGF-1R. 144535.doc -129- 201023852 In one embodiment, the igf-ir inhibitor is an organic small molecule. Exemplary IGF-1R inhibitors include, but are not limited to, pmi嗤幷β than 1GF-1 kinetic kinase inhibitor, quinazoline IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, pyridinium pyrimidine IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, pyrimidine pyrimidine IGF -1R kinase inhibitor, pyrrole pyrimidine IGF_1R kinase inhibitor, pyridazole pyrimidine IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, phenylamino-pyrimidine IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, hydroxy guanidine IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, ° Levazole IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, pyridazine IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, isoflavone IGF-1R kinase inhibitor, quinolinone IGF-1R kinase inhibitor and tebuftine IGF-1R kinase inhibitor And all pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates of such IGF-1R kinase inhibitors. Other examples of IGF-1R inhibitors include the following IGF-1R inhibitors: International Patent Publication No. WO 05/037836 (imidazolium pyrimide IGF-IR^ enzyme inhibitor); International Patent Publication No. WO 03/ 018021 and WO 03/018022 (pyrimidine and pyrimidine-based compounds); International Patent Publication No. WO 02/102804 and WO 02/102805 (cyclolignan); International Patent Publication No. WO 〇2/〇92599 (pyrrolepyrimidine); International Patent Publication No. WO 01/72751 (pyrrolepyrimidine); and International Patent Publication No. WO 00/71129 (pyrrolidine triazine inhibitor); International Patent Publication No. WO 97/28161 (pyrrole [2,3-d]pyrimidine); Parrizas et al. (Endocrinology, 138: 1427-1433 with in vitro and in vivo IGF-1R inhibitory activity) (1997))); International Patent Publication No. WO 00/35455 (heteroaryl aryl urea); International Patent Publication No. WO 03/048133 (pyrimidine derivative); International Patent Publication No. WO 03/024967 No. WO 03/035614, 03/035615 144535.doc • 130· 201023852, 03/035616 And WO 03/035619 (compounds having an inhibitory effect on kinase proteins); International Patent Publication No. WO 03/068265 (Composition for treating hyperproliferative conditions); International Patent Publication No. WO 00/172 〇3 (pyrrolepyrimidine); Japanese Patent Publication No. JP 07/133280 (cephem compound); and Albert, A· et al., Journal of the Chemical Society, 11: 1540-1547 ( 1970) (^ pteridine and 4 unsubstituted bites). Other exemplary small molecule inhibitors include, but are not limited to, OSI-906 (OSI) ® and XL228 (Exelixis). In one aspect, the IGF-1R inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor. Exemplary small molecule inhibitors include, but are not limited to, 〇SI-906 (OSI) and XL228 (Exelixis). OSI-906 (OSI) can be administered at different schedules of administration and administration, such as: (1) oral administration of one or two doses per dose until the disease develops or unacceptably toxic (up to 21 days); (2) Start treatment with S1 (every 14 曰 曰 曰 曰), and start S2 after seeing clinically significant toxicity >1 at level 2 (every 14 曰 1-5 曰 per Once a day). Similarly, S3 (1-7 每 every 14 days) was started after the clinically significant toxicity >2 in the S2 was observed. In each schedule, a single dose is administered on each designated day, and then until the 14th is a drug-free period. XL228 (Exelixis) can be administered at the following different dosing and dosing schedules, such as intravenous administration 1 hour a week. Other specific examples of IGF-1R inhibitors which may be used in accordance with the methods of the invention include h7C10 (Centre. de Recherche Pierre Fabre), an IGF-1 antagonist; EM-164 (ImmunoGen Inc.), an IGF-1R modulator; 144535.doc -131 - 201023852 CP-751871 (Pfizer Inc.), IGF-1 antagonist; lanreotide (Ipsen), an IGF-1 antagonist; IGF-1R oligonucleotide (Lynx Therapeutics Inc) .); IGF-1 Oligonucleotide (National Cancer Institute); IGF-1R protein cool amine kinase inhibitor developed by Novartis (eg NVP-AEW541, Garcia-Echeverria, C. Et al, (2004) Cancer Cell 5:231-239; or NVP-ADW742, Mitsiades, CS et al, (2004) Cancer Cell 5:221-230); IGF-1R protein tyrosine kinase inhibitor (Ontogen Corp) AG-1024 (Camirand, A. et al., (2005) Breast Cancer Research 7: R570-R579 (DOI 10.11 86/bcrl028); Camirand, A. and Pollak, M., (2004) Brit J. Cancer 90:1825-1829; Pfizer Inc.; IGF-1 antagonist; telfutin AG-538 and I-OMe-AG 538; BMS-536924, a small molecule of IGF-1R Formulation; & PNU-145 15 6E (Pharmacia & Upjohn SpA), an IGF-1 antagonist. Antibody-based IGF-1 R inhibitors include any anti-IG F -1R antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that partially or completely blocks the natural ligand of IGF-1R to activate IG F -1R. Antibody-based IGF-1R inhibitors also include any anti-IGF-1 antibody or antibody fragment that partially or completely blocks IGF-1R activation. Non-limiting examples of antibody-based IGF-1R inhibitors include Larsson, 0 et al, (2005) Brit. J. Cancer 92: 2097-21 01 and Ibrahim, Υ·H. and Yee, D. (2005) Clin. Cancer Res. 11; Inhibitors described in 944s-950s; monoclonal antibody IMC-A12 developed and tested by the National Cancer Institute; commercially developed antibodies, including antibodies to Imclone (eg A12), Amgen antibodies (AMG479) or Schering-Plough Research 144535.doc -132- 201023852
Institute之抗體(例如19D12);及美國專利申請公開案第US 2005/0136063 A1 號及第 US 2004/0018191 A1 號中所述之抗 體。IGF-1R抑制劑可為單株抗體、多株抗體或具有其結合 特異性之抗體或抗體片段。例示性單株抗體包括(但不限 於)AMG-479(Amgen)、BIIB022(Biogen)、IMC-A12(ImClone)、 • CP-751,871(Pfizer)、SCH-717454(Schering)、R-1507(Roche)及 MK-0646(Merck)。 術語「抗體之抗原結合部分」、「抗原結合片段」、「抗原 ® 結合域」、「抗體片段」或「抗體之功能片段j在本文中可 互換用於指抗體之一或多個保留特異性結合抗原之能力的 片段。該等術語中所包括之抗體片段之非限制性實例包括 (但不限於)Fab片段、F(ab')2片段、由VH及CH1域組成之 Fd片段、Fv片段、scFv、scFv2(兩個scFv分子在鍵中頭尾 相接之串聯連接)、dAb片段(Ward等人,(1989) Nature 341:544 546);經分離 CDR ; AVIMERTM ; VH ; VL ;及單 • 鏈結合多肽(與免疫球蛋白Fc融合之scFv)。此定義中另外 包括「半」抗體,其包含單一重鍵及單一輕鍵。本文亦包 涵單鏈抗體之其他形式(諸如雙功能抗體)。 「F(aiy)2」及「Fab'」部分可藉由用蛋白酶(諸如胃蛋白 酶及木瓜蛋白酶)處理Ig產生,且包括藉由在兩條重鍵各鉸 鏈區之間所存在的二硫鍵附近消化免疫球蛋白而產生的抗 體片段。舉例而言,木瓜蛋白酶在兩條重鏈各鉸鏈區之間 所存在的二硫鍵之上游裂解IgG,產生兩個以下同源抗體 片段,其中由VL及CL(輕鏈恆定區)構成之輕鏈與由vh及 144535.doc -133- 201023852 CHyl(重鏈恆定區中之γΐ區)構成之重鏈片段在其C末端區 經由二硫鍵連接。此兩個同源抗體片段各稱作Fab,。胃蛋 白酶亦在兩條重鏈各鉸鏈區之間所存在的二硫鍵之下游裂 解IgG ’產生略大於兩個上述Fab·在鉸鏈區連接之片段的 抗體片段。此抗體片段稱作F(ab’)2。The antibodies of the Institute (e.g., 19D12); and the antibodies described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2005/0136063 A1 and US 2004/0018191 A1. The IGF-1R inhibitor may be a monoclonal antibody, a polyclonal antibody, or an antibody or antibody fragment having binding specificity. Exemplary monoclonal antibodies include, but are not limited to, AMG-479 (Amgen), BIIB022 (Biogen), IMC-A12 (ImClone), • CP-751, 871 (Pfizer), SCH-717454 (Schering), R-1507 (Roche ) and MK-0646 (Merck). The terms "antigen-binding portion of an antibody", "antigen-binding fragment", "antigen® binding domain", "antibody fragment" or "functional fragment of antibody j" are used interchangeably herein to refer to one or more retention specificities of an antibody. Fragments that bind to the ability of the antigen. Non-limiting examples of antibody fragments encompassed by such terms include, but are not limited to, Fab fragments, F(ab')2 fragments, Fd fragments consisting of VH and CH1 domains, Fv fragments , scFv, scFv2 (series of two scFv molecules connected end to end in the bond), dAb fragment (Ward et al, (1989) Nature 341:544 546); isolated CDR; AVIMERTM; VH; VL; A chain-binding polypeptide (scFv fused to an immunoglobulin Fc). This definition additionally includes a "semi-" antibody comprising a single heavy bond and a single light bond. Other forms of single chain antibodies (such as bifunctional antibodies) are also encompassed herein. The "F(aiy)2" and "Fab" portions can be produced by treating Ig with proteases such as pepsin and papain, and include disulfide bonds present between hinge regions of the two heavy bonds. Antibody fragments produced by digestion of immunoglobulins nearby. For example, papain cleaves IgG upstream of the disulfide bond present between the hinge regions of the two heavy chains, resulting in two homologous antibody fragments, of which light consists of VL and CL (light chain constant region) The chain is linked to a heavy chain fragment consisting of vh and 144535.doc-133-201023852 CHyl (gamma-indenyl region in the heavy chain constant region) via a disulfide bond at its C-terminal region. These two homologous antibody fragments are each referred to as Fab. The gastric protease also cleaves the IgG' downstream of the disulfide bond present between the hinge regions of the two heavy chains to produce an antibody fragment that is slightly larger than the two Fab-linked fragments in the hinge region. This antibody fragment is referred to as F(ab')2.
Fab片段亦含有輕鏈之恆定域及重鏈之第一恆定域 (CH1)。Fab·片段不同於Fab片段之處在於在重鏈CH1域之 羧基末端添加數個殘基,包括一或多個來自抗體鉸鏈區之 半胱胺酸。Fab’-SH在本文中指代恆定域之半胱胺酸殘基 具有游離硫醇基之Fab,。F(ab,)2抗體片段最初以兩者之間 具有鉸鏈半胱胺酸之Fab,片段對形式產生。亦已知抗體片 段之其他化學偶合。 「Fv」係指含有完整抗原識別位點及抗原結合位點之抗 體片段。此區域由緊密、非共價締合的一個重鍵可變域與 一個輕鏈可變域的二聚物組成。在此構型中,正是各可變 域之二個CDR相互作用而在VH·VL二聚物表面上界定抗原 結合位點。總體而言,各VH及VL鏈之一或多個CDR之組 〇賦予抗體抗原結合特異性。舉例而言,應瞭解例如 CDRH3及CDRL3在轉移至受體抗體或其抗原結合片段之 VH及VL鏈時可足以賦予抗體抗原結合特異性,且可使用 本文所述之任何技術測試此CDR組合之結合、親和力等。 即使單一可變域(或僅包含三個對抗原具有特異性之CDR 的半Fv)亦具有識別及結合抗原之能力,但可能親和力低 於與第二可變域組合時之親和力。此外,儘管Fv片段之兩 144535.doc -134· 201023852 個域(VL及VH)由獨立基因編碼,但其可使用重組方法藉 由使得其能夠製備為VL及VH區配對以形成單價分子之單 一蛋白質鍵(稱為單鏈Fv(scFv)Bird等人,Science 242:423-426 (1988) ; Huston等人,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA • 85:5879-5883 (1988);及 Osbourn 等人,Nat. Biotechnol. . 16:778 (1998))的合成連接子接合。該等scFv亦意欲包涵於 術語抗體之「抗原結合部分」内。特定scFv之任何VH及 VL序列可與Fc區cDNA或基因組序列連接,以產生編碼完 β 整Ig(例如IgG)分子或其他同型之表現載體。亦可使用蛋白 質化學法或重組DNA技術將VH及VL用於產生Fab、Fv或其 他Ig月段。 「單鏈Fv」或「sFv」抗體片段包含抗體之VH及VL域, 其中此等域存在於單一多肽鏈中。在一些實施例中,Fv多 肽在VH與VL域之間另外包含使sFv能夠形成抗原結合所需 結構之多肽連接子。關於sFv之評述,例如參見Pluckthun, The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies,第 113 卷, Rosenburg及 Moore編,Springer-Verlag,New York,第 269-315 頁(1994)。 術語「Avimer™」係指一類人類來源之治療性蛋白,其 與抗體及抗體片段不相關,且由數個模組及可重複使用結 合域(稱作A域(亦稱作A類模組、互補型重複序列或LDL受 體A類域))組成。其由人類細胞外受體域藉由活體外外顯 子改組及嗤菌體呈現產生(Silverman等人,2005,Nat. Biotechnol. 23:1493-1494 ; Silverman 等人,2006,Nat. 144535.doc -135- 201023852The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. The Fab·fragment differs from the Fab fragment by the addition of several residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain, including one or more cysteine acids from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH refers herein to a Fab having a free thiol group of a cysteine residue of a constant domain. The F(ab,)2 antibody fragment was originally produced as a Fab with a hinged cysteine between the two, in the form of a fragment pair. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known. "Fv" refers to an antibody fragment containing a complete antigen recognition site and an antigen binding site. This region consists of a dimer of a heavy, non-covalently associated heavy bond variable domain and a light chain variable domain. In this configuration, it is the two CDRs of each variable domain that interact to define an antigen binding site on the surface of the VH.VL dimer. In general, one or more of the CDRs of each VH and VL chain confer antigen binding specificity to the antibody. For example, it will be appreciated that, for example, CDRH3 and CDRL3 may be sufficient to confer antigen binding specificity to an antibody when it is transferred to a VH and VL chain of an acceptor antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, and the CDR combination can be tested using any of the techniques described herein. Combination, affinity, etc. Even if a single variable domain (or a half-Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, the affinity may be lower than the affinity when combined with the second variable domain. Furthermore, although the two 144535.doc-134.201023852 domains (VL and VH) of the Fv fragment are encoded by independent genes, they can be recombined by enabling them to be prepared as pairs of VL and VH regions to form a single unit of monovalent molecules. Protein bond (referred to as single-chain Fv (scFv) Bird et al, Science 242: 423-426 (1988); Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA • 85: 5879-5883 (1988); and Osbourn Et al., Nat. Biotechnol. . 16:778 (1998)) Synthetic linker ligation. Such scFvs are also intended to be encompassed by the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody. Any of the VH and VL sequences of a particular scFv can be ligated to the Fc region cDNA or genomic sequence to produce an expression vector encoding a β Ig (e.g., IgG) molecule or other isotype. VH and VL can also be used to produce Fab, Fv or other Ig segments using protein chemistry or recombinant DNA techniques. A "single-chain Fv" or "sFv" antibody fragment comprises the VH and VL domains of an antibody, wherein such domains are present in a single polypeptide chain. In some embodiments, the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains that enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of sFv, see, for example, Pluckthun, The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, Vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore, ed., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994). The term "AvimerTM" refers to a class of human-derived therapeutic proteins that are not associated with antibodies and antibody fragments and are composed of several modules and reusable binding domains (referred to as A-domains (also known as Class A modules, Complementary repeat sequence or LDL receptor class A domain)) composition. It is produced by ex vivo exon remodeling of human extracellular receptor domains and by sputum cells (Silverman et al., 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23: 1493-1494; Silverman et al., 2006, Nat. 144535.doc -135- 201023852
Biotechnol. 24:220)。所得蛋白質可含有與單抗原決定基 結合蛋白相比可展現改良親和力(在一些情況下,為亞奈 莫耳濃度)及特異性的多個獨立結合域。例如參見美國專 利申請公開案第2005/0221384號、第2005/0164301號、第 2005/0053973 號及第 2005/0089932號、第 2005/0048512號 及第2004/0175756號,其各以全文引用的方式併入本文 中〇 已知217個人類A域各包含約35個胺基酸(約4 kDa);且 該等域由平均長度為5個胺基酸之連接子分隔。天然A域迅 速且有效摺疊為均勻穩定結構,其主要由鈣結合及二硫鍵 形成介導。此通用結構需要僅具有12個胺基酸之保守骨架 基元。最終結果為單一蛋白質鏈含有多個域,其各表現獨 立功能。該等蛋白質之各域獨立結合且各域之積極作用為 加和性的。此等蛋白質稱作「Avimers™」,其係源自親和 力多聚物(avidity multimer)。 術語「雙功能抗體」係指具有兩個抗原結合位點的小抗 體片段,該等片段包含在同一多肽鏈(VH-VL)中與輕鏈可 變域(VL)連接的重鏈可變域(VH)。藉由使用過短而不致於 使同一鏈上的兩個域之間配對的連接子,使該等域與另一 鏈上之互補域配對且產生兩個抗原結合位點。雙功能抗體 更全面地描述於例如EP 404,097 ; WO 93/11161 ;及 Hollinger等人,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444 6448 (1993)中。 抗原結合多肽亦包括重鏈二聚物,諸如來自駱駝及鯊魚 144535.doc -136· 201023852 之抗體。駱駝及鯊魚抗體包含兩條類v及類c域之鏈(均無 輕鏈)的均二聚對。因為駱駝中重鏈二聚物IgG之VH區無 需與輕鏈進行疏水性相互作用,故在駱駝中重鏈中通常接 觸輕鏈之區域變為親水性胺基酸殘基。重鏈二聚物IgG之 • VH域稱作VHH域。鯊魚Ig-NAR包含一個可變域(稱作V- . NAR域)及五個類C恆定域(C-NAR域)之均二聚物。在駱駝 中,抗體譜系之多樣性由VH或VHH區中之CDR 1、CDR 2 及CDR 3決定。駱駝VHH區中之CDR3之特徵在於其相對長 ® 之長度,平均為16個胺基酸(Muyldermans等人,1994, Protein Engineering 7(9): 1129)。其與許多其他物種抗體 之CDR3區形成對比。舉例而言,小鼠VH之CDR3平均具 有9個胺基酸。保持駱駝可變區之活體内多樣性的駱駝來 源抗體可變區之文庫可藉由例如美國專利申請案第 20050037421號中所揭示之方法製備。 非人類(例如鼠類)抗體之「人類化」形式包括嵌合抗 體,其含有源自非人類Ig之最少序列。在大多數情況下, 人類化抗體為人類ig(受體抗體),其中受體之一或多個 CDR置換為非人類物種抗體(供體抗體)之CDR(諸如具有所 需特異性、親和力及結合功能之小鼠、大鼠、兔或非人類 靈長類抗體的CDR)。在一些情況下,人類Ig之一或多個 FR胺基酸殘基置換為相應非人類胺基酸殘基。此外,人類 化抗體可含有不存在於受體抗體或供體抗體中的殘基。若 需要,可進行此等修飾以改進抗體效能。人類化抗體可包 含至少一個,在一些情況下兩個可變域中之實質上全部, 144535.doc -137- 201023852 其中高變區中之全部或實質上全部對應於非人類免疫球蛋 白之高變區,且FR中之全部或實質上全部為人類免疫球蛋 白序列之FR。人類化抗體視情況亦可包括免疫球蛋白恆定 區之至少一部分(Fc),通常為人類免疫球蛋白恆定區之至 少一部分。詳細說明參見Jones等人,Nature 321: 522-525 (1986) ; Reichmann等人,Nature 332: 323-329 (1988);及 Presta,Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2: 593-596 (1992)。 可使用使培養物中之連續細胞株產生抗體分子之任何技 術製備且分離針對IGF-1R之單株抗體。產生及分離之技術 包括(但不限於)最初由 Kohler及 Milstein(Nature,1975,256: 495-497)描述之融合瘤技術;人類B細胞融合瘤技術 (Kosbor等人,1983,Immunology Today 4:72 ; Cote等人, 1983, Proc. Nati· Acad. Sci. USA 80: 2026-2030);及 EBV-融合瘤技術(Cole等人,1985,Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc.,第 77-96 頁)。 或者,用於產生單鏈抗體所述之技術(例如參見美國專 利第4,946,778號)可適合於產生抗IGF-1R單鏈抗體。適用 於實踐本發明方法之基於抗體之IGF-1R激酶抑制劑亦包括 抗IGF-1R抗體片段,包括(但不限於)F(aV)2片段,其可由 胃蛋白酶消化完整抗IGF-1R體分子產生;及Fab片段,其 可由還原F(alV)2片段之二硫橋產生。或者,可建構Fab及/ 或scFv表現文庫(例如參見Huse等人,1989,Science 246: 1275-1281)以使得可迅速鑑別對IGF-1R具有所需特異性之 片段。 144535.doc -138- 201023852 產生及分離單株抗體及抗體片段之技術為此項技術所熟 知且描述於Harlow及Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 及 J. W. Goding, 1986, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press,London中。人類化抗IGF-1R抗體及抗體 片段亦可根據已知技術製備,該等技術諸如Vaughn,T. J. 等人,1998, Nature Biotech. 16:535-539及其中所引用之參 考文獻中所述之技術,且該等抗體或其片段亦適用於實踐 本發明方法。 在一態樣中,IGF-1R抑制劑可為單株抗體或其抗原結合 片段。例示性單株抗體包括(但不限於)八]^〇-479(Amgen) > BIIB022(Biogen) ' IMC-A12(ImClone) ' CP-75 1,871 (Pfizer) ' SCH-717454(Schering) > R-1507(Roche) 及 MK-0646(Merck)。 在第1曰、第15日及第29曰,AMG-479(Amgen)可以增加 之劑量靜脈内(IV)經1小時投與。在第8週評估患者,且顯 示客觀腫瘤反應或穩定疾病的患者繼續在第57曰開始治 療。在無疾病發展或不可接受之毒性下每2週重複治療。 BIIB022(Biogen)可每3週靜脈内投與一次直至疾病發展 或不可接受之毒性。 IMC-A12(ImClone)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投與, 諸如:(1)每2週經1小時靜脈内投與10 mg/kg之劑量。患者 應繼續治療直至疾病發展或不可接受之毒性產生;(2)每2 週經1小時靜脈内投與10 mg/kg ; (3)以21日循環在第1日、 144535.doc -139- 201023852 第8日及第15日靜脈内投與6 mg/kg;⑷每週經6()分鐘靜脈 内投與3 mg/kg; (5)在第、第8日、第15日及第22日經i 小時靜脈内投與。在無疾病發展或不可接受之毒性下,每 28日可重複治療過程歷時高達2年;(6)每週一次經丨小時靜 脈内投與。在無疾病發展或不可接受之毒性下繼續治療; 或(7)在第1日、第8日及第15日經丨小時靜脈内投與。在無 疾病發展或不可接受之毒性下每21日重複治療過程。 CP-751,871(Pfizer)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投與, 諸如:(1)在各循環之第1日以介於6瓜岁“至⑼mg/kg範圍 内之劑量歷時17個循環總數(丨年);(2)在循環〗中研究第工 曰及第2曰靜脈内投與2〇 mg/kg,且之後每三週(自第la) 技與,(3)經2.5小時靜脈内投與2〇 mg/kg高達17個循環; (4)每3週靜脈内投與20 mg/kg; (5)在各21日循環之第la 靜脈内投與20 mg/kg ; (6)每三週靜脈内投與6、1〇或20 mg/kg ; (7)在各21曰循環之第1曰靜脈内投與2〇叫/kg ; (8)每21日靜脈内投與高達6個循環;(9)在各28日循環之第 1日靜脈内投與直至疾病發展或毒性;(丨〇)在各28日循環之 第1曰靜脈内投與20 mg/kg直至疾病發展或不可接受之毒 性;(11)每3週20 mg/kg歷時17個循環直至疾病發展或不可 接受之毒性產生;或(12)在第1曰及第22日經5小時靜脈内 投與。 SCH-717454(Schering)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投 與’諸如:每2週靜脈内投與一次直至疾病發展。 R-1507(R〇che)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投與,諸 144535.doc •140- 201023852 如(1)每週靜脈内投與3或9 產生之劑量,每週 靜脈内投與不超過16 mg/kg; (2)每週或每3週以】mg/kg開 始以增加之劑量靜脈内投與;及(3)每週靜脈内投與9 mg/kg。 MK-0646(Meixk)可用以下不同給藥及投藥進度投與,諸 .如:(1)每週經!小時靜脈内投與1〇 mg/kg;(勾經丨小時靜 脈内投與7.5、10或15 mg/kg ; (3)每週經丨至2小時靜脈内 投與增加之劑量:h25、2.5、5.0、10·0、15.〇 及 2〇〇 mg/kg。使三個患者各接受增加之劑量。隨後患者進入不 同給藥方案:每隔一週給藥或每三週給藥;(句在第〗期, 根據劑量限制性毒性,每週靜脈内投與5 mg/kg增加至每 週10 mg/kg,隨後考慮該劑量。在第π期;每週靜脈内投 與5 mg/kg ; (5)每週靜脈内投與一次5或1〇 mg/kg歷時斗個 連續週;(6)每週經1小時至2小時靜脈内投與增加之劑量: 1.25、2.5、5.0、1〇.〇、15.0及 2〇.〇 mg/kg歷時 4個連續週; φ 及(7)由起始劑量(1〇ading d〇se)(2.5、5.0 ' 1〇.〇、15.〇、 20.0及30.0 mg/kg)組成之增加之劑量’繼而隨後在完成起 始劑量之後兩週開始,每隔一週維持劑量(至少為2 5 mg/kg)= 或者’適用於本發明方法之IGF-1R激酶抑制劑可基於反 義募核苷酸構築體。反義寡核苷酸(包括反義RNA分子及 反義DNA分子)發揮直接阻斷IGF_1R mRNA轉譯之作用, 其係藉由與IGF-1R mRNA結合且由此阻止蛋白質轉譯,或 增加mRNA降解,由此減少IGF_1R激酶蛋白之含量,且由 144535.doc -141 - 201023852 此減少細胞中之活性達成。舉例而言,可例如藉由習知填 酸二酯技術合成具有至少約15個鹼基且與編碼IGF· 1R之 mRNA轉錄序列之獨特區域互補的反義募核苷酸,且藉由 例如靜脈内注射或輸注投與。使用反義技術以特異性抑制 序列已知之基因的基因表現的方法為此項技術中所熟知 (例如參見美國專利第6,566,135號;第6,566,131號;第 6,365,354 號;第 6,410,323 號;第 6,107,091 號;第 6,046,321號;及第 5,981,732號)。 抑制性小RNA(siRNA)亦可充當適用於本發明方法之 IGF-1R激酶抑制劑。IGF-1R基因表現可藉由使腫瘤、個體 或細胞與雙鏈小RNA(dsRNA)或使得可產生雙鏈小RNA之 載體或構築體接觸,而特異性抑制IGF-1R之表現(亦即 RNA干擾或RNAi)來降低。為序列已知之基因選擇適當 dsRNA或dsRNA編碼載體的方法為此項技術中所熟知(例如 參見 Tuschi, T.等人,(1999) Genes Dev. 13(24):3191-3197 ; Elbashir, S. M.等人,(2001) Nature 411:494-498 ; Hannon, G. J. (2002) Nature 418:244-251 ; McManus, Μ. T. 及 Sharp, P. A. (2002) Nature Reviews Genetics 3:737-747 ; Bremmelkamp,T. R.等人,(2002) Science 296:550-553 ;美 國專利第6,573,099及6,506,559號;及國際專利公開案第 WO 01/36646 號、第 WO 99/32619 號及第 WO 01/68836 號)。 核糖核酸酶亦可充當適用於本發明方法之IGF-1R激酶抑 制劑。核糖核酸酶為酶促RNA分子,其能夠催化RNA之特 144535.doc -142- 201023852 異性裂解。核糖核酸酶作用機制涉及核糖核酸酶分子與互 補標乾RN A之序列特異性雜交,繼而内切核苷酸裂解。特 異性且有效催化IGF-1R mRNA序列之内切核苷酸裂解的工 程改造髮夾或錘頭基元核糖核酸酶分子由此適用於本發明 方法之範疇内。任何潛在RNA標靶内之特異性核糖核酸酶 裂解位點最初藉由掃描標靶分子之核糖核酸酶裂解位點鑑 別’該等裂解位點通常包括以下序列:GUA、GUU及 GUC。鑑別之後,可針對可能造成寡核苷酸序列不適合之 預測結構特徵(諸如二級結構)評估對應於含裂解位點標靶 基因區之具有約15個與20個之間的核糖核苷酸的短RNA序 列。候選標乾之合適性亦可藉由使用例如核糖核酸酶保護 檢疋測試其與互補寡核苷酸雜交之可達性來評估。 可向該等寡核苷酸引入各種修飾作為提高細胞内穩定性 及半衰期之手段。可能修飾包括(但不限於)向分子之5,及/ 或3端添加核糖核苷酸或脫氧核糖核苷酸之侧接序列,或 在券核苦酸骨架内使用硫代磷酸酯或2'-0-甲基而非磷酸二 醋酶鍵聯。 適用於本發明方法之反義寡核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核 糖核酸酶可藉由多種已知方法或將來開發出之方法合成。 】而° 0人可使用化學合成法,諸如使用Dharmacon,Biotechnol. 24:220). The resulting protein may contain multiple independent binding domains that exhibit improved affinity (in some cases, the concentration of the nanomolar) and specificity as compared to a single epitope binding protein. See, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0221384, No. 2005/0164301, No. 2005/0053973, and No. 2005/0089932, No. 2005/0048512, and No. 2004/0175756, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Incorporated herein, 217 human A domains each comprise about 35 amino acids (about 4 kDa); and the domains are separated by a linker having an average length of 5 amino acids. The natural A domain is rapidly and efficiently folded into a uniform stable structure, which is mainly mediated by calcium binding and disulfide bond formation. This general structure requires a conserved backbone motif with only 12 amino acids. The end result is that a single protein chain contains multiple domains, each of which performs an independent function. The domains of the proteins are independently joined and the positive effects of each domain are additive. These proteins are referred to as "AvimersTM" and are derived from avidity multimers. The term "bifunctional antibody" refers to a small antibody fragment having two antigen binding sites comprising a heavy chain variable domain linked to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL). (VH). By using a linker that is too short to pair between the two domains on the same strand, the domains are paired with complementary domains on the other strand and two antigen-binding sites are created. Bifunctional antibodies are more fully described, for example, in EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444 6448 (1993). Antigen-binding polypeptides also include heavy chain dimers, such as antibodies from camel and shark 144535.doc-136. 201023852. Camel and shark antibodies contain homodimerized pairs of two classes of v and c-like domains (both without light chains). Since the VH region of the heavy chain dimer IgG in camel does not need to interact hydrophobically with the light chain, the region in the heavy chain of the camel that normally contacts the light chain becomes a hydrophilic amino acid residue. The VH domain of the heavy chain dimer IgG is called the VHH domain. The shark Ig-NAR contains a homodimer of a variable domain (referred to as the V-. NAR domain) and five C-like constant domains (C-NAR domain). In camels, the diversity of antibody lineages is determined by CDR 1, CDR 2 and CDR 3 in the VH or VHH regions. The CDR3 in the camel VHH region is characterized by its relatively long length of length, with an average of 16 amino acids (Muyldermans et al., 1994, Protein Engineering 7(9): 1129). It is in contrast to the CDR3 region of antibodies from many other species. For example, the CDR3 of mouse VH has an average of 9 amino acids. A library of camel-derived antibody variable regions that maintains in vivo diversity of camel variable regions can be prepared by the methods disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 20050037421. "Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies include chimeric antibodies containing minimal sequences derived from non-human Ig. In most cases, the humanized antibody is a human ig (receptor antibody) in which one or more of the CDRs are replaced by a CDR of a non-human species antibody (donor antibody) (such as having the desired specificity, affinity, and Binding to functional CDRs of mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate antibodies). In some cases, one or more of the FR amino acid residues of human Ig are replaced with the corresponding non-human amino acid residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies may contain residues that are not present in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications can be made to improve antibody performance if desired. A humanized antibody may comprise at least one, in some cases substantially all of the two variable domains, 144535.doc -137-201023852 wherein all or substantially all of the hypervariable regions correspond to the height of the non-human immunoglobulin The variable region, and all or substantially all of the FR are the FR of the human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody may optionally also comprise at least a portion (Fc) of the constant region of the immunoglobulin, typically at least a portion of the human immunoglobulin constant region. For a detailed description, see Jones et al, Nature 321 : 522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al, Nature 332: 323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2: 593-596 (1992) . Monoclonal antibodies against IGF-1R can be prepared and isolated using any technique that produces antibody molecules from successive cell lines in culture. Techniques for production and isolation include, but are not limited to, fusion tumor technology originally described by Kohler and Milstein (Nature, 1975, 256: 495-497); Human B cell fusion tumor technology (Kosbor et al., 1983, Immunology Today 4: 72; Cote et al, 1983, Proc. Nati· Acad. Sci. USA 80: 2026-2030); and EBV-fused tumor technology (Cole et al., 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc. , pp. 77-96). Alternatively, the techniques described for the production of single-chain antibodies (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778) may be adapted to produce anti-IGF-1R single chain antibodies. Antibody-based IGF-1R kinase inhibitors suitable for use in practicing the methods of the invention also include anti-IGF-1R antibody fragments, including but not limited to F(aV)2 fragments, which can be digested by pepsin to intact anti-IGF-1R body molecules Produced; and a Fab fragment that can be produced by reducing the disulfide bridge of the F(alV)2 fragment. Alternatively, Fab and/or scFv expression libraries can be constructed (see, for example, Huse et al., 1989, Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow rapid identification of fragments having the desired specificity for IGF-IR. 144535.doc -138- 201023852 Techniques for the production and isolation of monoclonal antibodies and antibody fragments are well known in the art and are described in Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory and JW Goding, 1986, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, London. Humanized anti-IGF-1R antibodies and antibody fragments can also be prepared according to known techniques, such as those described in Vaughn, TJ et al, 1998, Nature Biotech. 16:535-539 and references cited therein. And such antibodies or fragments thereof are also suitable for use in practicing the methods of the invention. In one aspect, the IGF-1R inhibitor can be a monoclonal antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. Exemplary monoclonal antibodies include, but are not limited to, VIII]^〇-479(Amgen) > BIIB022(Biogen) ' IMC-A12(ImClone) ' CP-75 1,871 (Pfizer) ' SCH-717454(Schering) > R-1507 (Roche) and MK-0646 (Merck). On Days 1, 15 and 29, AMG-479 (Amgen) can be administered intravenously (IV) at an increased dose over 1 hour. Patients who were evaluated at week 8 and who showed an objective tumor response or stable disease continued treatment at 57th. The treatment is repeated every 2 weeks without disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. BIIB022 (Biogen) can be administered intravenously every 3 weeks until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. IMC-A12 (ImClone) can be administered at different schedules and administration schedules, such as: (1) intravenous administration of a dose of 10 mg/kg every 2 weeks for 1 hour. Patients should continue treatment until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity; (2) intravenous administration of 10 mg/kg every 2 weeks for 1 hour; (3) cycle on day 1 on day 1, 144535.doc -139- 201023852 Intravenous administration of 6 mg/kg on days 8 and 15; (4) intravenous administration of 3 mg/kg over 6 () minutes per week; (5) on the 8th, 15th and 22nd Nikkei i hour intravenous administration. In the absence of disease progression or unacceptable toxicity, the treatment process can be repeated every 28 days for up to 2 years; (6) once a week for intrauterine administration. Continue treatment with no disease progression or unacceptable toxicity; or (7) intravenous administration over the first day, the 8th day, and the 15th day. The treatment is repeated every 21 days without disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. CP-751, 871 (Pfizer) can be administered at different dosages and administration schedules, such as: (1) 17 cycles in the range of 6 to 3,000 years old to (9) mg/kg on the first day of each cycle Total (leap year); (2) study the second work in the circulation and 2 〇 mg/kg intravenously, and every three weeks (from the first la) and (3) after 2.5 hours Intravenous administration of 2 mg/kg up to 17 cycles; (4) intravenous administration of 20 mg/kg every 3 weeks; (5) administration of 20 mg/kg intravenously in each of the 21-day cycles; 6) Intravenous administration of 6, 1 or 20 mg/kg every three weeks; (7) Intravenous administration of 2 //kg in the first sputum of each 21 曰 cycle; (8) Intravenous injection every 21 days Up to 6 cycles; (9) intravenous administration on the first day of each 28-day cycle until disease progression or toxicity; (丨〇) 20 mg/kg administered intravenously in the first sputum of each 28-day cycle until Disease progression or unacceptable toxicity; (11) 20 mg/kg every 3 weeks for 17 cycles until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity occurs; or (12) 5 hours intravenously on Days 1 and 22 SCH-717454 (Schering) can be administered and administered differently Degree of administration such as: intravenous administration every 2 weeks until the disease develops. R-1507 (R〇che) can be administered with the following different administration and administration schedules, 144535.doc •140- 201023852 as (1) per Weekly intravenous administration of 3 or 9 doses, administered intravenously no more than 16 mg / kg per week; (2) weekly or every 3 weeks starting with mg / kg intravenously with an increased dose; and (3) Intravenous administration of 9 mg/kg per week. MK-0646 (Meixk) can be administered with the following different administrations and administration schedules, such as: (1) weekly intravenous administration of 1 mg per hour /kg; (Intravenous administration of 7.5, 10 or 15 mg/kg via sputum; (3) Intravenous administration of increased dose per week to 2 hours: h25, 2.5, 5.0, 10·0, 15 〇 and 2〇〇mg/kg. Each patient receives an increased dose. The patient then enters a different dosing regimen: every other week or every three weeks; (in the first period, according to the dose limit Toxicity, weekly intravenous administration of 5 mg/kg increased to 10 mg/kg per week, followed by consideration of this dose. In the π phase; weekly intravenous administration of 5 mg/kg; (5) weekly intravenous injection With 5 or 1 at a time Mg/kg over a continuous period of time; (6) intravenous dose of 1 hour to 2 hours per week: 1.25, 2.5, 5.0, 1 〇. 〇, 15.0 and 2 〇. 〇 mg / kg duration 4 Continuous weeks; φ and (7) increased doses consisting of the initial dose (1〇ading d〇se) (2.5, 5.0 '1〇.〇, 15.〇, 20.0 and 30.0 mg/kg) followed by The dose is maintained every other week starting at two weeks after the completion of the initial dose (at least 25 mg/kg) = or 'The IGF-1R kinase inhibitor suitable for use in the methods of the invention may be based on antisense nucleotide constructs. Antisense oligonucleotides (including antisense RNA molecules and antisense DNA molecules) function to directly block IGF_1R mRNA translation by binding to IGF-1R mRNA and thereby preventing protein translation, or increasing mRNA degradation, This reduces the amount of IGF_1R kinase protein and is achieved by reducing the activity in the cells by 144535.doc -141 - 201023852. For example, an antisense raised nucleotide having at least about 15 bases and complementary to a unique region encoding an mRNA sequence of IGF·1R can be synthesized, for example, by a conventional acid diester technique, and by, for example, a vein Intra-injection or infusion administration. Methods of using antisense technology to specifically inhibit gene expression of a gene whose sequence is known are well known in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,566,135; No. 6,566,131; No. 6,365,354; No. 6,410,323; 6,107,091; 6,046,321; and 5,981,732). Inhibitory small RNA (siRNA) can also serve as an IGF-1R kinase inhibitor suitable for use in the methods of the invention. IGF-1R gene expression specifically inhibits the expression of IGF-1R by contacting tumors, individuals or cells with double-stranded small RNAs (dsRNAs) or vectors or constructs that produce double-stranded small RNAs (ie, RNA) Interference or RNAi) to reduce. Methods for selecting an appropriate dsRNA or dsRNA encoding vector for a gene of known sequence are well known in the art (see, for example, Tuschi, T. et al., (1999) Genes Dev. 13(24): 3191-3197; Elbashir, SM et al. Human, (2001) Nature 411: 494-498; Hannon, GJ (2002) Nature 418: 244-251; McManus, Μ. T. and Sharp, PA (2002) Nature Reviews Genetics 3: 737-747; Bremmelkamp, TR (2002) Science 296: 550-553; U.S. Patent Nos. 6,573,099 and 6,506,559; and International Patent Publication Nos. WO 01/36646, WO 99/32619 and WO 01/68836). Ribonuclease can also serve as an IGF-1R kinase inhibitor suitable for use in the methods of the invention. Ribonuclease is an enzymatic RNA molecule that catalyzes the specificity of RNA 144535.doc -142- 201023852. The ribonuclease mechanism involves the sequence-specific hybridization of the ribonuclease molecule to the complementary standard RN A followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Engineered hairpin or hammerhead ribonuclease molecules that specifically catalyze the cleavage of the endonucleolytic cleavage of the IGF-IR mRNA sequence are thus suitable for use in the context of the methods of the invention. The specific ribonuclease cleavage site within any potential RNA target is initially identified by scanning the ribonuclease cleavage site of the target molecule. These cleavage sites typically include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. After identification, the predicted structural features (such as secondary structures) that may cause the oligonucleotide sequence to be unsuitable may be evaluated to have between about 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the cleavage site target gene region. Short RNA sequence. The suitability of the candidate stem can also be assessed by testing the accessibility of the hybridization to the complementary oligonucleotide using, for example, a ribonuclease protection assay. Various modifications can be introduced into the oligonucleotides as a means of increasing intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of a ribonucleotide or a deoxyribonucleotide flanking sequence to the 5, and/or 3 ends of the molecule, or the use of a phosphorothioate or 2' in the nucleus frame. -0-methyl instead of diacetate linkage. Antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs and ribonucleases suitable for use in the methods of the invention can be synthesized by a variety of known methods or methods developed in the future. 】°° people can use chemical synthesis, such as using Dharmacon,
IllC.之專屬ACE㊣技術的方法。或者,吾人亦可使用模板依 賴性合成法。可使用如本文所述之經修飾或未經修飾、天 然或非天然鹼基進行合成。此外,可用或不用如本文所揭 不之經修飾或未經修飾核酸骨架進行合成。 144535.doc 143 - 201023852 另外,可在宿主細胞中藉由用於在宿主細胞中合成反義 寡核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖核酸酶分子的多種已知方 法及任何將來開發出之方法合成反義寡核苷酸構築體、 siRNA及核糖核酸酶。舉例而言,反義寡核苷酸構築體、 siRNA及核糖核酸酶可由重組環形或線性DNA載體使用任 何合適啟動子表現。用於由合適載體表現反義或抑制性 RNA分子之合適啟動子包括例如U6或HI RNA pol III啟動 子序列及細胞巨大病毒啟動子。其他合適啟動子之選擇屬 於此項技術之技能範疇内。用於本發明實施例之合適載體 包括美國專利第5,624,803號中所述之載體’該專利之揭示 内容係以全文引用的方式併入本文中。該等重組質體亦可 包含誘導型或調控型啟動子以在特定組織或特定細胞内環 境中表現反義募核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖核酸酶。 反義募核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖核酸酶可由重組核 酸載體以兩個獨立互補RN A分子或具有兩個互補區之單一 RNA分子形式表現。適用於表現反義寡核苷酸構築體、 siRNA及核糖核酸酶之載體之選擇,插入核酸序列以於載 體中表現反義募核苷酸構築體、siRNA及核糖核酸酶的方 法,及將重組載體傳遞至所關注細胞之方法屬於此項技術 之技能範内。例如參見Tuschl, T. (20〇2),Nat. Biotechnol, 20: 446-448 ; Brummelkamp T R等人,(2002), Science 296: 550-553 ; Miyagishi M #A,(2002),Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 497-500 ; Paddison P J等人,(2002), Genes Dev. 16: 948-958 ; Lee N S等人,(2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 144535.doc 201023852 20: 500-505 ;及 Paul C P 等人 ’(2002),Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 505-508,其全部揭示内容係以引用的方式併入本文 中。其他用於傳遞及細胞内表現之合適方法描述於例如美 國專利申請公開案第20040005593號、第20050048647號、 第20050060771號中,其全部揭示内容係以引用的方式併 .入本文中。 在一實施例中,使細胞與兒茶酚丁烷接觸之後,IGF-1R 抑制劑可抑制IGF-1R之活性至少約2倍,至少約5倍,至少 β 約10倍,至少約20倍’至少約25倍,至少約50倍,至少約 100倍或100倍以上。在另一實施例中,抑制劑可抑制IGF-1R之活性至少約5%,至少約10%,至少約15%,至少約 20%,至少約50%,至少約60%,至少約7〇%,至少約 80%,至少約90%,至少約95%或至少約。在另一實 施例中,抑制IGF-1R使已接受兒茶酚丁烷及IGF_ 1R抑制劑 之組合投與的患者的症狀停滯。 給與EGFR抑制劑及1GF-1R抑制劑 參 雖然IGF-1R抑制劑及EGFR抑制劑之數個實施例之給藥 如上所述,但應瞭解亦可使用其他給藥方案。在各個實施 例中’兒茶盼丁烷及IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑之間 存在協同作用,此使得可投與較低劑量之兒茶酚丁烷、 IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑。在一些實施例中,IGF_ 1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑之間的協同作用使得可給與較 低劑量之兒茶盼丁烧。在一些實施例中,IGF_丨R抑制劑及/ 或EGFR抑制劑及兒茶酚丁烷之間的協同作用使得可給與 144535.doc • 145· 201023852 較低劑量之IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑與兒茶紛丁 烷。在一些實施例中,IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑及 兒茶酚丁烷之間的協同作用使得可以較低頻率給與IGF· 1R 抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑。在一些實施例中,IGF-1R抑制 劑及/或EGFR抑制劑及兒茶紛丁烧之間的協同作用使得可 以較低頻率給與兒茶酚丁烷。在一些實施例中,IGF-1R抑 制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑及兒茶紛丁院之間的協同作用使得 可以較低頻率給與IGF -1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑與兒茶 酚丁烷。 在一些實施例中,向患者投與治療有效量之IGF-1R抑制 劑及/或EGFR抑制劑。在一些實施例中,可重複投藥,例 如以每日兩次進度、每日進度、每隔一日進度、每三日進 度、每四日進度、每週進度、每兩週進度、每月進度等。 在一些實施例中’ IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑以上述 進度之一投與1、2、3、4、5、6週或6週以上。在一些實 施例中’此輪給樂隨後繼而為不投與IGF -1R抑制劑及/或 EGFR抑制劑之時期(清除期),其可為1、2、3、4週或4週 以上。在一些實施例中’清除期為約1日至約3週,或約3 日至約1週或約1週至約2週,或約2週至約3週。在一些實 施例中,每週投與IGF-1R抑制劑及/或邱心抑制劑兩次歷 時4週,繼而為i、2或3週清除期。在一些實施例中,每 2、3或4曰投與IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑歷時4週, 繼而為1、2或3週清除期。在一些實施例中,一週投與 IGF- 1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑一次歷時4週,繼而為^、 144535.doc -146· 201023852 2或3週清除期。在一些實施例中,每週投與zgf_ 1R抑制劑 及/或EGFR抑制劑兩次歷時6週’繼而為1、2或3週清除 期。在一些實施例中’每2、3或4日投與IGF-1R抑制劑及/ 或EGFR抑制劑歷時6週,繼而為1、2或3週清除期。在一 些實施例中,一週投與IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑一 次歷時6週’繼而為1、2或3週清除期。在一些實施例中, 每週投與IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑兩次歷時2週, 繼而為1、2或3週清除期。在一些實施例中,每2、3或4曰 投與IGF_1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑歷時2週,繼而為1、 2或3週清除期。在一些實施例中,一週投與IGF_丨R抑制劑 及/或EGFR抑制劑一次歷時2週,繼而為1、2或3週清除 期。 在一些實施例中,可使用IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制 劑之均一給藥。本文涵蓋之合適均一劑量為每劑量約 0.5、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、15、20、25、 30、35、40、45、50、55、60、65、70、75 mg/m2或其中 所包涵之任何整數的IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑。或 者’本文涵蓋之均一劑量為每劑量約〇.5、1、2、3、4、 5、6、7、8、9、10、15、20、25、30、35、40、45、 50 、 55 、 60 、 65 、 70 、 75 ' 80 、 85 、 90 、 95 、 100 、 105 、 110 、 115 、 120 、 125 、 130 、 140 、 150 、 160 、 170 、 180 、 190、200 mg/kg或其中所包涵之任何整數的IGF-1R抑制劑 及/或EGFR抑制劑。該等劑量可以本文所述給藥進度之一 投與。在一些實施例中,以每日、每隔一日、每週兩次、 144535.doc -147- 201023852 次)或每兩週(每隔一週一次)給藥進度投與約The exclusive ACE method of IllC. Alternatively, we can also use template-dependent synthesis. Synthesis can be carried out using modified or unmodified, natural or unnatural bases as described herein. In addition, the synthesis may or may not be carried out with modified or unmodified nucleic acid backbones as disclosed herein. 144535.doc 143 - 201023852 In addition, it can be synthesized in host cells by various known methods for synthesizing antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNA and ribonuclease molecules in host cells and any methods developed in the future. Antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNA and ribonuclease. For example, antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs, and ribonucleases can be expressed by recombinant circular or linear DNA vectors using any suitable promoter. Suitable promoters for expressing an antisense or inhibitory RNA molecule from a suitable vector include, for example, the U6 or HI RNA pol III promoter sequence and the cellular giant viral promoter. The selection of other suitable promoters is within the skill of the art. Suitable carriers for use in embodiments of the present invention include those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,624,803, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference. Such recombinant plasmids may also comprise an inducible or regulated promoter to express antisense nucleotide constructs, siRNA and ribonuclease in a particular tissue or in a particular intracellular environment. Antisense nucleotide constructs, siRNAs, and ribonucleases can be expressed by recombinant nucleic acid vectors in the form of two independent complementary RN A molecules or a single RNA molecule having two complementary regions. Suitable for the selection of vectors expressing antisense oligonucleotide constructs, siRNAs and ribonucleases, insertion of nucleic acid sequences for expression of antisense nucleotide constructs, siRNA and ribonuclease in vectors, and recombination Methods for delivery of vectors to cells of interest are within the skill of the art. See, for example, Tuschl, T. (20〇2), Nat. Biotechnol, 20: 446-448; Brummelkamp TR et al, (2002), Science 296: 550-553; Miyagishi M #A, (2002), Nat. Biotechnol 20: 497-500; Paddison PJ et al., (2002), Genes Dev. 16: 948-958; Lee NS et al., (2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 144535.doc 201023852 20: 500-505; CP et al. (2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 20: 505-508, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Other suitable methods for delivery and intracellular expression are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20040005593, No. 20050048647, No. 20050060771, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In one embodiment, the IGF-1R inhibitor inhibits IGF-1R activity by at least about 2 fold, at least about 5 fold, at least β about 10 fold, and at least about 20 fold after contacting the cells with catechol butane. At least about 25 times, at least about 50 times, at least about 100 times or more than 100 times. In another embodiment, the inhibitor inhibits the activity of IGF-1R by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 7 Å. %, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95% or at least about. In another embodiment, inhibition of IGF-IR arrests symptoms of a patient who has been administered a combination of catechol butane and an IGF-1R inhibitor. Administration of EGFR Inhibitors and 1GF-1R Inhibitors Although several embodiments of IGF-IR inhibitors and EGFR inhibitors are administered as described above, it will be appreciated that other dosage regimens may be used. In various embodiments, there is a synergistic effect between catechin and butane and IGF-1R inhibitors and/or EGFR inhibitors, which allows administration of lower doses of catechol butane, IGF-1R inhibitors and / or EGFR inhibitors. In some embodiments, the synergy between the IGF_1R inhibitor and/or the EGFR inhibitor allows for a lower dose of tea to be given to the calcined. In some embodiments, the synergistic effect between the IGF_丨R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor and catechol butane allows for the administration of lower doses of IGF-1R inhibitors at 144535.doc • 145· 201023852 and / or EGFR inhibitors with catechin butane. In some embodiments, the synergy between the IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor and catechol butane allows administration of the IGF·1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor at a lower frequency. In some embodiments, the synergy between the IGF-IR inhibitor and/or the EGFR inhibitor and the catechin is such that catechol butane can be administered at a lower frequency. In some embodiments, the synergy between the IGF-1R inhibitor and/or the EGFR inhibitor and the catechins allows the administration of IGF-1R inhibitors and/or EGFR inhibitors and catechol at a lower frequency. Butane. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of an IGF-IR inhibitor and/or an EGFR inhibitor is administered to a patient. In some embodiments, the drug can be administered repeatedly, for example, twice daily progress, daily progress, every other day progress, every three days progress, four-day progress, weekly progress, bi-weekly progress, monthly progress Wait. In some embodiments the 'IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered for one, two, three, four, five, six weeks or more at one of the above schedules. In some embodiments, this round of follow-up is followed by a period of non-administration of the IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor (clearing period), which may be 1, 2, 3, 4 weeks or more. In some embodiments, the scavenging period is from about 1 day to about 3 weeks, or from about 3 days to about 1 week or from about 1 week to about 2 weeks, or from about 2 weeks to about 3 weeks. In some embodiments, the IGF-IR inhibitor and/or the qixin inhibitor are administered twice a week for 4 weeks, followed by an i, 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF-IR inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered every 2, 3 or 4 weeks for 4 weeks, followed by a 1, 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered once a week for 4 weeks, followed by a ^, 144535.doc-146.201023852 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the zgf-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered twice a week for 6 weeks' followed by a 1, 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF-IR inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered every 2, 3 or 4 days for 6 weeks, followed by a 1, 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF-IR inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered once a week for 6 weeks' followed by a 1, 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF-IR inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered twice a week for 2 weeks, followed by a 1, 2, or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF_1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered every 2, 3 or 4 历 for 2 weeks, followed by a 1, 2 or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, the IGF_丨R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered once a week for 2 weeks, followed by a 1, 2, or 3 week washout period. In some embodiments, uniform administration of an IGF-1R inhibitor and/or an EGFR inhibitor can be used. Suitable uniform doses encompassed herein are about 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 per dose. 60, 65, 70, 75 mg/m2 or any integer of IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor contained therein. Or 'the uniform dose encompassed herein is about 55, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 per dose. , 55, 60, 65, 70, 75 '80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 mg/kg or Any integer of IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor included therein. Such doses can be administered in one of the administration schedules described herein. In some embodiments, the dosing schedule is administered daily, every other day, twice a week, 144535.doc -147 - 201023852 times, or every two weeks (every other week)
每週(每週一 0.5 、 1 、 2 、 30 、 35 、 40 、 45 、 IGF-1R抑制劑及/.EGFR抑制劑,視情況在特定數目給藥 循環之後插入中止期。在其他實施例中,以每日、每隔一 日、每週兩次、每週(每週一次)或每兩週(每隔一週一次) 給藥進度投與約 0.5、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、Q、1 0、 15 、 20 、 25 、 30 、 35、40、45、50、55、 60 、 65 、 70 、 75、80、85、90、95、100、105、110、115、120、125、 130、140、150、160、170、180、190、200 mg/kg或其中 所包涵之任何整數的劑量,視情況在特定數目給藥循環之 後插入中止期(中斷)。 在一些實施例中,總每週劑量範圍為約14 mg/m2至約 525 mg/m2。在各個實施例中’總每週劑量範圍為約12 mg/m2 至約 450 mg/m2,或約 10 mg/m2 至約 375 mg/m2,或 約8 mg/m2至約300 mg/m2。在一些實施例中,總每週劑量 範圍為約6 mg/m2至約225 mg/m2。在一些實施例中,每週 劑量範圍為約4 mg/m2至約150 mg/m2,或約2 mg/m2至約 75 mg/m2。在一些實施例中,每週劑量範圍為約3.5 mg/m2 至約 350 mg/m2,或約 3.0 mg/m2至約 300 mg/m2,或約 2.5 mg/m2 至約 250 mg/m2,或約2.0 mg/m2 至約 200 mg/m2 或約 1.5 mg/m2 至約 150 mg/m2,或約 1.0 mg/m2 至約 100 mg/m2,或約 0·5 mg/m2至約 5〇 mg/m2。 在某些實施例中,治療有效量之1GF_1R抑制劑及/或 144535.doc • 148- 201023852 EGFR抑制劑為約0.5-50 mg/m2 〇在一些實施例中,治療有 效量之IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑為約2-75 mg/m2。 兒茶酚丁烷可與IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑同時投 與。或者,兒茶酚丁烷可在IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EC3FR抑制 • 劑之前投與。 • 在一些實施例中,每8小時經3小時靜脈内給與合適劑量 之IGF-1R抑制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑歷時3曰且每6週重複。 在一些實施例中,劑量介於每療程45 mg/m2至每療程135 ⑩ mg/m2範圍内。 套組 本文所述之化合物可包裝在套組中。在一些實施例中, 本文提供一種套組,其包括呈一種劑型、尤其用於經口投 藥或靜脈内投藥之劑型的兒茶酚丁烷。在一些實施例中, 套組另外包括呈一種劑型、尤其用於經口投藥或靜脈内投 藥之劑型的IGF-1R抑制劑。或者或另外,套組另外包括呈 φ 一種劑型、尤其用於經口投藥或靜脈内投藥之劑型的 EGFR抑制劑。 在特定實施例中,兒茶酚丁烷及1(31?_111/£〇17尺抑制劑為 獨立劑型。在一些實施例中,套組包括一或多個劑量之用 於經口投藥之鍵劑形式的兒茶酚丁烷。然而,在其他實施 例中’該或該等劑量之兒茶酚丁烷可呈多種劑型,諸如膠 囊、囊片、凝膠帽、用於懸浮之散劑等劑型。在—些實施 例中,套組包括一或多個劑量之用於經口投藥之錠劑形式 的IGF-1R/EGFR抑制劑。然而,在其他實施例中,該或該 144535.doc -149- 201023852 等劑量之IGF-1R/EGFR抑制劑可呈多種劑型,諸如膠囊、 囊片、凝膠帽、用於懸浮之散劑等劑型。 套組之容器構件通常應包括至少一個小瓶、試管、燒 瓶、瓶、注射器及/或其他容器構件,可向其中置放至少 一種多肽,及/或較佳經適當等份。套組可包括容納至少 一種融合蛋白、可偵測部分、報導分子之構件及/或嚴格 限制用於商業銷售之任何其他試劑容器。該等容器可包括 射出模製及/或吹模塑膠容器,其中儲存所需小瓶。套組 亦可包括供使用套組_物質之印刷材料。 包裝及套組可另外在醫藥調配物中包括緩衝劑、防腐劑 及/或穩定劑。套組之各組份可密封在個別容器内,且所 有各種谷器可處於單—包裝中。套組可經^計以用於冷儲 存或室溫儲存。 另外,製劑可含有穩定劑(諸如牛血清白蛋白(BSA))以 延長套組之儲放時限。若組合物經凍乾,則套組可含有其 他命液I劑以復原該等經;東乾製劑。可接受之復原溶液為 此項技術中所熟知且包括例如醫藥學上可接受之磷酸鹽緩 衝生理食鹽水(PBS)。 另外,本文所提供之包裝或套組可另外包括本文所提供 之任何其他部分’諸如一或多種報導分子及/或-或多種 可偵測部分/藥劑。 匕裝及套組可另外包括一或多種用於以下檢定之組份: ^ EUSA檢定、細胞毒性檢定、ADP-核糖基轉移酶活性 定等本中4案中欲測試之樣品包括例如血液血聚及 144535.doc 201023852 組織切片及分泌物、尿、淋 s Α. , 饮汉异座物。包裝及套組可 另外匕括一或多種用於收隼# ^ 果樣口0之組件(例如注射器、 杯、棉花棒等)。 包裝及套組可另外包括指定例如產品說明 或治療之適應症的標籤。本^ 樂模式 不文所耠供之包裝可包括本文所 述之用於治療本文所述之任何適應症的任何組合物。Weekly (0.5, 1, 2, 30, 35, 40, 45, IGF-1R inhibitors and /. EGFR inhibitors per week, depending on the circumstances, insert a pause period after a specific number of dosing cycles. In other embodiments , about 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, on a daily, every other day, twice a week, weekly (weekly) or biweekly (every other week) dose schedule. 6, 7, 8, Q, 1 0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110 , 115, 120, 125, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 mg/kg or any integer included therein, optionally with a pause period (interruption) after a specified number of dosing cycles In some embodiments, the total weekly dose ranges from about 14 mg/m2 to about 525 mg/m2. In various embodiments, the total weekly dose ranges from about 12 mg/m2 to about 450 mg/m2, or From about 10 mg/m2 to about 375 mg/m2, or from about 8 mg/m2 to about 300 mg/m2. In some embodiments, the total weekly dose ranges from about 6 mg/m2 to about 225 mg/m2. In some embodiments, each Dosages range from about 4 mg/m2 to about 150 mg/m2, or from about 2 mg/m2 to about 75 mg/m2. In some embodiments, the weekly dose ranges from about 3.5 mg/m2 to about 350 mg/m2. Or from about 3.0 mg/m2 to about 300 mg/m2, or from about 2.5 mg/m2 to about 250 mg/m2, or from about 2.0 mg/m2 to about 200 mg/m2 or from about 1.5 mg/m2 to about 150 mg/ M2, or from about 1.0 mg/m2 to about 100 mg/m2, or from about 0.5 mg/m2 to about 5 mg/m2. In certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of a 1GF_1R inhibitor and/or 144535. Doc • 148-201023852 EGFR inhibitor is about 0.5-50 mg/m2. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of an IGF-1R inhibitor and/or an EGFR inhibitor is about 2-75 mg/m2. Butane can be administered concurrently with an IGF-1R inhibitor and/or an EGFR inhibitor. Alternatively, catechol butane can be administered prior to the IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EC3FR inhibitor. • In some embodiments The appropriate dose of the IGF-1R inhibitor and/or EGFR inhibitor is administered intravenously every 3 hours for 3 hours and is repeated every 3 weeks. In some embodiments, the dose is between 45 mg/m2 per course. Each treatment range is 135 10 mg/m2. Kits The compounds described herein can be packaged in kits. In some embodiments, provided herein is a kit comprising catechol butane in a dosage form, particularly for oral or intravenous administration. In some embodiments, the kit further comprises an IGF-IR inhibitor in a dosage form, particularly for oral or intravenous administration. Alternatively or additionally, the kit further comprises an EGFR inhibitor in a dosage form of φ, particularly for oral or intravenous administration. In a particular embodiment, the catechol butane and the 1 (31?-111/[17] scale inhibitor are in separate dosage forms. In some embodiments, the kit includes one or more doses of the button for oral administration. In the form of a catechol butane. However, in other embodiments, the catechol butane may be in a variety of dosage forms, such as capsules, caplets, gel caps, powders for suspension, and the like. In some embodiments, the kit comprises one or more doses of an IGF-1R/EGFR inhibitor in the form of a lozenge for oral administration. However, in other embodiments, the or 144535.doc - 149- 201023852 The same dose of IGF-1R/EGFR inhibitor can be in a variety of dosage forms, such as capsules, caplets, gel caps, powders for suspension, etc. The container components of the kit should generally include at least one vial, test tube, The flask, vial, syringe and/or other container component can be placed with at least one polypeptide, and/or preferably suitably aliquoted. The kit can include components that contain at least one fusion protein, detectable moiety, reporter molecule And/or strictly limit any of the commercial sales Other reagent containers. These containers may include injection molded and/or blow molded plastic containers in which the required vials are stored. The kit may also include printed materials for use of the kit _ substances. The packaging and kits may be additionally dispensed in medicine. Buffering agents, preservatives and/or stabilizers are included. The components of the kit can be sealed in individual containers, and all of the various cereals can be in a single package. The kit can be used for cold storage. Alternatively, the formulation may contain a stabilizer such as bovine serum albumin (BSA) to extend the shelf life of the kit. If the composition is lyophilized, the kit may contain other agents for recovery. Such medicinal preparations; acceptable reconstituted solutions are well known in the art and include, for example, pharmaceutically acceptable phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Additionally, the packages or kits provided herein may be Also included is any other portion provided herein such as one or more reporter molecules and/or - or multiple detectable moieties/agents. The armor and kit may additionally include one or more components for the following assays: ^ EUSA Verification, Cytotoxicity assay, ADP-ribosyltransferase activity determination, etc. The samples to be tested in the 4 cases include, for example, blood blood accumulation and 144535.doc 201023852 tissue sections and secretions, urine, sputum sputum, drinking Chinese heterosexuals Packaging and kits may additionally include one or more components for receiving #^果口口0 (eg syringes, cups, cotton swabs, etc.) Packaging and kits may additionally include, for example, product description or treatment adaptation The label of the disease may be included in any of the compositions described herein for the treatment of any of the indications described herein.
術語「包裝材料」係指安置套組組份之實體結構。包裝 材料可保持組份無菌’且可由常用於該等目的之材料(例 如紙、瓦楞紙(c〇rrugated fiber)、玻璃、塑膠、箔、安瓿 等)製成。標籤或包裝插頁可包括適當書面說明書。因 此’套組可另外包括以本文所述之任何方法使用套組組份 的標籤或說明書。套組可包括包裝或分配器中之化合物以 及以本文所述之方法投與該化合物的說明書。 在一些實施例中,套組包括至少三個劑型,一個包含兒 余酚丁烷,一個包含IGF-1R抑制劑,且另一個包♦EGfr 抑制劑。在一些實施例中,套組包括足以用於一段時間的 劑量。在一些特定實施例中,各劑量在區室中實體分隔, 在該區室中各劑量與其他劑量分開。 在一些實施例中’套組包括至少兩個劑型,一個包含兒 茶紛丁烷且一個包含IGF-1R抑制劑或EGFR抑制劑。在— 些實施例中,套組包括足以用於一段時間的劑量。在一此 特定實施例中’各劑量在區室中實體分隔,在該區室中各 劑量與其他劑量分開。 在特定實施例中’套組宜為發泡包裝。發泡包裝為此項 144535.doc -151 - 201023852 技術中已知,且通堂 側,該等區室單獨地〜括具有區室(發泡或泡罩)之透明 B姆他::7個劑量;及背材’諸如紙、 、彦材,其易於移除使得可自發泡包裝單 =地獲取各劑量而不會擾動其他劑量。在―些實施例中, 套組可為發泡包裝’其,各劑量兒茶盼丁炫、-Μ抑制 !及EGFR抑制劑與其他劑量分開處於獨立發泡或泡罩 令。在一些該等實施例申,發泡包裝可具有小孔,其使得 可藉由將各日齋]吾自森^ Ά A. 04- /包裝之其餘部分撕開而使其與其 他曰劑量刀離。獨立發泡中可含有獨立劑型。將活性醫藥 成份在獨立發泡中分開的有利之處可在於其阻止獨立劑型 (例如錠劑及膠囊)在運輸及操作期間彼此接觸及破壞。另 外,可獲取獨立劑型及/或對獨立劑型標記以在不同時間 向患者投與。 在一些實施例中,第三種活性醫藥成份可為液體或可復 原散劑形式’其可單獨密封(例如於小瓶或安瓶中),且隨 後與含有獨立劑量之兒茶酚丁烷、IGF_1R抑制劑及£(^尺 抑制劑之發泡包裝-起包裝。在—些實施例中,© 制劑及/或EGFR抑制劑為液體或可復原散劑形式,其單獨 密封(例如於小瓶或安瓿中),且隨後與含有獨立劑量之兒 茶酚丁烷的發泡包裝一起包裝。此等實施例應尤其適用於 以下臨床情境,其中用以下給藥進度使用指定劑量之兒茶 酚丁烷、IGF-1R抑制劑及EGFR抑制劑:其中在特定曰投 與兒茶紛丁烷’在相同或不同日投與IGF-1R抑制劑且在相 同或不同日投與EGFR抑制劑。發泡包裝之該級合亦可包 144535.doc -152- 201023852 、適用於提供協同作用或後遺症治療作用之給藥進度^ 與各活性劑的說明書。 在,、他實施例中,套組可為具有獨立區室之容器,該等 區室具有適用於以特定進度打開之獨立蓋。舉例而言,套 • '组可包含具有七個區室之盒(或類似容器),該等區室各用 • 於週中之獨立日,且各區室經標記以表明其所對應之一 週:之日。在一些特定實施例中,各區室經進一步細分以 I仔可使—種活性醫藥成份與另-種分開。如上所述,該 分開之有利之處在於其防止損壞劑型且使得可在不同時間 給藥及對效果進行標記。該容器亦可包括以適用於提供協 同作用或後遺症治療作用之給藥進度投與一或多種活性劑 的說明書。 套組亦可包括教示根據各種方法及本文所述之方法使用 套組的說明書。該等套組視情況包括諸如科學參考文獻、 包裝插頁材料、臨床試驗結果及/或其概要及其類似資訊 ❹的貧訊’其表明或建立組合物之活性及/或優點,及/或其 描述給樂、投藥、副作用、藥物相互作用、投與組合物所 用之疾病病況或適用於健康照護人員(health咖pr〇vider) 的其他資訊。該資訊可基於各種研究之結果,該等研究例 如使用實驗動物涉及活體内模型的研究及基於人類臨床試 驗之研究。在各個實施例中,可向健康照護人員(包括醫 師、護士、藥劑師、處方師(formulary 〇fficiai)及其類似人 員)提供、銷售及/或提倡本文所述之套組。在一些實施例 中,可直接向消費者銷售套組。在某些實施例中,包裝材 144535.doc •153· 201023852 料另:卜包含安置組合物之容器及視情況存在之附著於容器 之標籤。套組視情況包含其他組件,諸如(但不限於)用於 投與組合物之注射器。 說明書可包括實踐本文所述之任何方法(包括治療方法) 的說月書1¾ a月書可另外包括令人滿意之臨床終點的指示 或可鲶發生之任何不利症狀,或管理機構(諸如美國食品 與藥品管理署(Food and Drug Administrati〇n))所需之用於 人類個體之其他資訊。 說月曰可在印刷物」上,例如套組内或附著於套組之 © 紙或紙板上’或在附著於套組或包裝材料或附著於容納套 組組伤之小瓶或管之標籤上。可另外在以下電腦可讀媒體 上包括說明書:諸如碟片(軟碟或硬碟)、光學CD(諸如CD- 或dvD-ROM/ram)、磁帶、電儲存媒體(諸如ram及 ROM) IC tip及其混合體(諸如磁性/光儲存媒體)。 在一些實施例中,套組可包含偵測欲治療患者腫瘤細胞 之樣品中DNA、RNA或蛋白質表現量的試劑。 在一些態樣中,套組可含有試劑及物質以進行本文所述© 之任何檢定。 實例 本申請案可藉由參考以下非限制性實例而充分理解,該 . 等實例作為本申請案之例示性實施例提供。提供以下實例 ^ 以更充分說明實施例,但不應以任何方式視為限制本申請 案之廣泛範_。雖然本文已展示且描述本申請案之特定實 施例’但顯而易見該等實施例僅以舉例之方式提供。熟習 144535.doc •154- 201023852 此項技術者可進行諸多變化、改變及替換;應瞭解可使用 本文所述實施例之各種替代物來實踐本文所述之方法。 實例1 :治療基底細胞上皮痛 此實例描述在對經診斷患有基底細胞上皮瘤之人類患者 •的臨床研究争,含兒茶酚丁烷組合物的抗贅生活性。 •兒茶盼丁烧可經製備用於局部投與以治療基底細胞上皮 瘤。 在每次塗覆之前,將病變表面膠帶剝除。將測試藥物直 接塗覆於病變,其中塗層約2 mm厚且覆蓋有敷料。最少七 日之後,根據研究者的決定進行第二次施用。劑量介於 20-350 mg/cm2範圍内,其中對於深部腫瘤使用多達5〇〇 mg/cm2。為測定測試化合物對惡性贅瘤之作用,初步治療 之後30日獲得切除之活檢物。 實例2 :治療光化性角化病 用經製備用於局部塗覆之兒茶酚丁烷組合物治療經診斷 參 患有光化性角化病之人類患者。 將測試組合物直接塗覆於病變,其中塗層約2 mm厚且 侷限於病變邊緣。將敷料塗覆於病變。初步處理之後7曰 及14日肉眼檢查及量測病變。根據研究者的決定,可用相 同測試化合物進行第二次處理。 為判定測試化合物是否可去除前惡性贅瘤,初步處理之 後30-60日獲得穿刺活檢物。若活檢物報導為陰性,亦即 無腫瘤’則針對復發每6個月檢查患者歷時i 2個月。 實例3 :治療腫瘤病變 144535.doc -155- 201023852 用經製備用於局部塗覆之含兒茶酚丁烷組合物處理患有 各種腫瘤病變之犬類患者。 使動物身體限制移動兩小時或用鎮靜劑(例如0.03 mg羥 嗎啡酮/lb2以及硫酸阿托品)使動物限制移動兩小時。夾持 住、洗滌且量測腫瘤尺寸之後,擦傷(abrade)皮膚表面直 至出血。為促進測試組合物對大腫瘤或皮下腫瘤之穿透, 使用20或22號針刺穿腫瘤。吸乾皮膚之血液之後,用1-2 mm測試組合物塗層覆蓋腫瘤部位,外周延伸5 mm。2小時 之後,擦去化合物且輕輕清潔該區域。在兩週間隔内塗覆 測試組合物高達三次或直至腫瘤清除。 實例4 :抑制HUVEC生長及3H-胸苷併入檢定 可使用多種檢定評定對細胞生長之抑制。 在一實例中,在37°C下,在次匯合條件下,於75 cm2燒 瓶(Falcon, Becton-Dickinson,Franklin Lakes, NJ)中在 C02 培育箱中培養HUVEC。藉由在37°C下與具有於25 mM HEPES緩衝液(pH 7.3)中之15 mM EDTA的漢克氏平衡鹽溶 液(Hanks' balanced salt solution)— 起培育 15分鐘使細胞脫 落。用冰冷PBS洗滌兩次之後,將細胞以每毫升25,000個 細胞之濃度再懸浮於内皮細胞生長培養基中。在其他實驗 中,將人類臍靜脈内皮細胞(HUVEC)懸浮且培養於不含 FBS及牛腦提取物之内皮細胞生長培養基中。將200 μΐ細 胞懸浮液等分試樣接種於96孔培養板之各孔中。在37°C下 於C02培育箱中培養細胞隔夜,隨後一式三份添加NDGA 或無菌PBS。將培養板保持在培育箱中72小時,在此期間 144535.doc -156- 201023852 每24小時用新鮮培養基及NDGA/PBS替換。將3H-胸苷(1 μΟΜ)添加至各孔中且培育培養板20小時。用PBS洗滌細 胞,繼而在37°C每孔用1〇〇 μΐ胰蛋白酶-EDTA(0.05%胰蛋 白酶、0.53 mM EDTA)處理I5分鐘。於玻璃纖維濾紙 (Wallac Printed FiltermatA)上使用收集器 96(TOMTEC, Hamden, CT)收集細胞,且於Trilux 1540 MicroBeta液體閃 爍及發光計數器(Wallac,Turku,Finland)中測定3H-放射性 活度。 實例5 :活體内治療人類乳腺癌 測定兒茶酚丁烷對]VIX-1 (人類乳腺癌)細胞之活體内抗腫 瘤作用。 使用雄性或雌性無胸腺BALB/C小鼠,其為6至8週齡且 重量為20至35公克。於標準RPMI-1640培養基中培養MX-1 細胞,且皮下植入裸小鼠側腹以繁殖腫瘤株。裸小鼠植有 25 mg MX-1實體腫瘤片段。使用達到25-l〇〇 mm2範圍之腫 瘤進行實驗。將測試化合物(0.1 mL)直接注射至腫瘤中。 週期性地量測腫瘤以確定其重量,其係藉由使用腫瘤之 長度(L)乘寬度(W)乘高度(H)之積的一半計算。以固定間 隔重複該程序直至初步處理之後60日或所有小鼠已死亡。 未展示腫瘤證據之小鼠飼養60日以評估腫瘤復發之可能 性,腫瘤復發時記錄腫瘤特徵(若存在)。 實例6:預形成人類乳癌腫瘤之抗癌療法 可關於本文所述兒茶酚丁烷對移植於SCID小鼠中之人 類皮膚中預形成人類乳癌腫瘤的抗癌作用評定該等兒茶盼 144535.doc -157- 201023852 丁烧之作用。 簡言之’當移植於SCID小氣中之人類全層皮膚(滅_ _ Skhl)無發炎、收縮或排斥跡象時,將MCF-7細胞 (於〇·1 nU PBS中8xl〇6個細胞)皮内移植於該等移植物中。 直至出現明顯可觸知腫瘤(在大多數情況下直徑為⑴ ―,才對小鼠進行處理。將明顯具有_之小鼠分成數 組以供治療研究。經由尾部靜脈向對照動物靜脈内(i.v.)投 與無菌PBS。經由尾部靜脈向測試動物組(每組4隻小鼠膚 脈内⑽.)投與5响、10 mg/kg、25 mg/kg或5〇 _兒 茶酚丁烷。如下進行投與:每週一次;每週兩次;每曰三 次歷時三週,中斷一週;每日兩次歷時三週,中斷一週; 或每日一次歷時三週,中斷一週。 可增加其他小鼠組以測試兒茶酚丁烷與制劑、 IGF-1R抑制劑或與兩者之組合療法。 在處理期間,每日監視小鼠之腫瘤尺寸及病態。一週兩 次使用電子天平(OHAUStm型號GT210)稱量小鼠。使用與 使用OptoDemoTM軟體(Fowler c〇 )之電腦連接的電子測徑 規(PRO-MAX 6吋測徑規;Fowler Co” Newton, Mass·)—週 三次量測腫瘤尺寸。使用下式將所量測之腫瘤直徑轉化為 腫瘤體積:V=長度X寬度X高度χπ/6。使用學生t_檢驗 (Student's t-test)統計分析數據以比較不同小鼠組。 實例7:卵巢癌之SCID小鼠模型 為確定兒茶酚丁烷治療卵巢癌之能力,可在SCID小鼠 中使用卵巢癌細胞株。 144535.doc -158- 201023852 簡言之,將卵巢癌細胞植入SCID小鼠中以產生卵巢腫 瘤。藉由靜脈内投與增加劑量(以每公斤體重5 mg開始)之 兒余酚丁烷處理具有已確立腫瘤之小鼠組。用無菌pBS處 理對照動物。可增加其他小鼠組以測試兒茶酚丁烷與 EGFR抑制劑、IGF-1R抑制劑或與兩者之組合療法。 監視小鼠且經由每週處死動物量測腫瘤生長。如上所述 量測殖瘤。 實例8:腎癌之SCID小鼠模型 為確定兒茶酚丁烷治療腎癌之能力,可在SCID小鼠中 使用腎癌細胞株。 簡言之’將腎癌細胞植入SCID小鼠中以產生腎腫瘤。 藉由靜脈内投與增加劑量(以每公斤體重5 mg開始)之兒茶 酚丁烷處理具有已確立腫瘤之小鼠組。用無菌pBS處理對 照動物。可增加其他小鼠組以測試兒茶盼丁燒與EGFR抑 制劑、IGF-1R抑制劑或與兩者之組合療法。 監視小鼠且經由每週處死動物量測腫瘤生長。如上所述 量測肢瘤。 實例9:骨髓瘤之SCID小鼠模型 為確定兒茶酚丁烷治療骨髓瘤之能力,可在SCID小鼠 中使用骨趙瘤細胞株。 簡言之,將骨髓瘤癌細胞植入SCID小鼠中以產生骨髓 瘤。藉由靜脈内投與增加劑量(以每公斤體重5 mg開始)之 兒茶盼丁烧處理具有已確立腫瘤之小鼠組。用無菌pBS處 理對照動物。可增加其他小鼠組以測試兒茶酴丁烧與 144535.doc -159- 201023852 EGFR抑制劑、IGF- 1R抑制劑或兩者之組合療法。 監視小鼠且經由每週處死動物量測腫瘤生長。如上所述 量測腫瘤。 實例10:獼猴中之毒物學 在研究中使用獼猴以解決NDGA之毒物學。 簡言之,每週給與猴5.0 mg/kg、10.0 mg/kg、25.0 mg/kg、50 mg/kg或100 mg/kg NDGA歷時三週。以相同進 度用適當溶液在無NDGA下給與安慰劑動物。經30至60分 鐘靜脈内快速注射投與劑量,且各劑量給與至少6隻動 物。經由一或多個以下指示評定毒物學:體重量測值、基 本生理學臨床量測值、系列血清化學性質(serial serum chemistry)、血液學評估及組織病理學評估。 實例11:兒茶酚丁烷之安全性及功效的人類臨床試驗 目的:評定所投與兒茶酚丁烷(例如NDGA)之安全性及 藥代動力學。 研究設計:此應為I期:單一中心、開放標籤(open-label)、隨機劑量增加研究,繼而在患有可活檢疾病之癌 症患者中進行II期研究。患者在進入研究之前不應暴露於 兒茶酚丁烷(例如NDGA)。患者在開始試驗2週内不可接受 對其癌症之治療。治療包括使用化學療法、造血生長因子 及生物療法(諸如單株抗體)。其例外為對於白血球(WBC) 數> 30xl03^L之患者使用羥基脲。由於大多數抗白血病劑 之相對短效性質,故此持續時間似乎足以清除。患者必須 自與先前治療有關之所有毒性恢復(達〇或1級)。評估所有 144535.doc •160· 201023852 個體之安全性,且如預定收集用於藥代動力學分析之所有 血液收集物。所有研究均在制度倫理委員會許可及患者同 意下執行。 I期:使患者根據預定給藥方案接受兒茶酚丁烷(例如 NDGA)。使具有3-6個患者之群組接受增加劑量之NDGA, 直至確定NDGA之組合的最大耐受劑量(MTD)。測試劑量 範圍最初經由建立NDGA之個別劑量範圍確定。MTD定義 為3個患者中之2個或6個患者中之2個經歷劑量限制毒性之 前的劑量。劑量限制毒性係根據美國國家癌症研究所 (NCI)常見不良事件評價標準(Common Terminology for Adverse Event,CTCAE)3 ·0版(2006年 8月 9 日)所設定之定 義及標準確定。 NDGA可以不同給藥及投藥進度投與。 以使平均血漿濃度曲線下面積為約25至約700 ng.h/mL 的量投與兒茶酚丁烷(例如NDGA)。兒茶酚丁烷(例如 NDGA)亦可經投與以使平均最大血漿濃度介於約1與約50 ng/ml之間。測試劑量範圍最初經由建立患者之個別劑量 範圍確定。 為治療前列腺癌,在1-28曰每曰向患者經口投與NDGA 兩次;在無疾病發展或不可接受之毒性下,每28曰重複治 療。或者,每日可向患者經口投與2000 mg NDGA—次。 或者,在1-5日向患者靜脈内投與NDGA ;在無疾病發展或 不可接受之毒性下,每28日重複治療。 為治療上皮來源之實體腫瘤,每週經24小時向患者靜脈 144535.doc -161 - 201023852 内投與NDGA。劑量以100毫克/小時(24小時2400 mg)開始 在5個具有3至6個患者之群組中以每小時25 mg之增量增加 至最大值200 mg/hr(24小時4800 mg)或直至確定MTD。 為治療難治性實體腫瘤(例如頭頸部之惡性腫瘤),每週 向患者靜脈内投與NDGA—次,最初歷時三週。以起始進 度增加劑量至每立方公分腫瘤體積20毫克之目標。在假定 耐受的情況下,繼續增加劑量,使得可治療群組6週,且 最終8週;或者,可每28曰向具有EGFR抑制劑或IGF-1R抑 制劑難治之實體腫瘤的患者靜脈内投與NDGA歷時5個連續 曰。 為治療復發性高級神經膠質瘤,向患者靜脈内投與 NDGA。使具有3-6個患者之群組接受增加劑量之NDGA直 至確定MTD。MTD為6個患者中之2個或3個經歷劑量限制 毒性之前的劑量。 為治療白血病,每週經6小時向患者靜脈内投與NDGA三 次歷時兩週,繼而停止一週。在各治療循環之前及在具有 臨床適應症時評定不良事件及毒性。確定最大耐受劑量 (MTD)及劑量限制毒性(DLT)。劑量將自1000 mg增加至 15 00及2200 mg,或若1000 mg超過MTD,則減少至500 mg。 II期:使患者如I期以I期中所確定之MTD接受NDGA。 在無疾病發展或不可接受之毒性下如上在I期中所述投與 治療。完成一或多個研究療法過程之後,可使達成全部或 部分反應之患者接受其他一或多個治療過程。完成研究療 144535.doc •162- 201023852 2之後料敎錢超過2個狀患者可在疾病發展時接 受其他-或多個治療過程,其限制條件為其滿足初始資格 標準。 止液取樣:在投與兒茶訂烧之前及之後藉由直接靜脈 ,穿刺抽取一系列血液。在給藥之前約ίο分鐘時及給藥之後 • ^下時間時獲得靜脈血液樣品(5 mL)供測定▲清濃度: 第1 2 3、4、5、6、7及14日。亦可在更後時間點採集 樣时各血清樣品分為兩個等分試樣。將所有血清樣品均 醫f諸存在-20。(:下》在乾冰上運輸血清樣品。 藥代動力學:在開始治療之前及第1、2、3、4、5、6、 7及丨4曰時收集患者血漿/血清樣品供藥代動力學評估。亦 可在更後時間點採集樣品。藉由模型獨立法(modd independent method)在使用最近版m〇AVL軟體之The term "packaging material" refers to the physical structure in which the components of the kit are placed. The packaging material can keep the components sterile' and can be made from materials commonly used for such purposes (e. g., paper, corrugated fiber, glass, plastic, foil, ampoules, etc.). The label or package insert may include appropriate written instructions. Thus the kit may additionally include labels or instructions for using the kit components in any of the methods described herein. The kit can include a compound in a package or dispenser and instructions for administering the compound in a manner described herein. In some embodiments, the kit comprises at least three dosage forms, one comprising phytobutane, one comprising an IGF-IR inhibitor, and the other comprising a ♦ EGfr inhibitor. In some embodiments, the kit includes a dose sufficient for a period of time. In some particular embodiments, each dose is physically separated in a compartment in which each dose is separated from other doses. In some embodiments, the "set comprises at least two dosage forms, one comprising catechin and one comprising an IGF-IR inhibitor or an EGFR inhibitor. In some embodiments, the kit includes a dose sufficient for a period of time. In a particular embodiment, each dose is physically separated in a compartment where each dose is separated from other doses. In a particular embodiment the 'set is preferably a blister pack. The blister pack is known from the art of 144535.doc - 151 - 201023852, and is located on the side of the hall. The compartments individually include a transparent B with a compartment (foam or blister): 7 Dosage; and backing materials such as paper, yoshi, which are easy to remove so that each dose can be obtained from the blister pack without disturbing other doses. In some embodiments, the kit can be a blister pack', each dose of tea is expected to be Dingxuan, - Μ inhibition! and the EGFR inhibitor is separated from the other doses in separate foaming or blistering orders. In some of these embodiments, the blister pack can have apertures that allow it to be smashed with other sputum knives by tearing apart the rest of the package. from. Separate foaming may contain separate dosage forms. The advantage of separating the active pharmaceutical ingredients in separate foaming may be that they prevent separate dosage forms (e.g., tablets and capsules) from contacting and destroying each other during shipping and handling. In addition, separate dosage forms and/or separate dosage forms can be obtained for administration to patients at different times. In some embodiments, the third active pharmaceutical ingredient can be in the form of a liquid or reconstitutable powder that can be sealed separately (eg, in vials or vials) and subsequently inhibited with a separate dose of catechol butane, IGF_1R And packaging of the foaming package of the inhibitors. In some embodiments, the formulation and/or EGFR inhibitor is in the form of a liquid or reversible powder, which is sealed separately (for example in vials or ampoules). And then packaged with a blister pack containing a separate dose of catechol butane. These examples should be particularly useful in the following clinical scenarios where a specified dose of catechol butane, IGF- is used with the following schedule of administration. 1R inhibitors and EGFR inhibitors: wherein the IF inhibitor is administered to the illuminant at the same or different days and the EGFR inhibitor is administered on the same or different day. It can also be packaged as 144535.doc -152-201023852, which is suitable for providing a synergistic effect or a sequelae treatment effect and a description of each active agent. In his embodiment, the kit may be a separate compartment. container, These compartments have separate covers that are suitable for opening at a specific schedule. For example, the set '' can contain boxes with seven compartments (or similar containers), each of which is used in the middle of the week. Days, and each compartment is marked to indicate the day of its correspondence: In some specific embodiments, each compartment is further subdivided to separate the active pharmaceutical ingredient from the other species. Said that the separation is advantageous in that it prevents damage to the dosage form and allows for different time administration and labeling of the effect. The container may also comprise a dosage schedule suitable for providing a synergistic or sequelae therapeutic effect. Instructions for a plurality of active agents. The kit may also include instructions for using the kits according to various methods and methods described herein, including, for example, scientific references, package insert materials, clinical trial results, and/or Its summary and similar information, 贫 讯 '' indicates or establishes the activity and / or advantages of the composition, and / or its description for music, drug administration, side effects, drug interactions, and investment The disease condition used by the compound or other information suitable for health care providers (health coffee pr〇vider). This information can be based on the results of various studies such as the use of experimental animals involving in vivo models and human clinical trials. In various embodiments, the kits described herein may be provided, sold, and/or promoted to health care personnel (including physicians, nurses, pharmacists, prescribers (formulary 〇fficiai), and the like). In some embodiments, the kit can be sold directly to the consumer. In some embodiments, the packaging material 144535.doc • 153· 201023852 material: a container containing the composition and optionally a label attached to the container The kit optionally includes other components such as, but not limited to, a syringe for administering the composition. The instructions may include practice of any of the methods (including methods of treatment described herein). The monthly book may additionally include an indication of a satisfactory clinical endpoint or any adverse symptoms that may occur, or a regulatory agency (such as a US food) Additional information for human subjects required by the Food and Drug Administration (Food and Drug Administrati〇n). It can be said that the moon can be on the printed matter, such as on a set of paper or cardboard attached to the set or on a label attached to the set or packaging material or attached to the vial or tube of the containment kit. Instructions may also be included on the following computer readable media: such as discs (floppy or hard disc), optical CDs (such as CD- or dvD-ROM/ram), magnetic tape, electrical storage media (such as ram and ROM) IC tip And mixtures thereof (such as magnetic/optical storage media). In some embodiments, the kit can include an agent that detects the amount of DNA, RNA or protein present in the sample of the patient's tumor cells to be treated. In some aspects, the kit can contain reagents and materials for any of the assays described herein. EXAMPLES The present application can be fully understood by reference to the following non-limiting examples, which are provided as exemplary embodiments of the present application. The following examples are provided to more fully illustrate the embodiments, but should not be construed as limiting the scope of the application in any way. Although specific embodiments of the present application have been shown and described herein, it is apparent that the embodiments are provided by way of example only. Familiarity 144535.doc • 154-201023852 Various changes, modifications, and alterations are possible to those skilled in the art; it is understood that the various methods described herein can be used to practice the methods described herein. Example 1: Treatment of basal cell epithelial pain This example describes the clinical study of human patients diagnosed with basal cell epithelial tumors, the anti-caries life of catechol-butane-containing compositions. • catechins can be prepared for topical administration to treat basal cell epithelioma. The lesion surface tape was peeled off before each application. The test drug was applied directly to the lesion with a coating approximately 2 mm thick and covered with a dressing. After at least seven days, a second application was made according to the investigator's decision. Dosages range from 20-350 mg/cm2 with up to 5 mg/cm2 for deep tumors. To determine the effect of the test compound on malignant neoplasms, the excised biopsy was obtained 30 days after the initial treatment. Example 2: Treatment of actinic keratosis A human patient diagnosed with actinic keratosis was treated with a catechol butane composition prepared for topical application. The test composition was applied directly to the lesion with a coating approximately 2 mm thick and confined to the edge of the lesion. The dressing is applied to the lesion. The lesions were visually inspected and measured 7 and 14 days after the initial treatment. At the discretion of the investigator, a second treatment can be performed with the same test compound. To determine whether the test compound can remove the anterior malignant neoplasm, a biopsy is obtained 30-60 days after the initial treatment. If the biopsy is reported as negative, ie no tumor, then the patient is examined every 6 months for recurrence for 2 months. Example 3: Treatment of Tumor Lesions 144535.doc -155- 201023852 A canine patient suffering from various tumor lesions is treated with a catechol-butane composition prepared for topical application. The animals were allowed to move for two hours or the animals were allowed to move for two hours with a sedative (eg, 0.03 mg oxymorphone/lb2 and atropine sulfate). After clamping, washing, and measuring the size of the tumor, the surface of the skin is abraded until bleeding. To facilitate penetration of the test composition into large or subcutaneous tumors, a 20 or 22 gauge needle was used to pierce the tumor. After blotting the skin's blood, the tumor site was covered with a 1-2 mm test composition coating with a peripheral extension of 5 mm. After 2 hours, wipe off the compound and gently clean the area. The test composition was applied up to three times in a two week interval or until the tumor was cleared. Example 4: Inhibition of HUVEC Growth and 3H-Thymidine Incorporation Assay The inhibition of cell growth can be assessed using a variety of assays. In one example, HUVECs were cultured in a C02 incubator in a 75 cm2 flask (Falcon, Becton-Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ) at 37 °C under subconfluent conditions. The cells were detached by incubation for 15 minutes at 37 ° C with Hanks' balanced salt solution with 15 mM EDTA in 25 mM HEPES buffer (pH 7.3). After washing twice with ice-cold PBS, the cells were resuspended in endothelial cell growth medium at a concentration of 25,000 cells per ml. In other experiments, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) were suspended and cultured in endothelial cell growth medium without FBS and bovine brain extract. An aliquot of 200 μΐ cell suspension was inoculated into each well of a 96-well culture plate. Cells were incubated overnight at 37 ° C in a CO 2 incubator, followed by NDGA or sterile PBS in triplicate. The plates were kept in the incubator for 72 hours during which time 144535.doc -156-201023852 was replaced with fresh medium and NDGA/PBS every 24 hours. 3H-thymidine (1 μM) was added to each well and the plate was incubated for 20 hours. The cells were washed with PBS, and then treated with 1 μM of trypsin-EDTA (0.05% trypsin, 0.53 mM EDTA) per well for 1 minute at 37 °C. Cells were harvested on a glass fiber filter paper (Wallac Printed Filtermat A) using a collector 96 (TOMTEC, Hamden, CT) and assayed for 3H-radioactivity in a Trilux 1540 MicroBeta liquid scintillation and luminescence counter (Wallac, Turku, Finland). Example 5: In vivo treatment of human breast cancer The in vivo anti-tumor effect of catechol butane on [VIX-1 (human breast cancer) cells was determined. Male or female athymic BALB/C mice were used, which were 6 to 8 weeks old and weighed 20 to 35 grams. MX-1 cells were cultured in standard RPMI-1640 medium, and subcutaneously implanted into the flank of nude mice to propagate tumor strains. Nude mice were implanted with 25 mg MX-1 solid tumor fragments. Experiments were performed using tumors ranging from 25-l 〇〇 mm2. Test compound (0.1 mL) was injected directly into the tumor. The tumor is periodically measured to determine its weight, which is calculated by using the length (L) of the tumor multiplied by the width (W) by the height (H). This procedure was repeated at regular intervals until 60 days after the initial treatment or all mice had died. Mice that did not display tumor evidence were housed for 60 days to assess the likelihood of tumor recurrence, and tumor characteristics (if any) were recorded when the tumor recurred. Example 6: Anti-cancer therapy for pre-formation of human breast cancer tumors The anti-cancer effects of catechol butane described herein on pre-formed human breast cancer tumors in human skin transplanted in SCID mice can be assessed. Doc -157- 201023852 The role of Ding. In short, 'When human full-thickness skin (killing _ _ Skhl) transplanted in SCID gas has no signs of inflammation, contraction or rejection, MCF-7 cells (8xl〇6 cells in n1 nU PBS) are skinned. Internally transplanted into such grafts. Mice were treated until apparently palpable tumors (in most cases (1) - diameter. The mice with significant _ mice were divided into arrays for therapeutic studies. Intravenous to the control animals via the tail vein (iv) Administration of sterile PBS. Administration of 5 (10, 10 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg or 5 〇 catecholbutane) to the test animals group (4 mice per mouse (10).) via the tail vein. To be administered: once a week; twice a week; three times a week for three weeks, one week off; two times a day for three weeks, one week off; or three times a day for three weeks, one week off. The group was tested for the combination of catechol butane with the formulation, IGF-1R inhibitor or a combination of the two. During the treatment, the tumor size and pathology of the mice were monitored daily. The electronic balance was used twice a week (OHAUStm model GT210) Weigh the mice and measure the tumor size three times a week using an electronic caliper (PRO-MAX 6 吋 caliper; Fowler Co Newton, Mass) connected to a computer using the OptoDemoTM software (Fowler c〇). The following formula converts the measured tumor diameter into Tumor volume: V = length X width X height χ π / 6. Student's t-test (Student's t-test) statistical analysis data were used to compare different mouse groups. Example 7: SCID mouse model of ovarian cancer to determine catechol The ability of butane to treat ovarian cancer can be used in SCID mice. 144535.doc -158- 201023852 Briefly, ovarian cancer cells are implanted into SCID mice to produce ovarian tumors. The mice with established tumors were treated with pegylated butane at an increased dose (starting at 5 mg per kg body weight). Control animals were treated with sterile pBS. Additional mouse groups could be added to test catechol butane with EGFR inhibitor, IGF-IR inhibitor or combination therapy with both. Mice were monitored and tumor growth was measured by weekly sacrifice of animals. Tumors were measured as described above. Example 8: SCID mouse model of renal cancer is To determine the ability of catechol butane to treat kidney cancer, a kidney cancer cell line can be used in SCID mice. Briefly, 'renal cancer cells are implanted into SCID mice to produce kidney tumors. Increased by intravenous administration Dosage (starting at 5 mg per kg body weight) Phenol butane treatment of mice with established tumors. Control animals were treated with sterile pBS. Additional mouse groups could be added to test catechins with EGFR inhibitors, IGF-1R inhibitors or a combination of the two Mice were monitored and tumor growth was measured by weekly sacrifice of animals. Limbs were measured as described above. Example 9: SCID mouse model of myeloma to determine the ability of catechol butane to treat myeloma, can be small in SCID A bone tumor cell line was used in the mouse. Briefly, myeloma cancer cells were implanted into SCID mice to produce myeloma. A group of mice with established tumors was treated by intravenous administration of an increased dose (starting at 5 mg per kilogram of body weight). Control animals were treated with sterile pBS. Additional groups of mice can be added to test the combination therapy of catechin with 144535.doc-159-201023852 EGFR inhibitor, IGF-1R inhibitor or both. Mice were monitored and tumor growth was measured by weekly sacrifice of animals. Tumors were measured as described above. Example 10: Toxicology in Rhesus Monkeys Rhesus monkeys were used in the study to address the toxicology of NDGA. Briefly, monkeys were given 5.0 mg/kg, 10.0 mg/kg, 25.0 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg or 100 mg/kg NDGA weekly for three weeks. Placebo animals were dosed with the appropriate solution at the same rate without NDGA. The dose is administered by intravenous injection in 30 to 60 minutes, and at least 6 animals are administered in each dose. Toxicology is assessed via one or more of the following: body weight measurements, basic physiological clinical measurements, serial serum chemistry, hematology assessment, and histopathological evaluation. Example 11: Human Clinical Trial of Safety and Efficacy of Catechol Butane Objective: To assess the safety and pharmacokinetics of catechol butane (e.g., NDGA) administered. Study Design: This should be Phase I: a single center, open-label, randomized dose escalation study, followed by a Phase II study in cancer patients with biopsy disease. Patients should not be exposed to catechol butane (eg NDGA) prior to entering the study. The patient is unacceptable for the treatment of his cancer within 2 weeks of the start of the trial. Treatment includes the use of chemotherapy, hematopoietic growth factors, and biological therapies (such as monoclonal antibodies). The exception to this is the use of hydroxyurea for patients with white blood cell (WBC) number > 30xl03^L. Due to the relatively short-lived nature of most anti-leukemia agents, this duration seems to be sufficient to remove. The patient must recover from all toxicity associated with previous treatment (Da or Level 1). Evaluate all 144535.doc • 160· 201023852 individual safety and collect all blood collections for pharmacokinetic analysis as scheduled. All studies were performed with the permission of the institutional ethics committee and the patient's consent. Stage I: The patient is given catechol butane (e.g., NDGA) according to a predetermined dosing schedule. Groups with 3-6 patients were given an increased dose of NDGA until the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) of the combination of NDGAs was determined. The test dose range was initially determined by establishing individual dose ranges for NDGA. The MTD is defined as the dose before the dose-limiting toxicity of 2 of 2 or 6 of 3 patients. Dose-limiting toxicity is determined according to the definitions and criteria set by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) Common Terminology for Adverse Event (CTCAE) version 3.0 (August 9, 2006). NDGA can be administered in different doses and administration schedules. The catechol butane (e.g., NDGA) is administered in an amount such that the area under the mean plasma concentration curve is from about 25 to about 700 ng.h/mL. Catechol butane (e.g., NDGA) can also be administered to achieve an average maximum plasma concentration of between about 1 and about 50 ng/ml. The test dose range is initially determined by establishing a range of individual doses for the patient. For the treatment of prostate cancer, NDGA is administered orally to the patient twice daily at 1-28 ;; treatment is repeated every 28 在 without disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. Alternatively, 2000 mg NDGA can be administered orally to the patient daily. Alternatively, NDGA is administered intravenously to the patient on day 1-5; treatment is repeated every 28 days in the absence of disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. To treat solid tumors of epithelial origin, NDGA was administered to the patient intravenously 144535.doc -161 - 201023852 every 24 hours. The dose starts at 100 mg/hr (24 hours 2400 mg) in 5 groups of 3 to 6 patients in increments of 25 mg per hour to a maximum of 200 mg/hr (24 hours 4800 mg) or up to Determine the MTD. To treat refractory solid tumors (such as malignant tumors of the head and neck), NDGA is administered intravenously to the patient weekly, initially for three weeks. The target is increased by the initial dose to a target of 20 mg per cubic centimeter of tumor volume. In the case of putative tolerance, continue to increase the dose so that the group can be treated for 6 weeks, and finally 8 weeks; or, every 28 曰 can be intravenously administered to patients with solid tumors refractory to EGFR inhibitors or IGF-1R inhibitors The NDGA voted for five consecutive weeks. To treat recurrent advanced gliomas, NDGA is administered intravenously to patients. Groups with 3-6 patients received an increased dose of NDGA until the MTD was determined. The MTD is the dose before the dose-limiting toxicity of 2 or 3 of the 6 patients. To treat leukemia, NDGA was administered intravenously to the patient three times a week for two weeks, followed by a week. Adverse events and toxicity were assessed prior to each treatment cycle and when clinically indicated. Determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and dose-limiting toxicity (DLT). The dose will increase from 1000 mg to 15 00 and 2200 mg, or to 500 mg if 1000 mg exceeds MTD. Stage II: Patients were enrolled in the NDGA as indicated in stage I of the MTD as defined in stage I. The treatment is administered as described in Phase I as described above in the absence of disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. After completing one or more of the study therapy procedures, the patient achieving all or part of the response may be subjected to one or more other treatment procedures. Complete the study treatment 144535.doc •162- 201023852 2 After the patient has paid more than 2 cases, the patient may receive other treatments or multiple treatments during the development of the disease, subject to the initial eligibility criteria. Sputum sampling: A series of blood is drawn through a direct vein and puncture before and after administration of catechu. A venous blood sample (5 mL) was obtained at approximately ίο min and after administration at the time of administration for the determination of ▲ concentration: 1 2 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 14. Each serum sample can also be divided into two aliquots at a later time point. All serum samples were treated as -20. (:下) Transporting serum samples on dry ice. Pharmacokinetics: Collect patient plasma/serum samples for pharmacokinetics before starting treatment and at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 曰4曰Evaluation. Samples can also be collected at a later point in time. The most recent version of the m〇AVL software is used by the modd independent method.
Equipment Corporati〇n νΑχ 86〇〇電腦系統上計算藥代動力 學參數。測定以下藥代動力學參數:峰值血清濃度 藝 (cmax);到達峰值丘清濃度之時間(tmax);時間零點至最後 一次血液取樣時間之濃度時間曲線下面積(auc)(auc〇 72), 其係藉助於線性梯形法則計算;及終末消除半衰期Gw), 其係由排除速率常數計算。排除速率常數係藉由將對數線 性濃度時間曲線之終末線性區中之連續數據點線性回歸估 鼻對於各療法计算該等藥代動力學參數之平均值、標準 差(SD)及變異係數(cv)。計算參數平均值之比率(經防腐 處理之調配物(preserved formulati〇n)/未經防腐處理之調配 物)。 144535.doc •163· 201023852 患者對療法之反應:經由用X射線、CT掃描及/或MRI成 像評定患者反應,且在開始研究之前及在第一循環結束時 成像,且每四週或在後續循環結束時再成像。基於癌症類 型及可行性/可用性選擇成像模態,且對於類似癌症類型 以及在各患者研究過程期間使用相同成像模態。使用 RE.CIST標準測定反應率。(Therasse等人,《/· iVai/. Cancer /似ί. 2000 Feb 2; 92(3):205-16 ;及全球資訊網址: ctep.cancer.gov/forms/TherasseRECISTJNCI.pdf)。亦對患 者進行癌症/腫瘤活檢以藉由流式細胞測量術、西方墨點 法及IHC評定祖癌細胞表型及群落生長變化,且藉由FISH 評定細胞遺傳學變化。完成研究治療之後,週期性跟蹤患 者4週。評定檢定結果之統計顯著性。 實例12:骨髄瘤之臨床試驗 此實例描述隨機、盲式、安慰劑對照、多中心、II期研 究,該研究經設計以對NDGA在患有骨髓瘤之患者中之安 全性及功效提供初步評定。約1〇〇個-約800個患者參加, 其中將約50個-約400個患者分配至治療組’且將約50個-約 400個患者分配至安慰劑組。試驗將由如上在實例11中所 述靜脈内投與或經口投與NDGA組成。研究之時間範圍估 計為約6個月-約5年,其中在初步研究結束時所指示之反 應者繼續治療。其他結果量度如下: 第一結果量度:總反應率。該研究之一目標在於證明總 反應率自約40°/。(使用安慰劑)提高至約60%(或60°/。以上)(使 用 NDGA)。 144535.doc 164· 201023852 可評定之第二結果量度包括反應持績時間、腫瘤惡化時 間、總存活、嚴重性及非嚴重性不良事件。舉例而言治 療可阻止疾病發展(亦即停滯)或可產生改善。其他或另 外,可關於一或多個以下方面量測其他目標:降低之腫瘤 負荷、減少之新企管生成、減少之副作用、減少之不良反 應及/或增加之患者順應性。 實例I3 :腎癌之臨床試驗 此實例描述隨機、盲式、安慰劑對照、多中心'π期研 究,該研究經設計以對NDGA在患有腎細胞癌(腎癌)之患 者中之女全性及功效提供初步評定。約1 〇〇個-約個患 者參加,其中將約50個-約4〇〇個患者分配至治療組,且將 約50個-約400個患者分配至安慰劑組。試驗將由如上在實 例11中所述靜脈内投與或經口投與NDGA組成。研究之時 間範圍估計為約6個月-約5年,其中對初步研究結束時所 指示之反應者繼續治療。其他結果量度如下: φ 第—結果量度:無惡化存活。該研究之一目標在於證明 無惡化存活自安慰劑組中之約9_13個月增MiNDGA組中 之約14-18個月(或更久)。 了 β平疋之第一結果量度包括反應持續時間、腫瘤惡化時 間、總存活、嚴重性及非嚴重性不良事件。舉例而言,治 療可阻止疾病發展(亦即停滯)或可產生改善。其他或另 外’可關於一或多個以下方面量測其他目標:降低之腫瘤 負何、減少之新血管生成、減少之副作用、減少之不良反 應及/或增加之患者順應性。 144535.doc •165- 201023852 實例I4:肝細胞癌之臨床試驗 此實例描述隨機、盲式、安慰劑對照、多中心、π期研 究,該研究經設計以對NDGA在患有腎細胞癌(腎癌)之患 者中之女全性及功效提供初步評定。約丨個約8⑽個患 者參加,其中將約50個_約400個患者分配至治療组,且將 約50個-約400個患者分配至安慰劑組。試驗將由如上在實 例11中所述靜脈内投與或經口投與NDGA組成。研究之時 間範圍估為約6個月 '約5年’其中對初步研究結束時所 指示之反應者繼續治療。其他結果量度如下: 第果量度·無惡化存活。該研究之一目標在於證明 無惡化存活自安慰劑組中之約3_9個月增加至ndga組中之 約6-12個月(或更久)。 可評疋之第二結果量度包括反應持續時間、腫瘤惡化時 間、總存活、嚴重性及非嚴重性不良事件。舉例而言治 療可阻止疾病發展(亦即停滞)或可產生改善。其他或另 外,可關於一或多個以下方面量測其他目標:降低之腫瘤 負荷、減少之新血管生成、減少之副作用、減少之不良反 應及/或增加之患者順應性。 實例15:卵巢癌之臨床試驗 此實例描述隨機、盲式、安慰劑對照、多中心、π期研 究,該研究經設計以對NDGA在患有卵巢癌之患者中之安 全性及功效提供初步評定。約1〇〇個·約8〇〇個患者參加, 其中將約50個-約400個患者分配至治療組,且將約5〇個約 400個患者分配至安慰劑組。試驗將由如上在實例丨〗中所 144535.doc •166· 201023852 述靜脈内.投與或經口投與NDGA組成。研究之時間範圍估 計為約6個月-約5年,其中對初步研究結束時所指示之反 應者繼續治療。其他結果量度如下: 第-結果量度:無惡化存活。該研究之—目標在於證明 無惡化存活自安慰劑組中之約3_6個月增加至ndga組中之 .約4-12個月(或更久)。 可評定之第二結果量度包括反應持續時間、腫瘤惡化時 間、總存活、嚴重性及非嚴重性不良事件。舉例而言,治 療可阻止疾病發展(亦即停滯)或可產生改善。其他或另 外,可關於一或多個以下方面量測其他目標:降低之腫瘤 負荷、減少之新血管生成、減少之副作用、減少之不良反 應及/或增加之患者順應性。 實例16:卵巢癌組合療法之臨床試驗 此實例描述隨機、盲式、安慰劑對照、多中心、π期研 究,該研究經設計以對NDGA與拓朴替康組合在患有卵巢 φ 癌之患者中之安全性及功效提供初步評定。約100個_約 800個患者參加,其中將約5〇個-約400個患者分配至治療 組’且將約50個-約400個患者分配至安慰劑組。試驗由在 21日療程之丨_5日如上在實例u中所述靜脈内投與重複劑 量之NDGA與以約1.5 mg/m2靜脈内輸注拓朴替康的組合組 成’其中在研究期間重複療程。向對照患者投與拓朴替康 與安慰劑。研究之時間範圍估計為約6個月-約5年,其中 對初步研究結束時所指示之反應者繼續治療。其他結果量 度如下: 144535.doc -167- 201023852 第一結果量度:無惡化存活。該研究之一目標在於證明 無惡化存活自拓朴替康加安慰劑組中之約3-6個月增加至 拓朴替康加NDGA組中之約6-12個月(或更久)。 可評定之第二結果量度包括反應持續時間、腫瘤惡化時 間、總存活、嚴重性及非嚴重性不良事件。舉例而言,治 療可阻止疾病發展(亦即停滞)或可產生改善。其他或另 外,可關於一或多個以下方面量測其他目標:降低之腫瘤 負荷、減少之新血管生成、減少之副作用、減少之不良反 應及/或增加之患者順應性。 實例17 : NDGA(TT-IOO)活體外抑制多個抗癌標靶 藉由使用脂肪加氧酶抑制劑篩選檢定套組(Cayman Chemicals, Ann Arbor, MI)測定對脂肪加氧酶活性之抑 制。將經純化15-LOX(大豆)與不同濃度之TT-100—起培 育,隨後添加受質花生四烯酸或亞麻油酸。由藉由比色讀 數定量所產生氫過氧化物之量確定LOX活性。如下藉由 ELISA測定對RTK活性之抑制。將TT-100與代表IGF-1R或 EGFR 激酶域之重組蛋白(Cell Signaling Technology, Danvers, ΜΑ) —起培育5分鐘,隨後添加ΑΤΡ(10 μΜ)及結 合生物素之受質肽(分別為IRS-1序列或ΡΤΡ1Β)(0.2 μΜ)進 行45分鐘反應。用50 mM EDTA使反應停止,且在96孔塗 布抗生蛋白鏈菌素之培養板上捕捉結合生物素之受質。藉 由與結合有HRP之抗構酸酷·胺酸抗體(Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, CA)—起培育及在 96孔板讀取 器上比色讀數測定所捕捉受質之酪胺酸磷酸化。 144535.doc -168- 201023852 NDGA(TT-1 0。)以大於其對經純化脂肪加氧酶(LOX)之作 用的親和力直接抑制經純化IGF- 1R及EGFR之酪胺酸激酶 活性。 實例18 : NDGA(TT-IOO)活體外抑制易瑞沙(Iressa)抗性 NSCLC細胞 在10 μΜ易瑞沙或10 μΜ TT-100存在下培育表現EGFR Τ790Μ突變之Η1975 NSCLC細胞3日。量測細胞含量且表 示為在無易瑞沙及ΤΤ-1 00下培育的對照細胞之生長百分 比。如圖2所示,ΤΤ-100抑制表現EGFR Τ790Μ突變之易瑞 沙抗性NSCLC細胞的增殖。在ΤΤ-100存在下,Η1975 NSCLC細胞之增殖減少約50% » 在無或有1 μΜ易瑞沙,且有或無1〇 μΜ或20 μΜ ΤΤ-100 下培育HI299 NSCLC細胞3曰。量測細胞含量且表示為在 無易瑞沙及TT-100下培育的對照細胞之生長百分比。如圖 3所示,H1299 NSCLC細胞對臨床可傳遞濃度之易瑞沙具 有抗性。ΤΤ-100單獨抑制H1299 NSCLC細胞之增殖,尤其 在以20 μΜ使用時。此外,ΤΤ-100與臨床濃度之易瑞沙在 此等抗藥NSCLC細胞中具有協同作用,因為在易瑞沙與 ΤΤ-100存在下細胞增殖進一步減少。 亦使易瑞沙抗性細胞Η1975或Η1299 NSCLC細胞在無或 有5 μΜ或30 μΜ ΤΤ-100下生長於軟瓊脂中8日。評定菌落 形成且與在無ΤΤ-100下生長之對照細胞進行比較。如圖4 所示’ ΤΤ-100抑制易瑞沙抗性Η1975及Η1299 NSCLC細胞 之菌落形成。當ΤΤ-100以較高劑量使用時細胞增殖更顯著 144535.doc -169- 201023852 減少。 總之,此等實驗證明ΤΤ-100抑制易瑞沙抗性NSCLC細 胞。 實例19 :活體内TT-100療法抑制乳房踵瘤中IGF_1R& HER2之生長及活化 使用MCNeuA同基因乳癌模型評定活體内ττ_100之作 用。將MCNeuA細胞植入MMTVneu轉殖基因小鼠中以誘發 腫瘤生長》每週三次藉由管飼法(經口)投與100 mg/kg TT_ 100或腹膜内投與37.5 mg/kg ΤΤ-100。監視腫瘤生長且在 各時間點下量測腫瘤尺寸。在第28日,最終ΤΤ-100處理之 後24小時切除腫瘤。藉由ELISA量測IGF-1R及HER2磷酸 化。 圖5展示經由經口與腹膜内投與進行之TT-100療法均抑 制活體内皮下HER2乳房腫瘤之生長。圖6展示與媒劑處理 對照組相比之IGF-1R及HER2之受體鱗酸化。τΤ_丨〇〇療法 顯著抑制HER2及IGF-1R磷酸化,且因此抑制活體内乳房 腫瘤中之HER2及IGF-1R活化。 此等實驗證明ΤΤ-100對抑制乳房腫瘤中ir及HER2 之生長及活化的活體内功效。 在不背離本申請案之精神或主要特徵的情況下可以其他 形式實施或以其他方式進行本申請案之態樣。因此,在所 有態樣中’本發明均應視為說明性的而非限制性的,且本 發明意欲涵蓋在等效物含義及範圍内的所有改變。 【圖式簡單說明】 144535.doc -170- 201023852 圖1顯示NDGA(TT-IOO)以大於其對經純化脂肪加氧酶 (LOX)之作用的親和力直接抑制經純化IGF-1R與EGFR之酪 胺酸激酶活性。 圖2顯示TT-100抑制表現EGFR T790M突變之易瑞沙抗性 NSCLC細胞。 圖3顯示在抗藥NSCLC細胞中TT-100與臨床濃度之易瑞 沙具有協同作用。 圖4顯示TT-100抑制易瑞沙抗性NSCLC細胞之菌落形 ❹ 成。 圖5顯示TT-100療法抑制活體内皮下HER2乳房腫瘤之生 長。 圖6顯示TT-100療法抑制活體内乳房腫瘤中之EGR及 IGF-1R活化。 144535.doc 171 -Equipment Corporati〇n νΑχ 86〇〇 Calculates pharmacokinetic parameters on a computer system. The following pharmacokinetic parameters were determined: peak serum concentration (cmax); time to peak peak concentration (tmax); area under time concentration curve (auc) from time zero to last blood sampling time (auc 〇 72), It is calculated by means of the linear trapezoidal rule; and the terminal elimination half-life Gw), which is calculated by excluding the rate constant. The rate constant is excluded by linear regression of continuous data points in the terminal linear region of the log-linear concentration time curve. The mean, standard deviation (SD) and coefficient of variation (cv) of the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated for each therapy. ). Calculate the ratio of the mean values of the parameters (preserved formulati〇n/preservative-free formulation). 144535.doc •163· 201023852 Patient response to therapy: assessment of patient response by X-ray, CT scan and/or MRI imaging, and imaging before starting the study and at the end of the first cycle, and every four weeks or subsequent cycles Re-image at the end. Imaging modalities were selected based on cancer type and feasibility/availability, and the same imaging modality was used for similar cancer types and during each patient study procedure. The reaction rate was determined using the RE. CIST standard. (Therasse et al., "/· iVai/. Cancer / ί. 2000 Feb 2; 92(3): 205-16; and the World Wide Web site: ctep.cancer.gov/forms/TherasseRECISTJNCI.pdf). The patient was also subjected to a cancer/tumor biopsy to assess progenitor cancer cell phenotype and community growth changes by flow cytometry, Western blotting, and IHC, and cytogenetic changes were assessed by FISH. After completing the study treatment, the patient was periodically followed for 4 weeks. The statistical significance of the test results was assessed. Example 12: Clinical Trial of Osteosarcoma This example describes a randomized, blind, placebo-controlled, multi-center, phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of NDGA in patients with myeloma. . About 1 to about 800 patients participated, of which about 50 to about 400 patients were assigned to the treatment group' and about 50 to about 400 patients were assigned to the placebo group. The test will consist of intravenous administration or oral administration of NDGA as described above in Example 11. The time frame for the study is estimated to be from about 6 months to about 5 years, with the respondents indicated at the end of the initial study continuing treatment. Other results are measured as follows: First outcome measure: Total response rate. One of the goals of this study was to demonstrate a total response rate of about 40°/. (Use placebo) increase to approximately 60% (or 60°/.) (using NDGA). 144535.doc 164· 201023852 The second outcome measure measurable includes response duration, tumor deterioration time, overall survival, severity, and non-severe adverse events. For example, treatment can prevent disease progression (ie, stagnation) or can lead to improvement. Other or additional, other goals may be measured with respect to one or more of the following: reduced tumor burden, reduced new management, reduced side effects, reduced adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance. Example I3: Clinical Trial of Kidney Cancer This example describes a randomized, blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter 'π phase study designed to treat women with NDGA in patients with renal cell carcinoma (kidney cancer) A preliminary assessment of sexuality and efficacy is provided. Approximately one to about one patient participated, with about 50 to about 4 patients assigned to the treatment group and about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to the placebo group. The test will consist of intravenous administration or oral administration of NDGA as described above in Example 11. The time frame for the study is estimated to be from about 6 months to about 5 years, with the responders indicated at the end of the preliminary study continuing treatment. Other results are measured as follows: φ First-result measure: no deterioration of survival. One of the goals of this study was to demonstrate that progression-free survival was approximately 14-18 months (or longer) in the MiNDGA group from approximately 9-13 months in the placebo group. The first outcome measure of beta sputum includes duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, severity, and non-severe adverse events. For example, treatment can prevent disease progression (i.e., stagnation) or can lead to improvement. Other or additional measurements may be made with respect to one or more of the following: reduced tumor burden, reduced neovascularization, reduced side effects, reduced adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance. 144535.doc • 165-201023852 Example I4: Clinical Trial of Hepatocellular Carcinoma This example describes a randomized, blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter, π-phase study designed to treat NDGA with renal cell carcinoma (kidney) A preliminary assessment of the fullness and efficacy of women in patients with cancer). Approximately 8 (10) patients participated, with approximately 50 to approximately 400 patients assigned to the treatment group and approximately 50 to approximately 400 patients assigned to the placebo group. The test will consist of intravenous administration or oral administration of NDGA as described above in Example 11. The time frame for the study was estimated to be approximately 6 months 'about 5 years' in which the responders indicated at the end of the preliminary study continued treatment. The other results are measured as follows: The first measure is no deterioration. One of the goals of this study was to demonstrate that progression-free survival increased from approximately 3-9 months in the placebo group to approximately 6-12 months (or longer) in the ndga group. The second outcome measure that can be evaluated includes duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, severity, and non-severe adverse events. For example, treatment can prevent disease progression (ie, stagnation) or can lead to improvement. Other or additional measurements may be made regarding one or more of the following: reduced tumor burden, reduced neovascularization, reduced side effects, reduced adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance. Example 15: Clinical Trial of Ovarian Cancer This example describes a randomized, blind, placebo-controlled, multi-center, π-phase study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of NDGA in patients with ovarian cancer. . About 1 · about 8 患者 patients participated, of which about 50 to about 400 patients were assigned to the treatment group, and about 5 约 about 400 patients were assigned to the placebo group. The trial will consist of intravenous, intradermal or oral administration of NDGA as described above in the example 144535.doc • 166· 201023852. The time frame for the study is estimated to be from about 6 months to about 5 years, with the respondents who indicated at the end of the preliminary study continue treatment. Other outcome measures are as follows: First-Results Measure: No deterioration of survival. The aim of the study was to demonstrate that progression-free survival increased from approximately 3-6 months in the placebo group to the ndga group. Approximately 4-12 months (or longer). The second outcome measure measurable includes duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, severity, and non-severe adverse events. For example, treatment can prevent disease progression (i.e., stagnation) or can lead to improvement. Other or additional measurements may be made regarding one or more of the following: reduced tumor burden, reduced neovascularization, reduced side effects, reduced adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance. Example 16: Clinical Trial of Ovarian Cancer Combination Therapy This example describes a randomized, blind, placebo-controlled, multi-center, π-phase study designed to combine NDGA with Topotecan in patients with ovarian φ cancer Provide a preliminary assessment of safety and efficacy. Approximately 100 to approximately 800 patients participated, of which approximately 5 to about 400 patients were assigned to the treatment group' and approximately 50 to approximately 400 patients were assigned to the placebo group. The trial consisted of a combination of NDGA administered intravenously with repeated doses as described above in Example u as described above in Example u with intravenous infusion of Topotecan at approximately 1.5 mg/m2 'where the course of treatment was repeated during the study . Topotecan and placebo were administered to control patients. The time frame for the study is estimated to be from about 6 months to about 5 years, with the responders indicated at the end of the preliminary study continuing treatment. Other outcome measures are as follows: 144535.doc -167- 201023852 First outcome measure: no deterioration of survival. One of the goals of this study was to demonstrate that progression-free survival increased from approximately 3-6 months in the Topotecan plus placebo group to approximately 6-12 months (or longer) in the Topotecan plus NDGA group. The second outcome measure measurable includes duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, severity, and non-severe adverse events. For example, treatment can prevent disease progression (i.e., stagnation) or can lead to improvement. Other or additional measurements may be made regarding one or more of the following: reduced tumor burden, reduced neovascularization, reduced side effects, reduced adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance. Example 17: NDGA (TT-IOO) inhibition of multiple anti-cancer targets in vitro The inhibition of lipoxygenase activity was determined by using a fat oxygenase inhibitor screening assay kit (Cayman Chemicals, Ann Arbor, MI). Purified 15-LOX (soy) was incubated with different concentrations of TT-100 followed by the addition of arachidonic acid or linoleic acid. The LOX activity is determined by quantifying the amount of hydroperoxide produced by colorimetric readings. Inhibition of RTK activity was determined by ELISA as follows. TT-100 was incubated with a recombinant protein representing the IGF-1R or EGFR kinase domain (Cell Signaling Technology, Danvers, ΜΑ) for 5 minutes, followed by the addition of guanidine (10 μΜ) and biotinylated peptide (IRS, respectively) The -1 sequence or ΡΤΡ1Β) (0.2 μΜ) was reacted for 45 minutes. The reaction was stopped with 50 mM EDTA, and the biotin-binding substrate was captured on a 96-well coated streptavidin plate. The captured tyrosine phosphate was determined by incubation with HRP-conjugated anti-acidic acid antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, CA) and colorimetric readings on a 96-well plate reader. Chemical. 144535.doc -168- 201023852 NDGA (TT-1 0) directly inhibits the tyrosine kinase activity of purified IGF-1R and EGFR with greater affinity than its effect on purified lipoxygenase (LOX). Example 18: NDGA (TT-IOO) in vitro inhibition of Iressa resistance NSCLC cells Η 1975 NSCLC cells expressing EGFR Τ790Μ mutations were cultured for 3 days in the presence of 10 μΜ Iressa or 10 μΜ TT-100. Cell content was measured and expressed as the percentage growth of control cells grown without Iressa and ΤΤ-1 00. As shown in Figure 2, ΤΤ-100 inhibited the proliferation of Iressa-resistant NSCLC cells expressing the EGFR Τ790Μ mutation. In the presence of ΤΤ-100, the proliferation of Η1975 NSCLC cells was reduced by approximately 50% » HI299 NSCLC cells were cultured in the absence or presence of 1 μΜ Iressa with or without 1 μ μΜ or 20 μΜ ΤΤ-100. Cell content was measured and expressed as the percentage growth of control cells grown without Iressa and TT-100. As shown in Figure 3, H1299 NSCLC cells were resistant to clinically deliverable concentrations of Iressa. ΤΤ-100 alone inhibited the proliferation of H1299 NSCLC cells, especially when used at 20 μM. In addition, ΤΤ-100 and clinical concentration of Iressa have synergistic effects in these drug-resistant NSCLC cells because cell proliferation is further reduced in the presence of Iressa and ΤΤ-100. Iressa resistant cells Η1975 or Η1299 NSCLC cells were also grown in soft agar for 8 days without or with 5 μΜ or 30 μΜ ΤΤ-100. Colony formation was assessed and compared to control cells grown without sputum-100. As shown in Figure 4, ΤΤ-100 inhibited the colony formation of Iressa resistant Η1975 and Η1299 NSCLC cells. Cell proliferation was more pronounced when ΤΤ-100 was used at higher doses 144535.doc -169- 201023852 decreased. In summary, these experiments demonstrate that ΤΤ-100 inhibits Iressa resistant NSCLC cells. Example 19: In vivo TT-100 therapy inhibits the growth and activation of IGF_1R & HER2 in breast tumors The MCNeuA isogenic breast cancer model was used to assess the effect of ττ_100 in vivo. MCNeuA cells were implanted into MMTVneu transgenic mice to induce tumor growth. Three times a week, 100 mg/kg TT_100 was administered by gavage (oral) or 37.5 mg/kg ΤΤ-100 was administered intraperitoneally. Tumor growth was monitored and tumor size was measured at various time points. On the 28th day, the tumor was removed 24 hours after the final ΤΤ-100 treatment. IGF-1R and HER2 phosphorylation were measured by ELISA. Figure 5 shows that TT-100 therapy via oral and intraperitoneal administration inhibits the growth of subcutaneous HER2 breast tumors in vivo. Figure 6 shows the receptor scalification of IGF-1R and HER2 compared to the vehicle-treated control group. ΤΤ_丨〇〇 therapy significantly inhibits HER2 and IGF-1R phosphorylation, and thus inhibits HER2 and IGF-1R activation in breast tumors in vivo. These experiments demonstrate the in vivo efficacy of ΤΤ-100 in inhibiting the growth and activation of ir and HER2 in breast tumors. Other aspects of the present application can be implemented or otherwise carried out without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics of the application. Accordingly, the invention is to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive [Simple Description] 144535.doc -170- 201023852 Figure 1 shows that NDGA (TT-IOO) directly inhibits purified IGF-1R and EGFR cheese with greater affinity than its effect on purified lipoxygenase (LOX). Amino acid kinase activity. Figure 2 shows that TT-100 inhibits Iressa-resistant NSCLC cells that exhibit an EGFR T790M mutation. Figure 3 shows that TT-100 has a synergistic effect with clinical concentration of Iressa in drug-resistant NSCLC cells. Figure 4 shows that TT-100 inhibits colony formation of Iressa resistant NSCLC cells. Figure 5 shows that TT-100 therapy inhibits the growth of HER2 breast tumors in vivo. Figure 6 shows that TT-100 therapy inhibits EGR and IGF-1R activation in breast tumors in vivo. 144535.doc 171 -
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11262108P | 2008-11-07 | 2008-11-07 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201023852A true TW201023852A (en) | 2010-07-01 |
TWI402064B TWI402064B (en) | 2013-07-21 |
Family
ID=41606453
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW098137952A TWI402064B (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2009-11-09 | Cancer therapy |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US8710104B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2349235A1 (en) |
AR (1) | AR073418A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2742986C (en) |
MX (1) | MX2011004824A (en) |
TW (1) | TWI402064B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2010054264A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8192429B2 (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2012-06-05 | Theravant, Inc. | Abnormality eradication through resonance |
WO2013028186A1 (en) * | 2011-08-24 | 2013-02-28 | Oxford Oncology Inc. | Low-dose combination chemotherapy |
WO2013033513A1 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2013-03-07 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Apoptosis-targeting nanoparticles |
US9877978B2 (en) | 2012-02-03 | 2018-01-30 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compositions comprising NDGA derivatives and sorafenib and their use in treatment of cancer |
US10416167B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2019-09-17 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Nanoparticles for mitochondrial trafficking of agents |
EP2961412A4 (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2016-11-09 | Triact Therapeutics Inc | Cancer therapy |
US9381246B2 (en) | 2013-09-09 | 2016-07-05 | Triact Therapeutics, Inc. | Cancer therapy |
WO2015138992A1 (en) | 2014-03-14 | 2015-09-17 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Mitochondrial delivery of 3-bromopyruvate |
US20150265669A1 (en) * | 2014-03-20 | 2015-09-24 | Universiti Putra Malaysia | Methods and compositions for inhibiting cancer cell growth |
RU2624391C1 (en) * | 2016-06-02 | 2017-07-03 | Федеральное государственное бюджетное учреждение "Московский научно-исследовательский институт глазных болезней имени Гельмгольца" Министерства здравоохранения Российской Федерации | Method for visual functions state prediction for children with retinoblastoma at background of systemic chemotherapy |
CN111417855A (en) * | 2017-09-14 | 2020-07-14 | 塔夫茨医学中心有限公司 | Methods for treating and diagnosing prostate cancer |
Family Cites Families (100)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5008294A (en) * | 1985-02-11 | 1991-04-16 | Chemex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating tumors with compositions of catecholic butanes |
US4683202A (en) * | 1985-03-28 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences |
US4868103A (en) * | 1986-02-19 | 1989-09-19 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Analyte detection by means of energy transfer |
US4946778A (en) * | 1987-09-21 | 1990-08-07 | Genex Corporation | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
US4843155A (en) * | 1987-11-19 | 1989-06-27 | Piotr Chomczynski | Product and process for isolating RNA |
JP2753607B2 (en) | 1988-08-11 | 1998-05-20 | 一丸ファルコス株式会社 | Testosterone 5α-reductase inhibitor |
DE3920358A1 (en) | 1989-06-22 | 1991-01-17 | Behringwerke Ag | BISPECIFIC AND OLIGO-SPECIFIC, MONO- AND OLIGOVALENT ANTI-BODY CONSTRUCTS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE |
US5624898A (en) * | 1989-12-05 | 1997-04-29 | Ramsey Foundation | Method for administering neurologic agents to the brain |
DK0584222T3 (en) | 1991-05-10 | 1998-02-23 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Int | Bis-mono and bicyclic aryl and heteroaryl compounds that inhibit EGF and / or PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase |
NZ243082A (en) | 1991-06-28 | 1995-02-24 | Ici Plc | 4-anilino-quinazoline derivatives; pharmaceutical compositions, preparatory processes, and use thereof |
AU3178993A (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1993-06-28 | Enzon, Inc. | Multivalent antigen-binding proteins |
DE69326967T2 (en) * | 1992-01-17 | 2000-06-15 | Lakowicz, Joseph R. | Phase modulation energy transfer fluoroimmunoassay |
AU661533B2 (en) | 1992-01-20 | 1995-07-27 | Astrazeneca Ab | Quinazoline derivatives |
US5605929A (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1997-02-25 | Arch Development Corp. | Methods and compositions for inhibiting 5α-reductase activity |
US5409690A (en) * | 1993-06-23 | 1995-04-25 | Chemex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment of multidrug resistant diseases in cancer cell by potentiating with masoprocol |
US5612340A (en) | 1993-10-01 | 1997-03-18 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Pyrimidineamine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof |
FR2711060B1 (en) | 1993-10-13 | 1995-11-17 | Oreal | Method for modifying the growth of hair and / or hair and compositions which can be used for this purpose. |
US5624803A (en) * | 1993-10-14 | 1997-04-29 | The Regents Of The University Of California | In vivo oligonucleotide generator, and methods of testing the binding affinity of triplex forming oligonucleotides derived therefrom |
US5656643A (en) * | 1993-11-08 | 1997-08-12 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Bis mono-and bicyclic aryl and heteroaryl compounds which inhibit EGF and/or PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase |
JPH07133280A (en) | 1993-11-09 | 1995-05-23 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Cephem compound, its production and antimicrobial composition |
IL112248A0 (en) | 1994-01-25 | 1995-03-30 | Warner Lambert Co | Tricyclic heteroaromatic compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
IL112249A (en) | 1994-01-25 | 2001-11-25 | Warner Lambert Co | Pharmaceutical compositions containing di and tricyclic pyrimidine derivatives for inhibiting tyrosine kinases of the epidermal growth factor receptor family and some new such compounds |
AU2096895A (en) * | 1994-03-07 | 1995-09-25 | Sugen, Incorporated | Receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for inhibiting cell proliferative disorders and compositions thereof |
ATE159257T1 (en) | 1994-05-03 | 1997-11-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | PYRROLOPYRIMIDE DERIVATIVES WITH ANTIPROLIFERATIVE EFFECT |
US6365787B1 (en) * | 1994-09-30 | 2002-04-02 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compounds for the suppression of HIV TAT transactivation |
EP3103799B1 (en) | 1995-03-30 | 2018-06-06 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC | Quinazoline derivatives |
NZ304859A (en) | 1995-04-03 | 2000-01-28 | Novartis Ag | 4-amino-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine derivatives, medicaments and processes for the preparation thereof |
GB9508538D0 (en) | 1995-04-27 | 1995-06-14 | Zeneca Ltd | Quinazoline derivatives |
US5747498A (en) * | 1996-05-28 | 1998-05-05 | Pfizer Inc. | Alkynyl and azido-substituted 4-anilinoquinazolines |
US5650415A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-07-22 | Sugen, Inc. | Quinoline compounds |
JPH08337510A (en) | 1995-06-15 | 1996-12-24 | Advanced Sukin Res Kenkyusho:Kk | Melanin formation inhibitor |
SI9620103A (en) | 1995-07-06 | 1998-10-31 | Novartis Ag | Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for the preparation thereof |
AR004010A1 (en) | 1995-10-11 | 1998-09-30 | Glaxo Group Ltd | HETERO CYCLIC COMPOUNDS |
GB9523675D0 (en) | 1995-11-20 | 1996-01-24 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
US5854033A (en) * | 1995-11-21 | 1998-12-29 | Yale University | Rolling circle replication reporter systems |
PT888349E (en) | 1996-01-23 | 2002-10-31 | Novartis Ag | PYRROLOPYRIMIDINES AND PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION |
JP3406763B2 (en) | 1996-01-30 | 2003-05-12 | 東レ・ダウコーニング・シリコーン株式会社 | Silicone rubber composition |
GB9603095D0 (en) | 1996-02-14 | 1996-04-10 | Zeneca Ltd | Quinazoline derivatives |
GB9603097D0 (en) | 1996-02-14 | 1996-04-10 | Zeneca Ltd | Quinazoline compounds |
DE19629652A1 (en) | 1996-03-06 | 1998-01-29 | Thomae Gmbh Dr K | 4-Amino-pyrimidine derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds, their use and processes for their preparation |
DE19608588A1 (en) | 1996-03-06 | 1997-09-11 | Thomae Gmbh Dr K | Pyrimido [5,4-d] pyrimidines, medicaments containing these compounds, their use and processes for their preparation |
AU716383B2 (en) | 1996-03-15 | 2000-02-24 | Novartis Ag | Novel N-7-heterocyclyl pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidines and the use thereof |
US6344459B1 (en) | 1996-04-12 | 2002-02-05 | Warner-Lambert Company | Irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases |
GB9607729D0 (en) | 1996-04-13 | 1996-06-19 | Zeneca Ltd | Quinazoline derivatives |
JP2000512990A (en) | 1996-06-24 | 2000-10-03 | ファイザー・インク | Phenylamino-substituted tricyclic derivatives for treating hyperproliferative diseases |
CN1230185A (en) | 1996-07-13 | 1999-09-29 | 葛兰素集团有限公司 | Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
HRP970371A2 (en) | 1996-07-13 | 1998-08-31 | Kathryn Jane Smith | Heterocyclic compounds |
EP0912559B1 (en) | 1996-07-13 | 2002-11-06 | Glaxo Group Limited | Fused heterocyclic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US6180636B1 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 2001-01-30 | Novartis Ag | Substituted pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for their preparation |
AU4779897A (en) | 1996-10-02 | 1998-04-24 | Novartis Ag | Fused pyrazole derivatives and processes for their preparation |
ID18494A (en) | 1996-10-02 | 1998-04-16 | Novartis Ag | PIRAZOLA DISTRIBUTION IN THE SEQUENCE AND THE PROCESS OF MAKING IT |
EP0837063A1 (en) | 1996-10-17 | 1998-04-22 | Pfizer Inc. | 4-Aminoquinazoline derivatives |
GB9621757D0 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 1996-12-11 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Phenyl-substituted bicyclic heterocyclyl derivatives and their use |
JPH10212285A (en) | 1997-01-30 | 1998-08-11 | Yuka Shell Epoxy Kk | Production of carboxylic anhydride |
WO1999007701A1 (en) | 1997-08-05 | 1999-02-18 | Sugen, Inc. | Tricyclic quinoxaline derivatives as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US6506559B1 (en) | 1997-12-23 | 2003-01-14 | Carnegie Institute Of Washington | Genetic inhibition by double-stranded RNA |
GB9800575D0 (en) | 1998-01-12 | 1998-03-11 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Heterocyclic compounds |
GB9800569D0 (en) | 1998-01-12 | 1998-03-11 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Heterocyclic compounds |
AUPP249298A0 (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 1998-04-23 | Ag-Gene Australia Limited | Synthetic genes and genetic constructs comprising same I |
US6566131B1 (en) * | 2000-10-04 | 2003-05-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of Smad6 expression |
BR9913887A (en) | 1998-09-18 | 2001-10-23 | Basf Ag | Compound, and, methods of inhibiting protein kinase activity, treating a patient who has a condition that is mediated by protein kinase activity and decreasing fertility in a patient |
US6410323B1 (en) * | 1999-08-31 | 2002-06-25 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of human Rho family gene expression |
WO2000026223A2 (en) * | 1998-11-02 | 2000-05-11 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Methods and compositions for the manufacture of highly potent anthracycline-based antitumor agents |
US6107091A (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2000-08-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense inhibition of G-alpha-16 expression |
US5981732A (en) * | 1998-12-04 | 1999-11-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense modulation of G-alpha-13 expression |
US6337338B1 (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2002-01-08 | Telik, Inc. | Heteroaryl-aryl ureas as IGF-1 receptor antagonists |
US6046321A (en) * | 1999-04-09 | 2000-04-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense modulation of G-alpha-i1 expression |
JP4649046B2 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2011-03-09 | ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー | Pyrrotriazine inhibitor of kinase |
US6214874B1 (en) * | 1999-10-15 | 2001-04-10 | John Hopkins University | Treatment of HPV induced cancer using in situ application of two nordihydroguiaretic acid derivatives, tetramethyl NDGA M4N and tetraglycinal NDGA G4N |
GB9927444D0 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2000-01-19 | Cancer Res Campaign Tech | Inhibiting gene expression |
AU2001245793A1 (en) | 2000-03-16 | 2001-09-24 | Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory | Methods and compositions for rna interference |
US6365354B1 (en) * | 2000-07-31 | 2002-04-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of lysophospholipase I expression |
US6566135B1 (en) * | 2000-10-04 | 2003-05-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of caspase 6 expression |
AU2002256371B2 (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2008-01-10 | Amgen Mountain View Inc. | Combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
US20050048512A1 (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-03 | Avidia Research Institute | Combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
US20050053973A1 (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-10 | Avidia Research Institute | Novel proteins with targeted binding |
US20040175756A1 (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2004-09-09 | Avidia Research Institute | Methods for using combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
US20050089932A1 (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2005-04-28 | Avidia Research Institute | Novel proteins with targeted binding |
TWI238824B (en) | 2001-05-14 | 2005-09-01 | Novartis Ag | 4-amino-5-phenyl-7-cyclobutyl-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives |
SE0102168D0 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2001-06-19 | Karolinska Innovations Ab | New use and new compounds |
US6939874B2 (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2005-09-06 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted pyrimidinyl derivatives and methods of use |
US7115617B2 (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2006-10-03 | Amgen Inc. | Amino-substituted pyrimidinyl derivatives and methods of use |
WO2003025020A1 (en) * | 2001-09-13 | 2003-03-27 | Institute For Antibodies Co., Ltd. | Method of constructing camel antibody library |
DE60230890D1 (en) | 2001-09-19 | 2009-03-05 | Aventis Pharma Sa | INDOLICINE AS KINASEPROTEINHEMMER |
WO2003046173A1 (en) * | 2001-11-28 | 2003-06-05 | Center For Advanced Science And Technology Incubation, Ltd. | siRNA EXPRESSION SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR PRODUCING FUNCTIONAL GENE-KNOCKDOWN CELLS AND THE LIKE USING THE SAME |
AU2003228301A1 (en) * | 2002-03-06 | 2003-09-22 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Novel method for delivery and intracellular synthesis of sirna molecules |
MXPA04011624A (en) * | 2002-05-24 | 2005-03-07 | Schering Corp | Neutralizing human anti-igfr antibody. |
EP1567172A2 (en) * | 2002-11-29 | 2005-08-31 | GPC Biotech AG | Formulations useful against hepatitis c virus infections |
US20060141029A1 (en) * | 2003-05-20 | 2006-06-29 | Erimos Pharmaceuticals Llc | Methods and compositions for delivery of catecholic butanes for treatment of diseases |
WO2005026322A2 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2005-03-24 | Clontech Laboratories, Inc. | siRNA ENCODING CONSTRUCTS AND METHODS FOR USING THE SAME |
JP4916883B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2012-04-18 | オーエスアイ・ファーマスーティカルズ・インコーポレーテッド | Imidazopyrazine tyrosine kinase inhibitor |
CA2543360A1 (en) * | 2003-10-24 | 2005-05-06 | Joost A. Kolkman | Ldl receptor class a and egf domain monomers and multimers |
TW200526684A (en) * | 2003-11-21 | 2005-08-16 | Schering Corp | Anti-IGFR1 antibody therapeutic combinations |
US20080113874A1 (en) * | 2004-01-23 | 2008-05-15 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado | Gefitinib sensitivity-related gene expression and products and methods related thereto |
CN101437505A (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2009-05-20 | 约翰斯霍普金斯大学 | Use of nordihydroguaiaretic acid derivatives in the treatment of drug resistant cancer, viral and microbial infection |
AU2006208108A1 (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2006-08-03 | Erimos Pharmaceuticals Llc | Oral formulations for delivery of catecholic butanes including NDGA compounds |
EP1926996B1 (en) * | 2005-09-20 | 2011-11-09 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biological markers predictive of anti-cancer response to insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor kinase inhibitors |
US8143226B2 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2012-03-27 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Tyrosine kinase receptor antagonists and methods of treatment for breast cancer |
US7825127B2 (en) * | 2006-12-28 | 2010-11-02 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company, Limited | Method for treating cancer |
WO2008089388A2 (en) * | 2007-01-19 | 2008-07-24 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Treatment of cancers having resistance to chemotherapeutic agents |
-
2009
- 2009-11-06 CA CA2742986A patent/CA2742986C/en active Active
- 2009-11-06 EP EP09752638A patent/EP2349235A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-11-06 WO PCT/US2009/063646 patent/WO2010054264A1/en active Application Filing
- 2009-11-06 US US12/614,283 patent/US8710104B2/en active Active
- 2009-11-06 MX MX2011004824A patent/MX2011004824A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2009-11-09 AR ARP090104319A patent/AR073418A1/en unknown
- 2009-11-09 TW TW098137952A patent/TWI402064B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2014
- 2014-04-25 US US14/261,810 patent/US20140235714A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20140235714A1 (en) | 2014-08-21 |
AR073418A1 (en) | 2010-11-03 |
US8710104B2 (en) | 2014-04-29 |
TWI402064B (en) | 2013-07-21 |
EP2349235A1 (en) | 2011-08-03 |
US20100256232A1 (en) | 2010-10-07 |
MX2011004824A (en) | 2012-01-12 |
WO2010054264A1 (en) | 2010-05-14 |
CA2742986C (en) | 2015-03-31 |
CA2742986A1 (en) | 2010-05-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI402064B (en) | Cancer therapy | |
US9944714B2 (en) | Endoglin antibodies | |
JP6902040B2 (en) | How to Increase the Efficacy of Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors | |
AU2019226270B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for prognosis, diagnosis and treatment of ADAM8-expressing cancer | |
TW201023883A (en) | Humanized endoglin antibodies | |
TW201717935A (en) | Compositions and methods for treating cancer | |
JP2015514712A (en) | Curaxin used in breast cancer treatment and method for identifying patients with potential response | |
JP6316498B2 (en) | Anti-tumor agent with CCAP4 as target molecule | |
US10220091B2 (en) | Combination treatments with sonic hedgehog inhibitors | |
Zhang et al. | HHLA2 promotes tumor progression by long non‑coding RNA H19 in human gallbladder cancer | |
Ray et al. | Lung cancer therapeutics that target signaling pathways: an update | |
KR101900278B1 (en) | Method for Screening a Composition for Preventing or Treating MYC-AP4 Activated Cancers | |
TW201722416A (en) | Anti-hepatoma target drug of specific binding of CD44 and folate receptor comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of saikosaponin compound and dichloroacetate salt |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |